2019 Kia Sorento Owner's Manual

6 UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 1

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle. Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 2

Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. © 2018 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, America, Inc. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in U.S.A.

i UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 3

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

Index I

ii UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 1

Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Other fuels ...... 1-4 • Gasoline containing MMT ...... 1-4 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 • Operation in foreign countries...... 1-5 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-5 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6 UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 2

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Your new vehicle is designed to use possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this only unleaded fuel having a pump vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. All procedures and recom- octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 assist you in many ways. We strong- mendations provided in these (Research Octane Number 91) or ly recommend that you read the WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and higher. (Do not use methanol blend- entire manual. In order to minimize NOTICEs were prepared to enhance ed fuels.) the chance of death or injury, you your personal safety and should be must read the WARNING and CAU- carefully read and followed. TION sections in the manual. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with Illustrations complement the words WARNING UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- in this manual to best explain how to A WARNING indicates a situa- mize exhaust emissions and spark enjoy your vehicle. By reading your tion in which harm, serious bod- plug fouling. manual, you will learn about fea- ily injury or death could result if tures, important safety information, Never add any fuel system cleaning the warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road agents to the fuel tank other than conditions. what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.) The general layout of the manual is CAUTION provided in the Table of Contents. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one Use the index when looking for a A CAUTION indicates a situation time, otherwise the Check Engine specific area or subject; it has an in which damage to your vehicle light will illuminate. alphabetical listing of all information could result if the caution is in your manual. ignored. Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section ✽ NOTICE begins with a brief list of contents so A NOTICE indicates interesting or you can tell at a glance if that section helpful information is being provided. has the information you want.

21 UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 3

Introduction

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more percent gasoline, and is manufac- zle automatically shuts off. than 15% ethanol, and do not use tured exclusively for use in Flexible Attempts to force more fuel gasoline or gasohol containing any Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- into the tank can cause fuel methanol. Ethanol provides less ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts may result in poor engine perform- ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce ance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. Kia recom- • Always check that the fuel cap your fuel efficiency and could lower mends that customers do not use is installed securely to pre- your MPG results. fuel with an ethanol content exceed- vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- ing 15 percent. in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. ✽ NOTICE Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty methanol kind if drivability problems occur. does not cover damage to the fuel sys- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- tem or any performance problems ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the caused by the use of “E85” fuel. hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturer’s warranty if they result taining methanol (also known as from the use of: ✽ wood alcohol) are being marketed NOTICE 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing Never use any fuel containing along with or instead of leaded or methanol. unleaded gasoline. methanol. Discontinue use of any 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. methanol containing product which 3. Gasohol containing more than 15 may inhibit proper drivability. percent ethanol

13 UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 4

Introduction

Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Some gasoline contains harmful man- Kia recommends that you use good MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene ganese-based fuel additives Such as quality gasolines treated with deter- (Fe), and Other metalic additives, MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl gent additives such as TOP TIER may cause vehicle and engine dam- Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- recommend the use of gasoline con- vent deposit formation in the engine. ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- taining MMT. This type of fuel can These gasolines will help the engine ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, reduce vehicle performance and affect run cleaner and enhance performance life cycle reduction, etc. your emission control system. The of the Emission Control System. For Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the more information on TOP TIER (MIL) may illuminate. cluster may come on. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com) Do not use methanol For customers who do not use TOP ✽ NOTICE TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Damage to the fuel system or per- Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- and have problems starting or the formance problem caused by the use hol) should not be used in your vehicle. engine does not run smoothly, addi- of these fuels may not be covered by This type of fuel can reduce vehicle tives that you can buy separately may your New Vehicle Limited performance and damage components be added to the gasoline. Warranty. of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive should be added to the fuel tank at every 7,500miles or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

41 UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 5

Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN Operation in foreign countries INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS If you are going to drive your vehicle As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need- in another country, be sure to: failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau- • Observe all regulations regarding ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 registration and insurance. accident or vehicle rollover. km) you may add to the perform- Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi- • Determine that acceptable fuel is cle. available. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of gravity • Do not race the engine. than other types of vehicles. In other • While driving, keep your engine words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm. Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu- • Do not maintain a single speed for vers. Again, failure to operate this long periods of time, either fast or vehicle correctly may result in loss of slow. Varying engine speed is control, an accident or vehicle needed to properly break-in the rollover. Be sure to read the engine. “Reducing the risk of a rollover” driving guidelines, in section 5 of • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.

15 UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 6

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an This data can help provide a better To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data is needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an recorded by your vehicle only if a manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a non-trivial crash situation occurs; as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist no data is recorded by the EDR special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's under normal driving conditions information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is and no personal data (e.g. name, the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to gender, age and crash location) is vehicle dynamics and safety sys- recorded. However, other parties tems for a short period of time, such as law enforcement, could typically 30 seconds or less. The combine the EDR data with the EDR in this vehicle is designed to personal identifying data roun- record such data as: tinely acquired during a crash • How various systems in your investigation. vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling.

61 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 1

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 2

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood...... 4-44 2. Head lamp...... 4-123, 7-72 3. Fog lamp ...... 4-129, 7-72 4. Wheel and tire...... 7-39, 8-5 5. Outside rearview mirror...... 4-70 6. Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-50 7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-131, 7-33 8. Windows ...... 4-39 9. Parking assist system ...... 4-115 10. Forward collision-avoidance assist...... 5-49 Smart cruise control system...... 5-67

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OUMA018001

22 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 3

Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door locks ...... 4-21 2. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 3. Rear combination lamp ...... 7-72 4. High mounted stop lamp ...... 7-72 5. Rear window wiper blade...... 4-134, 7-33 6. Liftgate ...... 4-27, 4-29 7. Rearview camera ...... 4-120 8. Parking assist system ...... 4-115 Rear parking assist system...... 4-111 9. Antenna ...... 4-188

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OUMA018002

23 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 4

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle...... 4-22 2. Power window switch...... 4-39 3. Central door lock switch ...... 4-23 4. Power window lock button ...... 4-42 5. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-71 6. Outside rearview mirror folding ...... 4-72 7. Driver position memory system...... 3-10 8. Fuel filler lid open button ...... 4-46 9. Power liftgate open/close button ...... 4-27 10. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-75 11. BCW On/Off button ...... 5-101 12. LKA On/Off button ...... 5-91 13. AC inverter button...... 4-178 14. ESC off button ...... 5-41 15. Steering wheel...... 4-56 16. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever..4-57 17. Inner fuse panel...... 7-53 18. Brake pedal...... 5-27 19. Hood release lever...... 4-44 20. Seat...... 3-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OUMA018003

42 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 5

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1. Driver’s front air bag ...... 3-59 2. Horn...... 4-59 3. Instrument cluster...... 4-75 4. Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-131 5. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button...... 5-7, 5-10 6. Cruise control/ Smart cruise control...... 5-63, 5-67 7. Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 8. Climate control system...... 4-141, 4-153 9. Shift lever...... 5-14 10. Front seat warmer/ Seat cooler...... 4-175, 4-176 11. Heated steering wheel button ...... 4-58 12. Drive mode button ...... 5-86 13. AWD Lock button...... 5-21 14. Surround view monitoring system On/Off button...... 4-121 15. Parking assist system On/Off button...... 4-115 16. Electronic parking brake (EPB) button...... 5-30 17. AUTO HOLD button...... 5-36 18. USB charger...... 4-180 19. Power outlet...... 4-177 20. AC inverter ...... 4-178 21. Glove box ...... 4-171 22. Passenger’s front air bag ...... 3-59 ❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 23. Center console storage box ...... 4-171 OUMA018004

25 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 6

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-23 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-21 3. Brake fluid reservoir...... 7-26 4. Air cleaner...... 7-29 5. Fuse box ...... 7-53 6. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-36 7. Negative battery terminal...... 7-36 8. Radiator cap ...... 7-23 9. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-21 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-27

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUM074100L

62 UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 7

Your vehicle at a glance

■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-23 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-21 3. Brake fluid reservoir...... 7-26 4. Air cleaner...... 7-29 5. Fuse box ...... 7-53 6. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-36 7. Negative battery terminal...... 7-36 8. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-21 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-27 10. Radiator cap ...... 7-23

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUMA078255

27 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 1

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats...... 3-2 Air bag - Advanced supplemental • Front seat adjustment - manual...... 3-5 restraint system ...... 3-46 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-7 • How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-47 • Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-10 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-49 • Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-11 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-50 • Seatback pocket...... 3-15 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-53 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-16 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-59 3 • Headrest (for rear seat)...... 3-22 • Side air bag ...... 3-61 Seat belts ...... 3-26 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-63 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-26 • SRS Care ...... 3-70 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-33 • Adding equipment to or modifying your • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-35 air bag-equipped vehicle...... 3-71 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-37 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-71 Child restraint system ...... 3-38 • Using a child restraint system ...... 3-39 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 2

Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (4) Lumbar support* (5) Cushion extension (Driver's seat)* ■ Manual seat (6) Driver position memory system* (7) Headrest

2nd row seat (8) Forward and backward*

■ Power seat (9) Seatback angle and folding (10) Walk-in seat lever* (11) Headrest (12) Armrest (13) Remote folding*

3rd row seat* (14) Seatback folding (15) Headrest

* : if equipped

OUMA034001

23 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 3

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit- ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions. The passenger's seats. Loose objects in the dri- hips may slide under the lap por- ver's foot area could interfere tion of the seat belt during an with the operation of the foot accident or a sudden stop. pedals.

WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Uprighting • Never attempt to adjust the seat seat while the vehicle is mov- Do not press the release lever 1KMN3662 ing. This could result in loss on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas- of control of your vehicle. holding and controlling the senger to keep the seatback in • Do not allow anything to inter- seatback. The seatback will an upright position whenever fere with the normal position spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat of the seatback and seatback ing you or other passengers. is reclined during an accident, adjustment. the occupant's hips may slide • Sit as far back as possible from under the lap portion of the seat the steering wheel while still belt, applying great force to the maintaining comfortable con- unprotected abdomen. trol of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver.

33 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 4

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo Area WARNING - Seat Always lock the rear seatback Do not allow passengers to ride adjustment before driving. Failure to do so in the cargo area under any cir- • Do not adjust the seat while could result in passengers or cumstance. The cargo area is wearing seat belts. Moving the objects being thrown forward solely for the purpose of trans- seat forward will cause strong injuring vehicle occupants. porting luggage or cargo. pressure on the abdomen. • Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track WARNING - Luggage and WARNING - Unexpected while adjusting the seat. Your hand could get caught in the Cargo Seat Movement seat mechanism. Do not stack pile or stack lug- After adjusting a manual seat, gage or cargo higher than the always check that it is locked by seatback in the cargo area. In an shifting your weight to the front accident the cargo could strike and back. Sudden or unexpect- WARNING - Small and injury a passenger. If ed movement of the driver's Objects objects are large, heavy or must seat could cause you to lose Use extreme caution when pick- be piled, they must be secured control of the vehicle. ing small objects trapped under in the cargo area. the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seats mechanism.

43 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 5

Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment - manual CAUTION • Leather is made from the outer Forward and backward skin of an animal, which goes • Belts with metallic acces- through a special process to be sories, zippers or keys inside available for use. Since it is a nat- the back pocket may damage ural substance, each part differs in the seat fabric. thickness or density. • Make sure not to wet the seat. Wrinkles may appear as a natural It may change the nature of result of stretching and shrinking natural leather. depending on the temperature and • Jeans or clothes which could humidity. bleach may contaminate the • The seat is made of stretchable surface of the seat covering material to improve comfort. fabric. • The parts contacting the body are OUM038002 curved and the side supporting ✽ area is high which provides driving NOTICE To move the seat forward or back- comfort and stability. Wrinkles or abrasions which appear ward: • Wrinkles may appear naturally naturally from usage are not cov- 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment from usage. It is not a fault of the ered by warranty. lever up and hold it. product. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

35 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 6

Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle Seat height (if equipped) Lumbar support (if equipped)

OUM038004 OUM038003 OUM038068 To recline the seatback: To change the height of the seat, The lumbar support can be adjusted 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the push the lever upwards or down- by pressing the lumbar support seatback recline lever. wards. switch on the side of the seat. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat • To lower the seat cushion, push the 1. Press the front portion of the and adjust the seatback of the lever down several times. switch to increase support, or the seat to the position you desire. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support. 3. Release the lever and make sure lever up several times. the seatback is locked in place. 2. Release the switch once it reach- (The lever MUST return to its orig- es the desired position. inal position for the seatback to lock.)

63 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 7

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - power Forward and backward (if equipped) CAUTION - Power Seating The front seat can be adjusted by Do not operate two or more using the control switches located on power seat control switches at the outside of the seat cushion. the same time. Doing so may Before driving, adjust the seat to the damage the power seat motor or proper position so you can easily con- electrical components. trol the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel. When in operation, the power seat- consumes a large amount of electri- WARNING - Unattended cal power. To prevent unnecessary children charging system drain, don’t adjust the power seat longer than neces- OUM038006 Do not leave children unattend- sary while the engine is not running. ed in the vehicle. Children might Push the control switch forward or operate features of the vehicle backward to move the seat to the that could injure them. desired position. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. CAUTION - Power seat adjustments The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Excessive operation may cause damage to the electrical equipment.

37 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 8

Safety features of your vehicle

Cushion extension Seatback angle Seat height (if equipped) (for driver's seat, if equipped)

OUMA038115 OUM038008 OUM038072 Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control Press the front portion of the switch backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to to raise the cushion extension, or the the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- rear portion of the switch to lower it. switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- Release the switch once the cushion desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down extension reaches the desired posi- to lower the rear part of the seat tion. cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

83 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 9

Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (if equipped) Type A (for Driver and Passenger seat) ■ Driver seat

■ Driver seat 1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.

OUM038073

OUM038009 Type B (for Driver seat) ■ Passenger seat 1. Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch (2), to decrease support. 2. Move the support position up and down by pressing the switch (3) or (4). 3. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

OUM038113 The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the seat.

39 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 10

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver position memory system Storing positions into memory (if equipped, for power seat) WARNING using the buttons on the door Never attempt to operate the Storing driver’s seat positions driver position memory system 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the while the vehicle is moving. engine start/stop button is ON or This could result in loss of con- ignition switch ON. trol, and an accident causing 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- death, serious injury. side rearview mirror comfortable for the driver. 3. Press SET button on the control panel. The system will beep once. 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 5 seconds after OUM034032 pressing the SET button. The sys- A driver position memory system is tem will beep twice when memory provided to store and recall the driv- has been successfully stored. er seat and outside rearview mirror When recalling an adjustment mem- position with a simple button opera- ory button while sitting in the vehicle, tion. By saving the desired position you can be surprised by the setting into the system memory, different chosen if the memory has been drivers can reposition the driver seat adjusted by someone else. If that based upon their driving preference. occurs, immediately push the seat If the battery is disconnected, the position control knob in the direction desired seat position memory will of the desired position to stop further need to be re-saved. undesired movement.

3 10 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 11

Safety features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from memory Easy access function Headrest (for front seat) 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the (if equipped) engine start/stop button is ON or The system will move the driver's ignition switch ON. seat automatically as follows: 2. To recall the position in the memo- • Without smart key system ry, press the desired memory but- - It will move the driver’s seat rear- ton (1 or 2). The system will beep ward when the ignition key is once, then the driver’s seat will removed. automatically adjust to the stored - It will move the driver’s seat for- position. ward when the ignition key is Adjusting the control switch for the inserted. driver’s seat while the system is • With smart key system recalling the stored position will OHM038048N cause the movement to stop and - It will move the driver’s seat rear- move in the direction that the control ward when the engine start/stop The driver's and front passenger's switch is moved. button is changed to the OFF seats are equipped with a headrest position. for the occupant's safety and comfort. - It will move the driver’s seat for- The headrest not only provides com- ward when the engine start/stop fort for the driver and front passenger, button is changed to the ACC or but also helps protect the head and START position. neck in the event of a rear collision.

You can activate or deactivate this feature. Refer to "User settings" in chapter 4.

311 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 12

Safety features of your vehicle

For maximum effectiveness in case Adjusting the height up and down of an accident, the headrest should WARNING - Headrest be adjusted so the middle of the removal/adjustment ■ Type A headrest is at the same height of the • Do not operate the vehicle center of gravity of an occupant's with the headrests removed. head. Generally, the center of gravity Headrests can provide critical of most people's head is similar with neck and head support in a the height of the top of their eyes. crash. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this rea- • Do not adjust the headrest son, the use of a cushion that holds height while the vehicle is in the body away from the seatback is motion. Driver may lose con- not recommended. trol of the vehicle. OUM038011 ■ Type B

OUMA038200

3 12 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 13

Safety features of your vehicle

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the Removal and reinstallation desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release ■ Type A button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

OYFH034205

✽ NOTICE OUM038012 If you recline the seatback towards ■ Type B the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

OUM038013 To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1).

313 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 14

Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type C 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. ■ Type A 3. Press the headrest release button (3) or press the release button with slim tool (3) (for Type C and Type D) while pulling the headrest up.

WARNING NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed.

OUMA038012 OUM038014 ■ Type D ■ Type B

OUMA038201 OUM038015 To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1) or pressing the release button with slim tool (1,for Type C and D).

3 14 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 15

Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type C 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the Seatback pocket (if equipped) recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.

WARNING - Headrest Reinstallation To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck, always make sure the headrest is locked into OUMA038015 position and adjusted properly ■ Type D after reinstalling. OUMA038116 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s and driver’s seatbacks.

WARNING - Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. OUMA038202 In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

315 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 16

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustment Seatback angle (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat (2nd row passenger Forward and backward side, for 7 passenger vehicle) (2nd row seat)

OUM034022/H

OUM034018 To recline the seatback: OUM034017 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever To move the seat forward or back- (for 2nd row outboard seat). ward: 2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat- 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever back of the seat to the position you up and hold it. desire.

2. Slide the seat to the position you 3. Release the lever and make sure OUM034023L desire. the seatback is locked in place. 3. Release the lever and make sure (The lever MUST return to its orig- To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, the seat is locked in place. inal position for the seatback to 1. Route the seat belt webbing Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.) through the rear seat belt guide clip. make sure the seat is locked securely After inserting the seat belt, tighten by trying to move forward and back- the belt webbing by pulling it up. ward without using the lever. If the 2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the seat moves, it is not locked properly. 2nd row seatback of the right side seat. 3 16 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 17

Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat WARNING The rear seatbacks can be folded to Never attempt to adjust the 2nd facilitate carrying long items or to row seat while the vehicle is increase the luggage capacity of the moving or the seat is occupied vehicle. as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured. WARNING - Objects Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of OUM034024L the front seatbacks. This could 3. Fold the 2nd row seatback and allow cargo to slide forward and push the seat to the farthest for- cause injury or damage during ward position. sudden stops. After getting in or out, slide the 2nd row seat to the farthest rearward position and pull the seatback firmly WARNING backward until it clicks into place. Never allow passengers to sit on Make sure that the seat is locked in top of the folded down seatback place. while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.

317 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 18

Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped) To fold down the rear seatback 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion, and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position. Turn off the rear seat warmer (if equipped) when you fold the 2nd row seatback.

OUM034036/OUM034022 OUM034037/OUM034035

3 18 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 19

Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped) 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever for 2nd row seat or strap for 3rd row seat, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. 5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever or strap. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. 6.Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.

OUM034025L/OUM034026L OUMA034027/OUMA034028

319 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 20

Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat folding To fold down the rear center seat- (from outside, if equipped) WARNING - Rear seat back (for 2nd row seat) folding Do not fold the rear seats (2nd & 3rd row seats), if passengers, pets or luggage are in the rear seats. It may cause injury or damage to passengers, pets or luggage.

OUMA034030 OUM034031L Pull the 2nd row seat back folding 1. Lower the rear headrests to the lever out. lowest position. The 2nd row seat back will be folded. 2. Push the center seatback folding If you pull the left side lever (1) out, lever up, then fold the seat toward left side seat back and center seat the front of the vehicle. back will be folded. If you pull the right side lever (2) out, right side seat back will be folded.

3 20 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 21

Safety features of your vehicle

When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it WARNING - 2nd row cen- CAUTION - Damaging has locked into position by pushing ter seat folding rear seat belt buckles on the top of the seatback. • Do not fold the 2nd row center When you fold the rear (2nd Remember to return the rear shoul- seat, if there are occupants in and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert der belts to their proper position. the 3rd row seats, as this may the buckle in the pocket between Routing the seat belt webbing result in injury to occupants if the rear seatback and cushion. through the rear seat belt guides will the seat moves during a colli- Doing so can prevent the buckle help keep the belts from being sion. If occupants in the 3rd from being damaged by the rear trapped behind or under the seats. row seats, fix the 2nd row cen- seatback. ter seat in its upright and locked position. • The 2nd row center seat back WARNING - Cargo does not lock into position when it is folded toward the Do not place objects in the rear front of the vehicle. If you use (2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, the 2nd row center seat back since they cannot be properly folding function to carry long secured and may hit the front objects, you should fix the seat occupants in a collision. long object to prevent it from Cargo should always be being thrown about the vehi- secured to prevent it from being cle in a collision and causing thrown around in the vehicle in injury to vehicle occupants. a collision causing injuries to vehicle occupants.

321 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 22

Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest (2nd row seat) Headrest (for rear seat)

* *

OUN026140 * : if equipped OUM034021L OHM038049N WARNING - 3rd row seat To use the armrest, pull it forward The rear seat(s) is equipped with 3rd row occupants should always from the seatback. headrests in all the seating positions remain in the center of the seat for the occupant's safety and comfort. cushion so the occupants head The headrests not only provide com- is protected by the headrest. fort for passengers, but also helps If not, the tailgate may hit the protect the head and neck in the occupant's head, which could event of a collision. cause injury. For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the center of gravity of an occupant's head.

3 22 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 23

Safety features of your vehicle

Generally, the center of gravity of Adjusting the height up and down To lower the headrest : most people's head is similar with (for 2nd row seats) 1. Push and hold the release button the height of the top of their eyes. (2) on the headrest support ■ Outside Also adjust the headrest as close to 2. Lower the headrest to the desired your head as possible. For this rea- position (3). son, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

OUM034019L ■ Center

OUMA034092 To raise the headrest : 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

323 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 24

Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and reinstallation To remove the headrest : (for 2nd row seats) 1. Raise it as far as it can go then WARNING ■ press the release button (1) while • Make sure the headrest locks Outside pulling the headrest up (2). in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. To reinstall the headrest : • After installing the headrest, 1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the make sure that it is installed holes while pressing the release in the right direction. button (1). A headrest installed reversely 2. Adjust it to the appropriate height. could increase whiplash injury during rear impact.

OUM034087L ■ Center

OUMA034093

3 24 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 25

Safety features of your vehicle

3rd row headrest (if equipped) To fold the headrest manually : Pull the strap. To unfold the headrest : Raise the headrest manually.

Always be sure the headrest has locked into position after you return the seatback.

OUMA034091

OXM039061N The headrest will fold down automatically when folding the seatback.

325 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 26

Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon - Shoulder Belt • For maximum restraint system pro- WARNING the bony structure of the body, and tection, the seat belts must always • Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front be used whenever the vehicle is under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as moving. A properly positioned your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of shoulder belt should be positioned positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area midway over your shoulder across not protect the occupant in a must be avoided. your collarbone. crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as • Never allow children to ride in the • Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with front passenger seat. See child der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for restraint system section for further the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed. discussion. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer. WARNING - Damaged Care should be taken to avoid con- - Twisted seat WARNING seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol- belt Replace the entire seat belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- Make sure your seat belt is not assembly if any part of the web- ularly battery acid. Cleaning may twisted when worn. A twisted bing or hardware is damage as safely be carried out using mild soap seat belt may not properly pro- you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be tect you in an accident and damage seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed, could even cut into your body. protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged.

3 26 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 27

Safety features of your vehicle

• No modifications or additions Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt will either prevent the seat belt buckle adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to belt assembly from being adjusted obstruct the seat belt buckle. to remove slack. This may prevent the seat belt • When you fasten the seat belt, be from fastening securely. careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and 1GQA2083 do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This The driver's seat belt warning light could result in loss of control, and and chime will activate according to an accident causing death, serious the following table when the ignition injury, or property damage. switch is in “ON” position. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.

327 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 28

Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph 6 seconds None (5 km/h) Buckled → 3 mph~ 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (10 km/h) (11 times) B200A02NF Above 6 mph The seat belt automatically adjusts to 1 (10 km/h) 6 seconds * the proper length only after the lap B180A01NF-1 Unbuckled ↓ ↓ belt portion is adjusted manually so To fasten your seat belt: Below 3 mph Stop *2 that it fits snugly around your hips. If (5 km/h) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of you lean forward in a slow, easy the retractor and insert the metal tab motion, the belt will extend and let *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with (1) into the buckle (2). There will be you move around. If there is a sud- an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's an audible "click" when the tab locks den stop or impact, however, the belt seat belt is buckled, the light will stop into the buckle. will lock into position. It will also lock within 6 seconds and chime will stop if you try to lean forward too quickly. immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. ✽ NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

3 28 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 29

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the Seat belts - Front passenger and anchor into position. Try sliding the rear seat 3-point system with height adjuster to make sure that it combination locking retractor has locked into position. To fasten your seat belt: Improperly positioned seat belts can Combination retractor type seat belts cause serious injuries in an accident. are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the WARNING - Shoulder belt installation of child restraint systems. positioning Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger Never position the shoulder belt seat position, it is strongly recom- OLM039026 across your neck or face. mended that children always be Height adjustment seated in the rear seat. NEVER You can adjust the height of the shoul- place any infant restraint system in der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi- WARNING - Seat belt the front seat of the vehicle. tions for maximum comfort and safety. replacement This type of seat belt combines the The height of the adjusting seat belt Replace your seat belts after features of both an emergency lock- should not be too close to your neck. being in an accident. Failure to ing retractor seat belt and an auto- The shoulder portion should be replace seat belts after an acci- matic locking retractor seat belt. To adjusted so that it lies across your dent could leave you with dam- fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the chest and midway over your shoulder aged seat belts that will not pro- retractor and insert the metal tab into near the door and not your neck. vide protection in the event of the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the To adjust the height of the seat belt another collision. buckle. When not securing a child anchor, lower or raise the height restraint, the seat belt operates in the adjuster into an appropriate position. same way as the driver's seat belt To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).

329 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 30

Safety features of your vehicle

It automatically adjusts to the proper ✽ NOTICE CAUTION length only after the lap belt portion Although the combination retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually provides the same level of protection Do NOT fold down the left por- so that it fits snugly around your hips. for seated passengers in either emer- tion of the rear seat back when When the seat belt is fully extended gency or automatic locking modes, the rear center seat belt is buck- from the retractor to allow the instal- have the seated passengers use the led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the lation of a child restraint system, the emergency locking feature for improv- rear center seat belt before fold- seat belt operation changes to allow ed convenience. The automatic locking ing down the left portion of the the belt to retract, but not to extend function is intended to facilitate child rear seat back. If the rear center (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). restraint installation. To convert from seat belt is buckled when the Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- the automatic locking feature to the left portion of the rear seat back tem” in this section. emergency locking operation mode, is folded down, distortion and allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully damage to the top portion of the retract. seat back and seat belt garnish may result, causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position.

3 30 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 31

Safety features of your vehicle

B210A01NF-1 OUM038110L OUM038111L To release the seat belt: The seat belt should be locked into When using the rear center seat belt, The seat belt is released by pressing the buckle on each seat cushion to the buckle with the “CENTER” mark the release button (1) on the locking be properly fastened. must be used. buckle. When it is released, the belt ➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening should automatically draw back into buckle WARNING the retractor. ➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening Prior to fastening the rear seat If this does not happen, check the buckle belts, ensure the latch matches belt to be sure it is not twisted, then ➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle the seat belt buckle. Forcefully try again. fastening the left or right seat belt to the center buckle can result in an improper fastening scenario that will not protect you in an accident.

331 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 32

Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt

■ 2nd row seat ■ 2nd row seat The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use. Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.

OUM034036 OUM034022 ■ 3rd row seat ■ 3rd row seat CAUTION - Seatbelt Guide Remove the seat belt from the guides before using. If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides, it may damage the guides and/or belt webbing.

OUM034037 OUM034035

3 32 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 33

Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner If the system senses excessive ten- The purpose of the retractor pre- sion on the driver or passenger's tensioner is to make sure that the seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- shoulder belts fit in tightly against tem activates, the load limiter inside the occupant's upper body in cer- the retractor pre-tensioner will release tain frontal collisions. some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collisions. OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts (retractor pretensioner and EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated, when a frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

333 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 34

Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Skin Irritation • Both the driver's and front pas- Wash all exposed skin areas senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys- thoroughly after an accident in tem may be activated not only in which the pre-tensioner seat certain frontal collision but also in belts were activated. The fine certain side collisions or rollovers, dust from the pre-tensioner if the vehicle is equipped with a activation may cause skin irrita- side or curtain air bag. tion and should not be breathed • Because the sensor that activates for prolonged periods. the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the OUMA038204 SRS air bag warning light on The seat belt pre-tensioner system the instrument panel will illumi- consists mainly of the following com- nate for approximately 6 seconds ponents. Their locations are shown in after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and the illustration: then it should turn off. (1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly (3) SRS control module (4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

3 34 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 35

Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system Seat belt precautions are not working properly, this warning WARNING - Hot preten- Infant or small child light will illuminate even if there is not sioner a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If Do not touch the pre-tensioner All 50 states have child restraint the SRS air bag warning light does seat belt assemblies for several laws. You should be aware of the not illuminate when the ignition minutes after they have been specific requirements in your state. switch is turned ON, or if it remains activated. When the pre-ten- Child and/or infant seats must be illuminated after illuminating for sioner seat belt mechanism properly placed and installed in the approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu- fires during a collision the pre- rear seat. For more information minates while the vehicle is being tensioner becomes hot and can about the use of these restraints, driven, have an authorized Kia dealer burn you. refer to “Child restraint system” in this inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt section. and SRS air bag system as soon as possible. Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- ✽ NOTICE ate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be Small children are best protected replaced. If the pre-tensioner must from injury in an accident when be replaced, contact an authorized properly restrained in the rear seat by Kia dealer. a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section.

335 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 36

Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS possible. Check if the belt fits period- POSSIBLE. ically. A child's squirming could put WARNING - Small children the belt out of position. Children are Do not allow small children to given the most safety in the event of ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant an accident when they are restrained appropriate child restraint sys- women tem. If the shoulder belt comes by a proper restraint system in the Pregnant women must never in contact with your child's neck rear seat. If a larger child (over age place the lap portion of the seat or face your child is too small to 12) must be seated in the front seat, belt above or on the abdomen ride in the vehicle. In a crash the the child should be securely where the fetus is located. The seat belt will inflict injury to your restrained by the available lap/shoul- force of the seat belt during a child's neck, throat and face. der belt and the seat should be collision will crush the fetus. placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

3 36 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 37

Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Care of seat belts Periodic inspection A seat belt should be used when an Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected injured person is being transported. disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of When this is necessary, you should tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should consult a physician for recommenda- that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. tions. not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry One person per belt Seat belts should be kept clean and Two people (including children) WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be should never attempt to use a single belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu- seat belt. This could increase the Make sure that the webbing tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, severity of injuries in case of an acci- and/or buckle does not get strong detergents or abrasives dent. caught or pinched in the rear should not be used because they seat when returning the rear may damage and weaken the fabric. Do not lie down seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched webbing/ When to replace seat belts To reduce the chance of injuries in buckle may become damaged the event of an accident and to and could fail during a collision The entire in-use seat belt assembly achieve maximum effectiveness of or sudden stop. or assemblies should be replaced if the restraint system, all passengers the vehicle has been involved in an should be sitting up and the front and accident. This should be done even if rear seats should be in an upright no damage is visible. Additional position when the vehicle is moving. questions concerning seat belt oper- A seat belt cannot provide proper ation should be directed to an protection if the person is lying down authorized Kia dealer. in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position.

337 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 38

Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not WARNING - Hot child be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children restraint the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat A child restraint system can den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- become very hot if it is left in a According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make closed vehicle on a sunny day. dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat Be sure to check the seat cover, restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. buckles and latches before the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided placing a child in the restraint a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing system. the seat belts provided. the child restraint system. You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country. Child When the child restraint system is and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING - Restraint not in use, store it in the luggage properly placed and installed in the location area or fasten it with a seat belt so rear seat. You must use a commer- Never install a child or infant that it will not be thrown forward in cially available child restraint system seat on the front passenger's case of a sudden stop or an acci- that meets the requirements of the seat. A child riding in the front dent. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety passenger seat can be forceful- Standards (FMVSS). ly struck by an inflating airbag. Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).

3 38 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 39

Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system WARNING - Holding chil- WARNING - Seat belt use Rearward-facing child restraint system dren Do not use one seat belt for two Never hold a child in your arms occupants at the same time. or lap when riding in a vehicle. This will eliminate any safety The violent forces created dur- benefit provided by the seat belt ing a crash will tear the child to the occupants. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child's height and weight. OUMA038205 Forward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Unattended Children Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat up very quickly, resulting in serious bodily injury or death to the child in the vehicle. OUMA038206 For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. The child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

339 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 40

Safety features of your vehicle

For safety reasons, we recommend Placing a passenger seat belt that the child restraint system be into the auto lock mode used in the rear seats. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat, because of the danger an inflating passenger-side air bag could impact the rear-facing child restraint and kill the child. Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer- OEN036101 gency conditions (emergency lock To install a child restraint system on mode), you must manually change the outboard or center rear seats, do E2MS103005 these seat belts to the auto lock the following: mode to secure a child restraint. The auto lock mode will help prevent 1. Place the child restraint system in If the seat belt does not operate as the normal movement of the child in the seat and route the lap/shoul- described in this section, have the the vehicle from causing the seat belt der belt around or through the system checked immediately by your to loosen and compromise the child restraint, following the restraint authorized Kia dealer. restraint system. To secure a child manufacturer’s instructions. Be restraint system, use the following sure the seat belt webbing is not procedure. twisted. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3 40 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 41

Safety features of your vehicle

If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual), the headrest of the respective seating position shall be read- justed or entirely removed.

OEN036102 OEN036103 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child retractor is in the “Auto Lock” restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

341 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 42

Safety features of your vehicle

The lap/shoulder belt automatically returns to the “emergency lock WARNING - Auto lock mode” whenever the belt is allowed mode to retract fully. Therefore, the preced- Set the retractor to Automatic ing seven steps must be followed Lock mode when installing any each time a child restraint is installed. child restraint system. If the To remove the child restraint, press retractor is not in the Automatic the release button on the buckle and Locking mode, the child then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of restraint can move when your the restraint and allow the seat belt vehicle turns or stops suddenly. to retract fully. OEN036104 5. Remove as much slack from the When the seat belt is allowed to belt as possible by pushing down retract to its fully stowed position, on the child restraint system while the retractor will automatically feeding the shoulder belt back into switch from the “Auto Lock” mode the retractor. to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage. 6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. 7. Double check that the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode.

3 42 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 43

Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system WARNING - Tether strap Never mount more than one ■ 2nd row seat child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point. The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break.

OUM034039L Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in 1.Route the child restraint seat strap different directions. Incorrectly fitted over the seatback. OUM034038 child restraints may swing, twist, tip For vehicles with adjustable head- or separate causing death or serious Child restraint hook holders are rests, route the tether strap under located on the back of the rear seat- injury. the headrest and between the backs. headrest posts, otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback. In case of interference between the child restraint seat and the headrest remove the particular head restraint for better fit- ment of the child restraint seat. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat.

343 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 44

Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system WARNING - Unused rear seatbelts Always fasten the seatbelts Lower Anchor behind the child restraint seat Position Indicator when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure to do so may result in child stran- gulation.

Lower Anchor

OUM034078L Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with Child restraint symbols are located the seatback reclined two positions on the left and right 2nd row seat OXM039035 from the most upright latched posi- backs to indicate the position of the tion. Some child seat manufacturers lower anchors for child restraints. make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH stands for "Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children". These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle. This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats.

3 44 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 45

Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided ✽ NOTICE - LATCH lower in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors WARNING The recommended weight for the are located in the left and right out- anchors LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 board rear seating positions. Their Never attempt to attach a kg). locations are shown in the illustra- LATCH equipped seat in the How to calculate the child restraint tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- center seating position. LATCH weight : vided for the center rear seating lower anchors are only to be Child restraint weight = position. used with the left and right rear 65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight The LATCH anchors are located outboard seating positions. You between the seatback and the seat may damage the anchors or the cushion of the 2nd row seat left and anchors may fail and break in a right outboard seating positions. collision. Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments. Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint, assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors. Also, test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Also try to tug the seat forward. Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place.

345 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 46

Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUMA038203

3 46 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 47

Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate? inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro- inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force. sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the • Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries, speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger hits in the collision. The determin- air bag. ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above.

347 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 48

Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo- tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla- trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in of at least 10" from your chest stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument to the steering wheel is recom- to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above mended. Failure to do so can the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are result in airbag inflation injuries as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries. windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. WARNING Though smoke and powder are non- Do not install or place any toxic, it may cause irritation to the accessories near air bag skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If deployment areas, such as the this is the case, wash and rinse with instrument panel, windows, pil- cold water immediately and consult a lars, and roof rails. Such doctor if the symptom persists. objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

3 48 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 49

Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING - Air bag deployment When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

W7-147 1JBH3051 The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

349 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 50

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions (10) PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat only) (11) Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) (12) Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors (13) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

The SRSCM continually monitors all W7-147 SRS components while the ignition OUMA038114 If the air bag warning light is illumi- switch is ON to determine if a crash nated for more than 6 seconds after The SRS consists of the following impact is severe enough to require the ignition is turned on, or of it illu- components: air bag deployment or pre-tensioner minates during vehicle operation, an (1) Driver's front air bag module seat belt deployment. SRS component may not be func- (2) Passenger's front air bag module tioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an author- (3) Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer. (4) Curtain air bag modules (5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (6) Air bag warning light (7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor (8) Front impact sensors (9) Side impact sensors

3 50 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 51

Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) occurs, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. B240B01L B240B02L • The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position. The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams molded both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

351 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 52

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag WARNING - Flying objects Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be B240B03L B240B05L a loud noise followed by a fine dust A fully inflated air bag, in combina- released in the vehicle. These con- tion with a properly worn seat belt, ditions are normal and are not haz- WARNING - Air bag ardous - the air bags are packed in slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions forward motion, reducing the risk of this fine powder. The dust generat- head and chest injury. Do not install or place any ed during air bag deployment may accessories on the steering cause skin or eye irritation as well wheel, instrument panel, or on as aggravate asthma for some per- After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel sons. Always wash all exposed immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- skin areas thoroughly with cold the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become water and a mild soap after an and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air accident in which the air bags were other controls. bag deploys. deployed.

3 52 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 53

Safety features of your vehicle

• The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System Do not put anything in front of the the ignition switch is in the ON (ODS) passenger air bag indicator. position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE OUMA034090 Before you replace a fuse or discon- Your vehicle is equipped with an nect a battery terminal, turn the occupant detection system in the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- front passenger's seat. tion and remove the ignition switch. The occupant detection system is Never remove or replace the air bag designed to detect the presence of a related fuse(s) when the ignition properly-seated front passenger and switch is in the ON position. Failure determine if the passenger's front air to heed this warning will cause the bag should be enabled (may inflate) SRS air bag warning light to illumi- or not. Only the front passenger front nate. air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System.

353 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 54

Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehi- pant detection system pied by a person that the system cle occupants are seated and • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, restrained properly (sitting upright the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting with the seat in an upright position, upright with the seatback in an centered on the seat cushion, with • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the the person’s legs comfortably mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, extended, feet on the floor, and wear- bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their ing the safety belt properly) for the or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER most effective protection by the air • A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off bag and the safety belt. instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in • The ODS (Occupant Detection “OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. System) may not function properly if ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR the passenger takes actions which • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center can defeat the detection system. ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the These include: occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi- and activates or deactivates the front tion. passenger air bag based on these conditions. (2) Leaning against the door or center console. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

3 54 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 55

Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection ✽ NOTICE system Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything Indicator/Warning light Devices Condition detected by the on or attach anything such as a blan- “PASSENGER ket, front seat cover or after market occupant detection SRS warning Front passenger AIR BAG OFF” seat heater to the front passenger system light air bag indicator light seat. This can adversely affect the occupant detection system. 1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated 2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated WARNING - ODS System 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant 4. There is a malfunction Off On Activated Detection System and may in the system result in the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is *1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the important for the driver to air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, instruct the passenger as to the thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride proper seating instructions as in the front passenger seat. contained in this manual. *2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

355 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 56

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board. the front passenger seat or seatback pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

3 56 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 57

Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is WARNING - “AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after OFF” light the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the occu- Do not allow an adult passenger pant detection sensor will then clas- to ride in the front seat when the sify the front passenger after several PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” more seconds. indicator is illuminated, because the air bag will not B990A01O deploy in the event of a crash. When an adult is seated in the front The driver must instruct the passenger seat, if the PASSENGER passenger to reposition himself AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn in the seat. Failure to properly the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- position yourself may lead to air tion and ask the passenger to sit bag deactivation resulting in air properly (sitting upright with the seat bag non-deployment in a colli- back in an upright position, centered sion. If the PASSENGER AIR on the seat cushion with their seat BAG “OFF” indicator remains belt on, legs comfortably extended illuminated after the passenger and their feet on the floor). Restart repositions themselves proper- the engine and have the person ly and the car is restarted, it is remain in that position. This will allow recommended that passenger the system to detect the person and move to the rear seat because to enable the passenger air bag. the passenger's front air bag will not deploy.

357 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 58

Safety features of your vehicle

• Even though your vehicle is Any child age 12 and under should If the occupant detection system is equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too not working properly, the SRS air tion system, never install a child large for child restraints should use bag warning light on the instrument restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No panel will illuminate because the senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of passenger's front air bag is connect- can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in ed with the occupant detection sys- ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat. tem. If there is a malfunction of the child age 12 and under should ride occupant detection system, the PAS- in the rear seat. Children too large SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator for child restraints should use the WARNING will not illuminate and the passen- available lap/shoulder belts. No - Replacement/modifications ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal matter what type of crash, children The front passenger seat, dash- impact crashes even if there is no of all ages are safer when board or door should not be occupant in the front passenger's restrained in the rear seat. replaced except by an authorized seat. • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG Kia dealer using original Kia parts “OFF” indicator is illuminated when designed for this vehicle and the front passenger's seat is occu- model. Any other such replace- pied by an adult and he/she sits ment or modification could properly (sitting upright with the adversely affect the operation of seatback in an upright position, the occupant detection system centered on the seat cushion with and your advanced air bags. their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor), have that person sit in the rear seat.

3 58 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 59

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front Your vehicle is equipped with an These sensors provide the ability to air bag Advanced Supplemental Restraint control the SRS deployment based on (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder whether or not the seat belts are fas- ■ Driver’s front air bag belts at both the driver and passen- tened, and how severe the impact is. ger seating position. The indication of the system's pres- The advanced SRS offers the ability ence are the letters “AIR BAG” locat- to control the air bag inflation with ed on the air bag pad cover on the two levels. A first stage level is pro- steering wheel and the passenger's vided for moderate-severity impacts. side front panel pad above the glove A second stage level is provided for box. more severe impacts. The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the The passenger’s front air bag is center of the steering wheel and the designed to help reduce the injury of OUM038041L ■ Passenger’s front air bag passenger's side front panel above children sitting close to the instru- the glove box. ment panel in low speed collisions. The purpose of the SRS is to provide However, children are safer if they the vehicle's driver and/or the front are restrained in the rear seat. passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys- According to the impact severity and tem alone in case of a frontal impact seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS of sufficient severity. The SRS uses Control Module) controls the air bag sensors to gather information about inflation. Failure to properly wear the driver's and front passenger's seat belts can increase the risk or seat belt usage and impact severity. severity of injury in an accident. OUM034042 The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.

359 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 60

Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined with an occupant detection system in ernment regulations to provide a with pre-tensioner seat belts to help the front passenger's seat. The occu- contact point concerning modifica- provide enhanced occupant protec- pant detection system detects the tions to the vehicle for persons with tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags presence of a passenger in the front disabilities, which modifications may are not intended to deploy in colli- passenger's seat and will turn off the affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag sions in which sufficient protection front passenger's air bag under cer- system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free can be provided by the pre-tensioner tain conditions. For more detail, see Customer Assistance center at 1- seat belt. "Occupant detection system" in this 800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does Front air bags are not intended to chapter. not endorse nor will it support any deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or changes to any part or structure of rollover crashes. However, when the vehicle that could affect the Modification to the seat structure can frontal deployment threshold is satis- advanced air bag system, including fied at side-impact, front air bags cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- the occupant detection system. ferent level than should be provided. may deploy. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes ✽ NOTICE below the deployment threshold. The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model. Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags.

3 60 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 61

Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag WARNING - SRS Wiring WARNING - No attaching Do not tamper with or discon- objects nect SRS wiring or other com- • No objects (such as crash pad ponents of the SRS system. cover, cellular phone holder, Doing so could result in injury, cup holder, perfume or stick- due to accidental deployment of ers) should be placed over or the air bags or by rendering the near the air bag modules on SRS inoperative. the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such OUMA034095 objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. • Never place or insert any object into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. OUMA038117 When the air bag deploys, the Your vehicle is equipped with a side object may affect the deploy- air bag in each front seat. The pur- ment and result in unexpected pose of the air bag is to provide the accident or bodily harm. vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

361 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 62

Safety features of your vehicle

• The side air bags are designed to • For best protection from the side deploy during certain side-impact WARNING - Unexpected air bag system and to avoid being collisions, depending on the crash deployment injured by the deploying side air severity, angle, speed and point of Avoid impact to the side impact bag, both front seat occupants impact. However, when side deploy- airbag sensor when the ignition should sit in an upright position ment threshold is satisfied at front- switch is ON to prevent unex- with the seat belt properly fas- impact, side air bags may deploy. pected deployment of the side tened. The driver's hands should • The side air bags may deploy on air bag. be placed on the steering wheel at the side of the impact or on both the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The sides. passenger's arms and hands should be placed on their laps. • The side and/or curtain air bags on • The side air bag is supplemental to both sides of the vehicle will deploy the driver's and the passenger's if a rollover or possible rollover is seat belt systems and is not a sub- WARNING - Deployment stitute for them. Therefore your detected. Do not install any accessories • The side air bags are not designed seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation. including seat covers, on the to deploy in all side impact or side or near the side air bag as rollover situations. this may affect the deployment of the side air bags.

3 62 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 63

Safety features of your vehicle

• If seat or seat cover is damaged, Curtain air bag have the vehicle checked and WARNING - No attaching repaired by an authorized Kia deal- objects er. Inform the dealer that your vehi- • Do not place any objects over cle is equipped with side air bags the air bag or between the air and an occupant detection system. bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the WARNING - Flying area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, objects front and rear pillar. Do not place any objects (an • Do not put any objects umbrella, bag, etc.) between the between the side airbag label OUM038045 front door and the front seat. and seat cushion. It could Such objects may become dan- cause harm if the vehicle is in gerous projectiles if the side a crash severe enough to airbag inflates. cause the air bags to deploy. • Never place or insert any object into any small opening near side airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. When the air bag deploys, the object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected OUMA038118 accident or bodily harm. Curtain air bags are located along • Do not install any accessories both sides of the roof rails above the on the side or near the side air front and rear doors. bags.

363 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 64

Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect Do not allow the passengers to lean occupants in certain side impacts their heads or bodies against the WARNING - No attaching and to help prevent them from eject- doors, put their arms on the doors, objects ing out of the vehicle as a result of a stretch their arms out of the window • Do not place any objects over rollover, especially when the seat- or place objects between the doors the air bag. Also, do not attach belts are also in use. and passengers when they are seat- any objects around the area • The curtain air bags are designed to ed on seats equipped with side the air bag inflates such as the deploy during certain side impact impact and/or curtain air bags. door, side door glass, front collisions, depending on the crash and rear pillar, roof side rail. severity, angle, speed and point of ✽ NOTICE • Do not hang hard or breakable impact. However, when side deploy- Never try to open or repair any com- objects on the coat hook. ment threshold is satisfied at front- ponents of the side and curtain air impact, side air bags may deploy. bag system. This should only be • The curtain air bags may deploy on done by an authorized Kia dealer. the side of the impact or on both sides. • Also, the curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy in certain rollover situations. • The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

3 64 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 65

Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

OUMA038047/OUM034048/OUMA038208/OUM034050/OUM034051 (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor Rollover sensor (4) Side pressure sensor (2) Front impact sensor 365 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 66

Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due sors to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or to impact the locations where front doors where side collision sen- air bags or sensors are sors are installed. Have the vehicle installed. checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side could result in serious per- step or running board) or replacing a sonal injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts may adversely • If the installation location or affect your vehicle’s collision and air angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. OUM034052 in any way, the air bags may Front air bags deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate they should. in a frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of Therefore, do not try to per- impact of the front collision. form maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 66 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 67

Safety features of your vehicle

Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag sions, they also may inflate in other deployment. types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. sides OUMA038053 and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. Side air bag and/or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, including when the vehicle is tilted while OUMA038119 being towed. Even where side and/or Side and/or curtain air bags curtain air bags would not provide Side and/or curtain air bags are impact protection in a rollover, how- designed to inflate when an impact is ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec- detected by side collision sensors tion of occupants, especially those depending on the strength, speed or who are restrained with seat belts. angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

367 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 68

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUM034056 OUMA038057

OUM034055 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

3 68 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 69

Safety features of your vehicle

OUMA038207 OUM034058 OUM034059 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. “under-ride” situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

369 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 70

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers, The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water. safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system. your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these OUMA038060 as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the any work on the steering wheel, the • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- necessary information. Failure to fol- front passenger’s panel, front seats low these precautions and proce- cle collides with objects such as and roof rails must be performed by utility poles or trees, where the dures could increase the risk of per- an authorized Kia dealer. Improper sonal injury. point of impact is concentrated to handling of the SRS system may one area and the full force of the result in serious personal injury. impact is not delivered to the sensors.

3 70 UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 71

Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped with SRS vehicle Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang- nect SRS wiring, or other coming your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera- accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system. bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.

WARNING - Towing Vehicle OUMA034094 Always have the ignition off Air bag warning labels, some when your vehicle is being required by the U.S. National towed. The side air bags may Highway Traffic Safety Administration inflate if the vehicle is tilted (NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi- such as when being towed sor to alert the driver and passen- because of the rollover sensors gers of potential risks of the air bag in the vehicle. system.

371 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 1

Features of your vehicle

Folding key ...... 4-5 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) ...... 4-25 • Record your key number ...... 4-5 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-25 • Key operations...... 4-5 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-25 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 • Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-26 • Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Power liftgate ...... 4-27 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-9 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-28 Smart key ...... 4-11 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-29 • Record your key number ...... 4-11 • Smart power liftgate ...... 4-33 • Smart key function ...... 4-11 • Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-37 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-15 Windows ...... 4-39 4 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-15 • Power windows ...... 4-40 • Battery replacement ...... 4-16 Hood...... 4-44 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-16 • Opening the hood ...... 4-44 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-18 • Hood open warning...... 4-44 • Armed stage ...... 4-18 • Closing the hood ...... 4-45 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-19 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 • Disarmed stage...... 4-19 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 Door locks ...... 4-21 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21 • Emergency fuel filler lid release ...... 4-49 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-22 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-50 • Door lock/unlock features...... 4-24 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-51 • Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-24 • Sunshade...... 4-52 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-52 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 2

• Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-54 • Turn by turn mode ...... 4-85 • Closing the sunroof ...... 4-54 • Assist mode...... 4-86 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-55 • Distance to empty ...... 4-88 Steering wheel...... 4-56 • User settings mode...... 4-88 • Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...... 4-56 • Warning messages ...... 4-93 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-57 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-98 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-58 • Warning lights ...... 4-98 • Horn ...... 4-59 • Indicator lights...... 4-106 Mirrors ...... 4-60 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-111 4 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-60 • Operation of the rear parking assist system ...... 4-111 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-70 • Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist Instrument cluster ...... 4-74 system ...... 4-112 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-75 • Rear parking assist system precautions ...... 4-113 • LCD display control ...... 4-75 Parking assist system ...... 4-115 • Gauges ...... 4-76 • Operation of the parking assist system ...... 4-115 • Transmission shift indicator...... 4-79 • Non-operational conditions of parking assist LCD display ...... 4-81 system ...... 4-117 • LCD modes...... 4-81 Rearview camera ...... 4-120 Trip modes (Trip computer) ...... 4-82 Surround view monitoring system (SVM). . . . . 4-121 • Trip modes ...... 4-82 • Automatic car wash entry support guidelines . . . . 4-122 • Fuel economy ...... 4-82 Lighting ...... 4-123 • Accumulated driving information mode...... 4-84 • Battery saver function...... 4-123 • One time driving information mode ...... 4-84 • Daytime running light...... 4-123 • Digital speedometer...... 4-85 • Lighting control ...... 4-123 • Smart shift ...... 4-85 • High beam operation...... 4-125 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 3

• High beam assist ...... 4-126 Manual climate control system ...... 4-141 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-128 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-142 • Front fog light ...... 4-129 • 3rd row air conditioning...... 4-147 • Check headlight ...... 4-129 • System operation ...... 4-148 • Headlight leveling device ...... 4-129 • Climate control air filter...... 4-150 • Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) ...... 4-130 • Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-151 Wipers and washers ...... 4-131 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and • Windshield wipers ...... 4-131 compressor lubricant ...... 4-151 • Front windshield washers...... 4-133 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-153 • Rear window wiper and washer switch...... 4-134 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-154 4 Interior lights ...... 4-136 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-155 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-136 • To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation...... 4-160 • Room lamp...... 4-136 • 3rd row air conditioning...... 4-161 • Map lamp ...... 4-137 • System operation ...... 4-161 • Luggage lamp...... 4-138 • Climate control air filter...... 4-163 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-138 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and • Glove box lamp ...... 4-138 compressor lubricant ...... 4-164 Welcome system ...... 4-139 • Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-165 • Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-139 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-166 • Interior light ...... 4-139 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-166 • Pocket lamp ...... 4-139 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-167 Defroster ...... 4-140 • Defogging logic...... 4-168 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-140 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 4

Storage compartments ...... 4-171 Audio system...... 4-188 • Center console storage ...... 4-171 • Antenna...... 4-188 • Glove box ...... 4-171 • Pole antenna...... 4-188 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-172 • Steering wheel remote controller ...... 4-189 • Luggage box...... 4-173 • AUX, USB port ...... 4-190 Interior features ...... 4-174 • Cup holder ...... 4-174 • Bottle holder...... 4-175 • Seat warmer...... 4-175 4 • Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) ...... 4-176 • Sunvisor ...... 4-177 • Power outlet ...... 4-177 • AC inverter...... 4-178 • USB charger...... 4-180 • Wireless smart phone charging system...... 4-181 • Coat hook ...... 4-184 • Floor mat anchor (s) ...... 4-184 • Side curtain ...... 4-185 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-185 Exterior features...... 4-187 • Roof rack ...... 4-187 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 5

Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Key operations CAUTION The key code number is stamped on Do not fold the key without the key code tag pressing the release button. attached to the key This may damage the key. set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to WARNING - Aftermarket duplicate the keys easily. Remove key the key code tag and store it in a safe Use only Kia original parts for place. Also, record the key code the ignition key in your vehicle. number and keep it in a safe If an aftermarket key is used, place.(not in the vehicle) OUMA048429 the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this • Used to start the engine. happens, the starter will contin- • Used to lock and unlock the doors. ue to operate causing damage • Used to lock and unlock the glove to the starter motor and possi- box. ble fire due to excessive current in the wiring. • To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold automatically. To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button.

45 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 6

Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2). (smart key) 2. The driver's door will unlock. The Never leave the keys in your hazard warning lights will blink two vehicle with unsupervised chil- times. dren. Leaving children unat- 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice tended in a vehicle with a man- within 4 seconds and all doors and ual ignition key or a smart key liftgate will unlock. The hazard is dangerous. Children copy warning lights will blink two times. adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch or press the start button. The key ✽ NOTICE would enable children to oper- OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the ate power windows or other Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to controls, or even make the vehi- 1. Close all doors, engine hood and “User settings” in this chapter. cle move, which could result in liftgate. serious bodily injury or death. 2. Press the lock button(1). 3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink once. 4. If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the beep will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

64 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 7

Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3) Panic (4) Transmitter precautions The liftgate is unlocked if the button The horn sounds and hazard warn- • The transmitter will not work if any is pressed for more than 1 second. ing lights flash for about 27 seconds of following occur: Also, once the liftgate is opened and if this button is pressed for more than - The ignition key is in the ignition then closed, the liftgate will be locked 0.5 second. To stop the horn and switch. automatically. lights, press any button on the transmitter. - You exceed the operating dis- • For Power Liftgate Only: tance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]). The Power Liftgate will open if the - The battery in the transmitter is button is pressed for more than 1 weak. second. Also, once the liftgate is - Other vehicles or objects may be opened and then closed, the liftgate blocking the signal. will be locked again automatically. - The weather is extremely cold. - The transmitter is close to a radio If the power liftgate is switched ‘Off’ transmitter such as a radio sub- using the button in the overhead con- station or an airport which can sole, the liftgate unlock button will interfere with normal operation of operate to unlock the liftgate as the transmitter. described above.

❈ For detailed information refer to the “Power liftgate” in this chapter.

47 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 8

Features of your vehicle

• When the transmitter does not work Battery replacement correctly, open and close the door CAUTION with the ignition key. If you have a Keep the transmitter away from problem with the transmitter, con- water or any liquid as it can tact an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func- • If the transmitter is in close proxim- tion properly. ity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile ✽ phones normal operational signals. NOTICE This is especially important when If the keyless entry system is inoper- the phone is active such as making ative due to exposure to water or liq- and receiving calls, text messag- uids, it will not be covered by your ing, and/or sending/receiving manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. emails. Avoid placing the transmit- OYDDCO2005 ter and your mobile phone in the The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium same pants or jacket pocket and battery which will normally last for always try to maintain an adequate several years. When replacement is distance between the two devices. necessary, use the following procedure. 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned correctly. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

84 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 9

Features of your vehicle

For replacement transmitters, see an Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- authorized Kia dealer for transmitter (if equipped) tem: reprogramming. Your vehicle is equipped with an Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- • The transmitter is designed to give electronic engine immobilizer system tion. The immobilizer system acti- you years of trouble-free use, how- to reduce the risk of unauthorized vates automatically. Without a valid ever it can malfunction if exposed to vehicle use. ignition key for your vehicle, the moisture or static electricity. If you Your immobilizer system is com- engine will not start. are unsure how to use your trans- prised of a small transponder in the mitter or replace the battery, contact ignition key and electronic devices an authorized Kia dealer. To deactivate the immobilizer inside the vehicle. system: • Using the wrong battery can cause With the immobilizer system, when- the transmitter to malfunction. Be Insert the ignition key into the key ever you insert your ignition key into sure to use the correct battery. cylinder and turn it to the ON position. the ignition switch and turn it to ON, • To avoid damaging the transmitter, In order to prevent theft of your vehi- the system verifies if the ignition key cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it is valid. to heat or sunlight. in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer pass- If the key is determined to be valid, word is a customer unique password • An inappropriately dis- the engine will start. and should be kept confidential. Do posed battery can be harm- If the key is determined to be invalid, not leave this number anywhere in ful to the environment and the engine will not start. your vehicle. may cause harm to human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local ✽ NOTICE law(s) or regulation. When starting the engine, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys CAUTION - Transmitter around. Otherwise the engine may damage not start or may stop soon after it Do not drop, wet or expose the starts. Keep each key separate in keyless entry system transmit- order to avoid a starting malfunction. ter to heat or sunlight.

49 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 10

Features of your vehicle

Do not put metal accessories near This device complies with Part 15 the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer of the FCC rules. Metal accessories may interrupt the damage Operation is subject to the following transponder signal and may prevent Do not expose your immobilizer two conditions: the engine from being started. system to moisture, static elec- 1. This device may not cause harmful tricity and rough handling. This interference, and may damage your immobilizer. ✽ NOTICE 2. This device must accept any inter- If you need additional keys or lose ference received, including inter- your keys, contact an authorized ference that may cause undesired CAUTION - Immobilizer operation. Kia dealer. alterations Do not change, alter or adjust ✽ the immobilizer system because NOTICE it could cause the immobilizer Changes or modifications not system to malfunction. expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

4 10 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 11

Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or The key code number unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start is stamped on the bar the engine. code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details. the key set. Should you lose your keys, WARNING - Ignition key this number will enable an author- (smart key) ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and Never leave the keys in your store it in a safe place. Also, record vehicle with unsupervised chil- the code number and keep it in a dren. Leaving children unat- safe and handy place, but not in the tended in a vehicle with a man- vehicle. ual ignition key or a smart key OUM045428MX is dangerous. Children copy To remove the mechanical key, press adults and they could place the and hold the release button(1) and key in the ignition switch or remove the mechanical key (2). press the start button. The key would enable children to oper- To reinstall the mechanical key, put ate power windows or other the key into the hole and push it until controls, or even make the vehi- a click sound is heard. cle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.

411 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 12

Features of your vehicle

Door Lock Using the door handle button Using the button on the smart key - Carry the smart key. - Close all doors, engine hood and - Close all doors, engine hood and liftgate. liftgate. - Press the lock button(1). - Press the button of the outside door - The hazard warning lights will blink handle. and the chime will sound once. - The hazard warning lights will blink - Make sure that doors are locked by and the chime will sound once. pulling the outside door handle. - Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle. OYDDCO2004 ✽ NOTICE • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle. • Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following OUM044001 occur: - The smart key is in the vehicle. - The engine start/stop button is in ACC or ON position. - Any door except the liftgate is open.

4 12 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 13

Features of your vehicle

Unlocking Using the button on the smart key Liftgate unlocking Using the door handle button 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the Using the liftgate handle button 1. Carry the smart key. smart key. 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Press the button of the driver's 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The 2. Press the liftgate handle button. hazard warning lights will blink and outside door handle. 3. When all doors are locked, the the chime will sound two times. 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice times. within 4 seconds and all doors and the chime will sound two times. Once the liftgate is opened and the liftgate will unlock. The hazard then closed, the liftgate will lock 4. Press the button twice within 4 warning lights will blink and the automatically. seconds and all doors and the lift- chime will sound two times. gate will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink and the ✽ NOTICE chime will sound two times. ✽ NOTICE The button will only operate when After pressing the button, the doors the smart key is within 28~40in. ✽ NOTICE will lock automatically unless any (0.7~1m) from the liftgate handle. door is opened within 30 seconds. • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from the outside door ✽ NOTICE handle. You can activate or deactivate the • When the smart key is recognized in Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to the area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from “User settings” in this chapter. the front outside door handle, other people can also open the doors. • After unlocking the driver’s door or all doors, the door(s) will lock automatically unless the door is opened.

413 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 14

Features of your vehicle

Using the button on the smart key Panic Start-up 1. Press the liftgate unlock button (3) 1. Press the panic button (4) for more You can start the engine without for more than 1 second. than 1 second. inserting the key. For detailed infor- 2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard mation refer to the “Engine start/stop hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 27 button” in chapter 5. times. seconds. • For Power Liftgate Only: The Power Liftgate will open if the ✽ NOTICE button is pressed for more than 1 To stop the horn and lights, press second. Also, once the liftgate is any button on the smart key. opened and then closed, the liftgate will be locked again automatically.

❈For detailed information refer to the “Power liftgate” in this chapter.

4 14 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 15

Features of your vehicle

Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximity A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key will not work if any to your cell phone or smart phone, registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio your cell phone or smart phone. you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- This is especially important when engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- the phone is active such as making the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the a call, receiving calls, text messag- authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. ing, and/or sending/receiving cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile emails. Avoid placing the smart key potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- and your cell phone or smart phone lar phone. in the same pants or jacket pocket - Another vehicle’s smart key is and maintain adequate distance being operated close to your between the two devices. vehicle. • When the smart key does not work CAUTION - Transmitter correctly, open and close the door Keep the transmitter away from with the mechanical key and contact water or any liquid as it can an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not function properly.

✽ NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

415 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 16

Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse Smart key immobilizer system order of removal. Your vehicle is equipped with an • The smart key is designed to give electronic engine immobilizer system you years of trouble-free use, how- to reduce the risk of unauthorized ever it can malfunction if exposed vehicle use. to moisture or static electricity. If Your immobilizer system is com- you are unsure how to use or prised of a small transponder in the replace the battery, contact an smart key and electronic devices authorized Kia dealer. inside the vehicle. • Using the wrong battery can cause With the immobilizer system, when- the smart key to malfunction. Be ever you turn the engine start/stop sure to use the correct battery. button to the ON position by pressing OUM045427MX • To avoid damaging the smart key, the button while carrying the smart don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it key, it verifies if the smart key is valid A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. several years, but if the smart key is or not. not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis- If the key is determined to be valid, the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harm- the engine will start. ful to the environment and unsure how to use your smart key or human health. Dispose the If the key is determined to be invalid, replace the battery, contact an battery according to your the engine will not start. authorized Kia dealer. local law(s) or regulation. 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Pry open the rear cover. CAUTION - Smart key 3. Replace the battery with a new damage battery (CR2032). When replacing Do not drop, get wet or expose the battery, make sure the battery the smart key to heat or sun- is in the correct position. light, or it will be damaged.

4 16 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 17

Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 system: of the FCC rules. Turn the engine start/stop button to Operation is subject to the following the ON position by pressing the but- two conditions: ton while carrying the smart key. 1. This device may not cause harmful In order to prevent theft of your vehi- interference, and cle, do not leave spare keys any- 2. This device must accept any inter- where in your vehicle. ference received, including interference that may cause undesired To activate the immobilizer system: operation. Turn the engine start/stop button to the OFF position. The immobilizer ✽ NOTICE system activates automatically. Changes or modifications not Without a valid smart key for your expressly approved by the party vehicle, the engine will not start. responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate ✽ NOTICE the equipment. If the keyless entry When starting the engine, do not use system is inoperative due to changes the key with other immobilizer keys or modifications not expressly around. Otherwise the engine may approved by the party responsible not start or may stop soon after it for compliance, it will not be cov- starts. Keep each key separate in ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle order to avoid a starting malfunction. warranty. ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

417 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 18

Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage If any door (or liftgate) or engine Park the vehicle and stop the engine. hood remains open, the hazard Arm the system as described below. warning lights and the chime will not Armed operate and the theft-alarm will not stage 1. Remove the ignition key from the arm. If all doors and liftgate and ignition switch and exit the vehicle. engine hood are closed after the lock 2. Make sure that all doors (and lift- button is pressed, the hazard warn- gate) and engine hood are closed ing lights blink once. Disarmed Theft-alarm stage stage and latched. The system can also be armed by 3. Lock the doors using the transmit- locking the doors with the key from ter of the keyless entry system (or the front doors; however, the hazard smart key) or ignition key. warning lights will not blink using this This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, method. protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also ✽ NOTICE ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the "Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. The theft-alarm system can be deac- "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is tivated by an authorized Kia dealer. the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, If you want this feature, consult an the system provides an audible authorized Kia dealer. alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights.

4 18 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 19

Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when the system is armed while a pas- the following occurs while the system • The doors (and liftgate) are senger(s) remains in the vehicle, is armed. the alarm may be activated when unlocked with the transmitter (or the remaining passenger(s) leave • A front or rear door is opened with- smart key) or the ignition key. the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button, ) or engine hood is opened within mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink 30 seconds after the system • The liftgate is opened without using and the chime will sound twice (in enters the armed stage, the sys- the transmitter (or smart key). smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed to prevent an • The engine hood is opened. tem is disarmed. unnecessary alarm. The horn will sound and the hazard After depressing the unlock button, if warning lights will blink continuously any door (or liftgate) is not opened for approximately 27 seconds, and within 30 seconds, the system will be repeat the horn 2 times unless the rearmed. system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter (or smart key).

419 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 20

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Adjusting • Avoid trying to start the engine alarm system while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled Do not change, alter or adjust during the theft-alarm stage. the theft-alarm system because - If the system is not disarmed with it could cause the theft-alarm the transmitter, insert the key system to malfunction and into the ignition switch, turn the should only be serviced by an ignition switch to the ON position authorized Kia dealer. and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. ✽ NOTICE - If the system is not disarmed with Malfunctions caused by improper the smart key, press the engine alterations, adjustments or modifi- start/stop button with smart key. cations to the theft-alarm system are The side with the lock button not covered by your vehicle manu- should contact the engine facturer warranty. start/stop button directly. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

4 20 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 21

Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from • Once the doors are unlocked, they outside the vehicle may be opened by pulling the door WARNING handle. ■ Type A ■ Type B • Securely close your door • When closing the door, push the before you begin driving. door by hand. Make sure the doors Failure to fully close your door are closed securely. may cause it to open during vehicle operation. ✽ NOTICE • Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent • In cold and wet climates, door lock injuries. and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked CAUTION OUM046002L multiple times in rapid succession Do not open and close the door repeatedly if unnecessary or with • Turn the key toward the rear of the with either the vehicle key or door excessive force. Such action can vehicle to unlock (1) and toward lock switch, the system may stop damage the vehicle door. the front of the vehicle to lock (2). operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent • If you lock the driver’s door with a damage to system components. key, all vehicle doors will lock automatically. • From the driver’s door, turn the key to the right once to unlock the door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors. • Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter.

421 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 22

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the driver’s inside the vehicle (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the With the door lock button lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened.

If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try OUM044003 one or more of the following tech- • To lock a door without the key, push niques to exit: the inside door lock button (1) or cen- • Operate the door unlock feature tral door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” repeatedly (both electronic and position when the ignition switch is OUM044004 manual) while simultaneously OFF position and close the door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door pulling on the door handle. lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- • If you lock the door with the central • Operate the other door locks and tion. The red mark (2) on the button handles, front and rear. door lock switch (2), all vehicle will be visible. doors will lock automatically. • Lower a front window and use the • To lock a door, push the door lock key to unlock the door from outside. button (1) to the “Lock” position. If ✽ NOTICE the door is locked properly, the red • Move to the cargo area and open Always remove the ignition key, mark (2) on the door lock button the liftgate. engage the parking brake, close all will not be visible. windows and lock all doors when • To open a door, pull the door handle leaving your vehicle unattended. (3) outward.

4 22 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 23

Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will WARNING - Unattended Driver’s door unlock. children/animals • If the key is in the ignition switch Never leave children or animals and any front door is opened, the unattended in your vehicle. An doors will not lock even though the enclosed vehicle can become front portion (1) of the central door extremely hot, causing death or lock switch is pressed. severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. WARNING - Doors

OUM044005 • The doors should always be Passenger’s door fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door. • Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motor- cycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is OUM034082L approaching can cause dam- Operate by pressing the central door age or injury. lock switch. • When pressing the front portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

423 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 24

Features of your vehicle

Door lock/unlock features Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. Impact sensing door unlock sys- To open the rear door, pull the out- tem side door handle. All doors will automatically unlock Even though the doors may be when an impact causes the air bags unlocked, the rear door will not open to deploy. by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked. Speed sensing door lock system All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph WARNING - Rear door (15 km/h). locks OUM044006 Use the rear door safety locks whenever children are in the Shift lever door lock/unlock sys- The child safety lock is provided to vehicle. If a child accidently tem help prevent children from acciden- opens the rear doors while the • All doors will automatically lock tally opening the rear doors from vehicle is moving, they may fall when the shift lever is moved out of inside the vehicle. The rear door out. P (Park). safety locks should be used whenev- • All doors will automatically unlock er children are in the vehicle. when the shift lever is moved into P 1. Open the rear door. (Park). 2. Turn the child safety lock (1) located on the rear edge of the door to ✽ NOTICE the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock posi- You can select some auto door tion, the rear door will not open lock/unlock features in “User Settings” even when the inner door handle For more information, refer to is pulled. “User Settings” in this chapter.

4 24 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 25

Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate) Opening the liftgate The liftgate swings upward. Make Closing the liftgate sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

CAUTION - Liftgate lift

OUMA048007 Make certain that you close the OUMA048008 liftgate before driving your vehi- • The liftgate is locked or unlocked cle. Possible damage may occur To close the liftgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or to the liftgate lift cylinders and down the liftgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter attached hardware if the liftgate that the liftgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock is not closed prior to driving. Make sure your hands, feet and other switch. parts of your body are safely out of • If unlocked, the liftgate can be the way before closing the liftgate. opened by pressing the handle switch and then pulling the handle up. • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate is locked automatically.

425 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 26

Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING fumes • No one should be allowed to If you drive with the liftgate occupy the cargo area of the open, you will draw dangerous vehicle at any time. The cargo exhaust fumes into your vehicle area is a very dangerous loca- which can cause serious injury tion in the event of a crash. or death to vehicle occupants. If • Use the release lever for you must drive with the liftgate emergencies only. Use with open, keep the air vents and all extreme caution, especially windows open so that addition- while the vehicle is in motion. al outside air comes into the vehicle.

OUMA048009 WARNING - Rear cargo Your vehicle is equipped with an area emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the lift- Occupants should never ride in gate. When someone is inadvertent- the rear cargo area where no ly locked in the cargo area, the lift- restraints are available. gate can be opened by pushing the Occupants should always be release lever and pushing open the properly restrained. liftgate.

4 26 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 27

Features of your vehicle

POWER LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Unattended children/pets Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children or animals might operate the power liftgate in such a way that could result in injury to themselves or others or damage to the vehicle. OUM048472L OUM044012L (1) Power liftgate open / close button (2) Power liftgate handle switch ✽ NOTICE (3) Power liftgate close button In cold and wet climates, power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions. ✽ NOTICE If ignition switch is ON position, the ✽ NOTICE power liftgate can operate when the Do not attach heavy objects to the shift lever is in P (Park). power liftgate when you operate the OUMA048541 power liftgate. Additional weight on liftgate could cause damage to the system.

427 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 28

Features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate WARNING CAUTION Do not close or open the power liftgate manually during automatic operation.This may cause damage to the power liftgate or to the vehicle. If it is necessary to close or open the power liftgate manually when the battery is discharged or disconnected, make OUMA048014 sure the liftgate is not in operation. Switch the power liftgate to Make sure that there are no peo- the off position. Do not apply OUMA048300 ple or objects in the path of the excessive force. The power liftgate will open automat- power liftgate (or smart power ically by doing one of the following: liftgate) prior to use. Serious • Press and hold the liftgate unlock injury, damage to the vehicle or button on the transmitter or smart damage to surrounding objects key until power liftgate operates. may result if contact with the power liftgate (or smart power • While power liftgate operating, you liftgate) occurs. can stop it if you shortly press the unlock button on the transmitter or smart key.

4 28 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 29

Features of your vehicle

Closing the liftgate

■Type A

OUMA044010 ■ OUM048010L OUMA048011 Type B • Press the power liftgate open/close • Press the liftgate handle switch button for approximately one sec- carrying the smart key with you. ond. • For emergency stop while power liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button shortly.

OUM044012L ■Type C

OUMA048300

429 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 30

Features of your vehicle

• Press the power liftgate close but- Power liftgate non-opening condi- ton for approximately one second tions CAUTION when the liftgate is opened. The power liftgate will not open auto- Do not operate the power lift- The liftgate will close and lock matically, when the vehicle is moving gate more than 5 times continu- automatically. more than 2mph (3km/h) or the auto- ously. • For emergency stop while power matic shift lever is not in P(Park) posi- It may damage the power liftgate liftgate operating, press the power tion. The power liftgate will not open system. If you operate the power liftgate open/close button shortly. automatically, when the automatic liftgate more than 5 times con- shift lever is not in P(Park) position. tinuously, the chime will sound 3 times and the power liftgate will WARNING ✽ not operate. At this time, stop Make sure there are no people NOTICE operating the liftgate and leave it or objects around the liftgate The chime will sound continuously if for more than 1 minute. before opening or closing the you drive over 2mph (3km/h) with the power liftgate. Wait until the lift- liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at a gate is open fully and stopped safe place as soon as possible to check before loading or unloading if your liftgate is opened. cargo from the vehicle.

4 30 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 31

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) Automatic reversal • The power liftgate can be operated • In cold and wet climates, the when the engine is not running. power liftgate may not work prop- However the power liftgate opera- erly due to freezing conditions. tion consumes large amounts of • It is recommended to wait until vehicle electric power. To prevent the power liftgate is fully closed the battery from being discharged, before starting the vehicle. The do not operate it excessively. power liftgate may not close fully • To prevent the battery from being if the vehicle is started during discharged, do not leave the power automatic closing. liftgate in the open position for a long time. CAUTION • Do not modify or repair any part Never operate the power lift OUMA048013 of the power liftgate by yourself. gate with any heavy objects This must be done by an author- During power opening and closing if attached (e.g. bicycles) as it the power liftgate is blocked by an ized Kia dealer. could become damaged. • When jacking up the vehicle to object or part of the body, the power change a tire or repair the vehicle, liftgate will detect the resistance. do not operate the power liftgate. • If the resistance is detected while This could cause the power liftgate opening the liftgate, it will stop and to operate improperly. move in the opposite direction. (Continued) • If the resistance is detected while closing the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.

431 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 32

Features of your vehicle

However, if the resistance is weak How to reset the power liftgate ✽ NOTICE such as from an object that is thin or If the battery has been discharged or If the power liftgate does not operate soft, or the liftgate is near the latched disconnected, or if the related fuse has normally, first check the following position, the automatic stop and been replaced or disconnected, for the condition before using the power reversal may not detect the resist- power liftgate to operate normally, liftgate. ance. reset the power liftgate as follows: Make sure the automatic shift lever If the automatic reversal feature 1. Put the automatic shift lever in P is in P (Park) or the manual shift operates continuously more than (Park). lever is in N (Neutral). twice during opening or closing operation, the power liftgate may stop at 2. While pressing the liftgate close that position. At this time, close the button, press the liftgate handle liftgate manually and operate the lift- switch for more than 3 seconds. gate automatically again. (the chime will sound) 3. Close the liftgate manually. WARNING If the power liftgate does not work Never place any object or part properly after the above procedure, of your body in the path of the have the system checked by an power liftgate as it is operating. authorized Kia dealer. Doing so could result in personal injury.

4 32 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 33

Features of your vehicle

Power liftgate opening height Smart Power Liftgate How to use the Smart Power user setting (if equipped) Liftgate The liftgate can be opened with no- touch activation satisfying all the conditions below. • After 15 seconds when all doors are closed and locked • Positioned in the detecting area for more than 3 seconds.

✽ NOTICE • The Smart Power Liftgate does OUM044012L OUMA048015 not operate when: - The smart key is detected within The driver may set the height of a On a vehicle equipped with a smart 15 seconds after the doors are fully opened liftgate by following the key, the liftgate can be opened using closed and locked, and is contin- below instruction. the Smart Power Liftgate system. uously detected. 1. Position the liftgate manually to - The smart key is detected within the height you prefer. 15 seconds after the doors are 2. Press the liftgate close button for closed and locked, and within 60 more than 3 seconds. inches (1.5 m) from the front 3. You will hear the system beep twice door handles. (for vehicles indicating height has been set up. equipped with Welcome Light) - A door is not locked or closed. - The smart key is in the vehicle. The liftgate will open to the height the driver has set up.

433 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 34

Features of your vehicle

1. Setting ✽ NOTICE To activate the Smart Power Liftgate, Do not approach the detecting area go to User Settings Mode and select if you do not want the liftgate to Smart Power Liftgate on the LCD open. If you have unintentionally display. entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime ❈ For more information, refer to starts to operate, leave the detecting the “LCD Display” section in area with the smart key. The liftgate this chapter. will stay closed.

OUMA048016 2. Detect and Alert If you are positioned in the detecting area (20 ~ 39 inches (50 ~ 100 cm) behind the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you the smart key has been detected and the liftgate will open.

4 34 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 35

Features of your vehicle

Make sure you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. CAUTION - Liftgate lift Make sure there are no people or Make certain that you close the objects around the liftgate before liftgate before driving your vehi- opening or closing the liftgate. Make cle. Possible damage may occur sure objects in the liftgate do not to the liftgate lift cylinders and come out when opening the liftgate attached hardware if the liftgate on a slope. It may cause serious is not closed prior to driving. injury. Make sure to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate when washing your vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate OUMA048017 may open inadvertently. The key 3. Automatic opening should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently The hazard warning lights will blink open the Smart Power Liftgate while and chime will sound 2 times and playing around the rear area of the then the liftgate will open. vehicle.

435 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 36

Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart ✽ NOTICE Detecting area Power Liftgate function using the • If you press the door unlock but- smart key ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart power liftgate function will be activated again. • If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens. • If you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) when the Smart Power Liftgate function OUMA044019 is not in the Detect and Alert stage, • The Smart Power Liftgate operates OUMA048520 the smart power liftgate function with a welcome alert if the smart 1. Door lock will not be deactivated. key is detected within 20 ~ 39 inch- • In case you have deactivated the es (50 ~ 100 cm) from the liftgate. 2. Door unlock Smart Power Liftgate function by • The alert stops once the smart key 3. Liftgate open and close pressing the smart key button and is positioned outside the detecting 4. Panic opened a door, the smart power area during the Detect and Alert If you press any button of the smart liftgate function can be activated stage. key during the Detect and Alert again by closing and locking all stage, the Smart Power Liftgate func- doors. tion will be deactivated. Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate function for emergency situations.

4 36 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 37

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Emergency liftgate safety • The Smart Power Liftgate function release WARNING will not work if any of the following • No one should be allowed to occurs: occupy the cargo area of the - The smart key is close to a radio vehicle at any time. The cargo transmitter such as a radio sta- area is a very dangerous location or an airport which can tion in the event of a crash. interfere with normal operation • Use the release lever for of the transmitter. emergencies only. Use with - The smart key is near a mobile extreme caution, especially two way radio system or a cellu- while the vehicle is in motion. lar phone. - Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. OUMA044009 • The detecting range may decrease Your vehicle is equipped with an or increase when : emergency liftgate safety release - One side of the tire is raised to lever located on the bottom of the lift- replace a tire or to inspect the gate. When someone is inadvertent- vehicle. ly locked in the cargo area, the lift- - The vehicle is parked on a slope gate can be opened by pushing the or unpaved road, etc. release lever and pushing open the liftgate.

437 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 38

Features of your vehicle

WARNING

OUM048468L Do not grab the power liftgate struts while the liftgate is open. • This may cause the liftgate to unexpectedly collapse on top of you causing serious injury. • The strut may be hot which can cause injury.

4 38 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 39

Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down* (Driver's and Passenger's window) (7) Power window and rear sunroof* lock switch

* if equipped

In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OUMA044020

439 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 40

Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- ation of rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow- for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with the ignition key is removed or turned one or both of the rear windows to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) posi- down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If tion. However, if the front doors are OYP044035K opened, the power windows cannot you experience the noise with the be operated even within the 30 sec- sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. If the window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects, CAUTION To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of remove the objects and close the Do not install any accessories window. the corresponding switch to the first in the vehicle that extend into detent position (5). the open window area. Such objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic rever- WARNING - Power sal “jam protection” feature Windows described in this section. Do not extend your face or arms outside of the window opening while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so could result in significant injury.

4 40 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 41

Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window (if equipped) 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close the driver's and passenger's window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OUN026013

OYP044033K Automatic reversal (for Auto up/down window) Pressing or pulling up the power win- If the upward movement of the window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers dow is blocked by an object or part of or raises the window even when the the body, the window will detect the switch is released. To stop the window resistance and will stop upward at the desired position while the win- movement. The window will then dow is in operation, pull up or press lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) down and release the switch. to allow the object to be cleared. If the power window does not operate The distance may vary based on the normally, the automatic power win- size or position of the window. If the dow system must be reset as follows: window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

441 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 42

Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is Power window lock button pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING seconds after the window is lowered The automatic reverse feature by the automatic window reversal doesn’t activate while resetting feature, the automatic window rever- power window system. Make sal will not operate. sure body parts or other objects The automatic reverse feature for the are safely out of the way before driver’s window is only active when closing the windows to avoid the “auto up” feature is used by fully injuries or vehicle damage. pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch. OUM044021 Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries • The driver can disable the power or vehicle damage. If an object less window switches on the passenger than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is doors by pressing the power win- caught between the window glass dow lock button located on the dri- and the upper window channel, the ver’s door to the LOCK position automatic reverse window may not (pressed). detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction. • When the power window lock switch is pressed : - The driver's master control can operate all the power windows. - The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window.

4 42 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 43

Features of your vehicle

- The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's WARNING - Power win- power window. dows • Do not allow children to play CAUTION with the power windows. Keep - Opening/Closing Window the power window lock button (on the driver's door) in the To prevent possible damage to LOCK (pressed) position. the power window system, do not open or close two windows • Do not extend a face or arms or more at the same time. This outside through the window will also ensure the longevity of opening while driving. the fuse.

Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.

443 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 44

Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Hood open warning

OUMA048023

OUM044022 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise OUMA048522 the hood slightly, pull the second- 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood The warning message will appear on the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). the LCD display when hood is open. open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will completely The warning chime will operate when Open the hood after turning off the rise by itself after it has been the vehicle is being driven above 3 engine on a flat surface, shifting the raised about halfway. mph (3 km/h) with the hood open. shift lever to the P (Park) position and setting the parking brake.

4 44 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 45

Features of your vehicle

Closing the hood - Hood - Unsecured 1. Before closing the hood, check the WARNING WARNING following: obstruction engine hood • All filler caps in engine compart- Before closing the hood, ensure Always double check to be sure ment must be correctly installed. that all obstructions are removed that the hood is firmly latched from the hood opening. Closing before driving away. If it is not • Gloves, rags or any other com- the hood with an obstruction latched, the hood could fly open bustible material must be present in the hood opening may while the vehicle is being driv- removed from the engine com- result in severe personal injury. en, causing a total loss of visi- partment. bility, which might result in an 2. Return the support rod to its clip to accident. prevent it from rattling. WARNING - Fire risk 3.Lower the hood until it is about 30 Do not leave gloves, rags or any cm above the closed position and other combustible material in the let it drop. Make sure that it locks engine compartment. Doing so into place. may cause a heat-induced fire. 4. Check that the hood has engaged properly. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not properly engaged. Open it again and close it with a little more force.

445 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 46

Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise OUM044025 near the refueling hole while the OUM048024L 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal- The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. ly with the OBD system. from inside the vehicle by pressing the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel When refueling on unlevel ground, because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise. the fuel gauge may not point to the F tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position. the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position. (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

4 46 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 47

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- WARNING - Static Always remove the fuel cap sion risk electricity carefully and slowly. If the cap is Read and follow all warnings • Before touching the fuel noz- venting fuel or if you hear a hiss- posted at the gas station facili- zle, you should eliminate ing sound, wait until the condi- ty. Failure to follow all warnings potentially dangerous static tion stops before completely may result in severe personal electricity discharge by touch- removing the cap. If pressurized injury, severe burns or death ing another metal part of the fuel sprays out, it can cover your due to a fire or explosion. vehicle, a safe distance away clothes or skin and subject you from the fuel filler neck, noz- to the risk of fire and burns. zle, or other gas source. • Do not get back into a vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is once you have begun refueling installed securely to prevent fuel since you can generate static spillage in the event of an accident. electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or ✽ NOTICE fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing stat- Tighten the cap until it clicks once, ic electricity. Static electricity otherwise the fuel cap open warning discharge can ignite fuel indicator light will illuminate vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.

447 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 48

Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Smoking according to the “Fuel requirements” container DO NOT use matches or a lighter suggested in chapter 1. When using an approved portable and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit If the fuel filler cap requires replace- fuel container, be sure to place cigarette in your vehicle while at ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or the container on the ground prior a gas station especially during the equivalent specified for your vehi- to refueling. Static electricity dis- refueling. Automotive fuel is cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can charge from the container can highly flammable and can, when result in a serious malfunction of the ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. ignited, result in fire. fuel system or emission control sys- Once refueling has begun, con- tem. tact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is com- WARNING - Refueling & CAUTION - Exterior paint plete. Use only approved portable Vehicle fires plastic fuel containers designed Do not spill fuel on the exterior to carry and store gasoline. When refueling, always shut the surfaces of the vehicle. Any engine off. Sparks produced by type of fuel spilled on painted electrical components related surfaces may damage the paint. to the engine can ignite fuel WARNING - Cell phone vapors causing a fire. Once fires refueling is complete, check to Do not use cellular phones make sure the filler cap and while refueling. Electric current filler door are securely closed, and/or electronic interference before starting the engine. from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

4 48 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 49

Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid release

OUM044026 If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release, you can open it manually. Remove the panel in the cargo area. Pull the handle out slightly.

CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged.

449 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 50

Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) The sunroof cannot slide when it is in CAUTION - Sunroof motor the tilt position nor can it be tilted damage while in an open or slide position. To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the WARNING - Roof cargo guide rail. Do not operate the sun roof while using the roof rack to transport cargo.This may cause In cold and wet climates, the sunroof the cargo to come loose and may not work properly due to freez- distract the driver. OUM044027 ing conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with a After the vehicle is washed or in a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any WARNING sunroof with the sunroof control lever water that is on the sunroof before • Never adjust the sunroof or located on the overhead console. operating it. sunshade while driving. This The sunroof can be operated for could result in loss of control approximately 30 seconds after the CAUTION - Sunroof and an accident that may ignition key is removed or turned to control lever cause death, serious injury, or the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. Do not continue to press the sun- property damage. However, if the front door is opened, roof control lever after the sun- • Do not allow children to oper- the sunroof cannot be operated even roof is fully opened, closed, or ate the sunroof. within the 30 second period. tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.

4 50 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 51

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning CAUTION (if equipped) CAUTION Do not extend any luggage out Make sure the sunroof is fully side the sunroof while driving. closed when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is opened, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior. WARNING To avoid accidental injury, do not let children operate the sunroof without adult supervision.

OUMA048523 If the driver removes the ignition key (smart key: turns off the engine) when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for a few seconds and a message will appear on the LCD display. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

451 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 52

Features of your vehicle

Sunshade To close the sunshade when the Sliding the sunroof sunroof glass is closed Push the sunroof control lever forward or pull it down to the 1st detent position. To stop the sliding at any point, press the sunshade control switch momentarily.

✽ NOTICE Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal. OUM044028 OUM044029

To open the sunshade CAUTION - Automatic When the sunshade is closed Pull the sunroof control lever back- sunroof shade Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the 1st detent position. • Do not pull or push the sun- ward to the 2nd detent position, both shade by hand as such action the sunshade and sunroof glass will may damage the sunshade or slide all the way open. To stop the cause it to malfunction. sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control glass • Close the sunroof when driv- lever momentarily. ing in dusty environments. Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle system.

✽ NOTICE Only the front glass of the panora- ma sunroof opens and closes.

4 52 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 53

Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened Automatic reversal Pull the sunroof glass control lever WARNING - Sunroof backward to the 1st or 2nd detent • Do not extend the face, neck, position, the sunroof glass will be arms or body outside the sun- opened. roof while driving. To stop the sunroof glass movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily. WARNING - Sunroof Operation When closing the sunroof, make sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the slid- OXM049029 ing roof. Parts of the body could If an object or part of the body is become trapped or crushed. detected while the sunroof is closing automatically, it will reverse the direction, and then stop. The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse glass and the glass will not stop and reverse direction.

453 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 54

Features of your vehicle

Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof CAUTION To close the sunroof glass with • To avoid damage to the sun- the sunshade roof periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on Push the sunroof control lever for- the guide rail. ward or downward to the 2nd detent position. The sunroof glass and sun- • If you drive with the sunroof shade will close automatically. opened right after a vehicle wash or rain, water may get To stop the sunroof movement at any inside the vehicle and cause point, pull or push the sunroof control damage to the interior. lever momentarily.

To close the sunroof glass only CAUTION - Sunroof motor OUM044030 damage When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever forward or downward to the 1st detent If you try to open the sunroof Push the sunroof control lever upward, position. The sunroof glass will close when the temperature is below the sunshade will slide halfway open automatically. freezing or when the sunroof is then the sunroof glass will tilt. To stop the sunroof movement at any covered with snow or ice, the To stop the sunroof movement at any glass or the motor could be point, pull or push the sunroof control point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily. damaged. lever momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened Push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

4 54 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 55

Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof 5. Push the sunroof control lever for- Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- ward in the direction of close for connected or discharged, you must about (1 ~2 seconds), until the sun- reset your sunroof system as follows: roof operates as follows: GLASS OPEN → GLASS/SUNSHADE 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON CLOSE and then release the but- position. ton. [Do not release the button on 2. Close the sunshade and sunroof movement. (initialization failed)] completely if opened. When this is complete, the sunroof 3. Release the sunroof control lever. system has been reset and one 4. Push the sunroof control lever for- touch open and close should be ward in the direction of close for restored. about (5 ~10 seconds) until the sunroof operates as follows: SUN- ✽ NOTICE SHADE OPENS → GLASS TILTS UP → SOUND OF MOTOR’S If you do not reset the sunroof, it ‘CLICK’ and then release the button. may not work properly. [Do not release the button on movement. (initialization of reset will fail)]

455 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 56

Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) • If the Electric Power Steering ✽ NOTICE The power steering uses a motor to System does not operate normally, The following symptoms may occur assist you in steering the vehicle. If the warning light will illuminate on during normal vehicle operation: the engine is off or if the power steer- the instrument cluster. The steering • The EPS warning light does not ing system becomes inoperative, the wheel may require increased illuminate. vehicle may still be steered, but it will steering effort. Take your vehicle to • The steering gets heavy immedi- require increased steering effort. an authorized Kia dealer and have ately after turning the ignition the vehicle checked as soon as switch on. This happens as the sys- The EPS is controlled by a power possible. steering control unit which senses tem performs the EPS system the steering wheel torque and vehi- • When you operate the steering diagnostics. When the diagnostics cle speed to command the motor. wheel in low temperature, noise are completed, the steering wheel may occur. If temperature rises, the will return to its normal condition. The steering becomes heavier as noise will likely disappear. This is a • A click noise may be heard from the vehicle’s speed increases and normal condition. the EPS relay after the ignition becomes lighter as the vehicle’s • When the vehicle is stationary, and switch is turned to the ON or speed decreases for optimum steer- LOCK (OFF) position. ing control. the steering wheel is turned all the way to the left or right continuous- • A motor noise may be heard when Should you notice any change in the ly, the steering wheel becomes the vehicle is at a stop or at a low effort required to steer during normal harder to turn. The power assist is driving speed. vehicle operation, have the power limited to protect the motor from • If the Electric Power Steering steering checked by an authorized overheating. System does not operate normally, Kia dealer. As time passes, the steering wheel the warning light will illuminate on will return to its normal condition. the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

4 56 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 57

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive.You can also raise it ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle. • When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (When the alternator or bat- The steering wheel should be posi- tery) does not operate normally or tioned so that it is comfortable for malfunctions), the steering wheel you to drive, while permitting you to may require increased steering see the instrument panel warning OUM048031L effort. lights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3) then Never adjust the angle and pull up the lock-release lever to lock height of the steering wheel (4) the steering wheel in place. Be while driving. You may lose sure to adjust the steering wheel to steering control. the desired position before driving.

457 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 58

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Heated steering wheel After adjustment, sometimes the (if equipped) WARNING lock release lever may not lock the If the steering wheel becomes steering wheel. It is not a malfunc- too warm, turn the system off. tion. This occurs when two gears are The heated steering wheel may not engaged correctly. In this case, cause burns even at low tem- adjust the steering wheel again and peratures, especially if used for then lock the steering wheel. long periods of time.

✽ NOTICE The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering OUMA048032 wheel is turned on. With the ignition switch in the ON position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.

4 58 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 59

Features of your vehicle

Horn CAUTION • Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system. • When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel. OUM048033L • If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp To sound the horn, press the horn object, damage to the heated symbols on your steering wheel. steering wheel components Check the horn regularly to be sure it could occur. operates properly.

✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

459 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 60

Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror - Mirror adjust- Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window ment is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir- you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving. Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of con- or cargo area which would interfere trol. with your vision through the rear window. WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury, during an accident or deployment of the OUM046434L air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position (1). Pull the day/night lever toward (2) you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

4 60 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 61

Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner. tions. The sensor (3) mounted in the Do not spray glass cleaner mirror senses the light level around directly on the mirror. It may the vehicle, and automatically con- cause the liquid cleaner to enter trols the headlight glare from the the mirror housing. vehicles behind you. When the engine is running, the OUM046435L glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror: the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on. into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func- order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light behind the vehicle. will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light (2) will illuminate.

461 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 62

Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function ® with compass (if equipped) Safety™ (NVS ) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi- the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto- annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled during any driving situation. For more by pushing the ON/OFF Button: information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the auto- dimming function OFF which is www.gentex.com indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off. ✽ NOTICE 2. Pressing the button again turns The NVS® Mirror automatically the auto-dimming function ON OUMA048407 reduces glare during driving condi- which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on. 1. Feature Control Button tions based upon light levels monitored in front of the vehicle and 2. Status Indicator LED from the rear of the vehicle. These ✽ NOTICE 3. Rear Light Sensor light sensors are visible through The mirror defaults to the ON posi- 4. Compass Display Window openings in the front and rear of the mirror case. Any object that would tion each time the vehicle is started. obstruct either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

4 62 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 63

Features of your vehicle

Z-Nav™ Compass Display Compass function There is a difference between mag- The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is The Compass can be turned ON and netic north and true north. The com- also equipped with a Z-Nav™ OFF and will remember the last state pass in the mirror can compensate Compass that shows the vehicle when the ignition is cycled. To turn for this difference when it knows the Compass heading in the Display the display feature ON/OFF: Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or Window using the 8 basic cardinal 1. Press and release the button to headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.). by the user. The operating Zone turn the display feature OFF. Numbers for North America are 2. Press and release the button shown in the figure on the following again to turn the display back ON. section. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed in this section.

463 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 64

Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map. 2. Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display. 3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone. 4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.

There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle mag- nets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In B520C05NF these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

4 64 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 65

Features of your vehicle

1. Press and hold the button for more Electro chromic mirror with Glare detection sensor than 6 seconds. When the com- HomeLink system (if equipped) Indicator light pass memory is cleared a "C" will appear in the display. 2. To calibrate the compass, drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Homelink buttons OHD046305N HomeLink® Wireless Control System OUMA048521 Your new mirror comes with an To operate the electric rearview mirror integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to pro- Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters. mirror indicator light will turn off. Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes (follow step 1 in the “Programming” portion of this text).

465 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 66

Features of your vehicle

Programming Flashing ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle may require the ignition For non rolling code garage door switch to be turned to the ACC posi- openers, follow steps 2 - 3. tion for programming and/or opera- For rolling code garage door open- tion of HomeLink. It is also recom- ers, follow steps 2 - 6. mended that a new battery be For Canadian Programming, please replaced in the hand-held transmitter follow the Canadian Programming of the device being programmed to section. HomeLink for quicker training and For help with determining whether accurate transmission of the radio- your garage door opener is frequency. non-rolling code or rolling code, Follow these steps to train your OHD046306N please refer to the garage door open- HomeLink mirror: 1. When programming the buttons for ers owner’s manual or contact the first time, press and hold the HomeLink customer service at 1- left and center buttons ( , ) 800-355-3515. simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds. (This procedure erases the factory-set default codes. Do not perform this step when programming the additional HomeLink buttons.)

4 66 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 67

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Rolling code programming Flashing Some gate and garage door openers To train a garage door opener (or may require you to replace step #3 other rolling code equipped devices) with the “cycling” procedure noted with the rolling code feature, follow in the “Canadian Programming” these instructions after completing section of this document. the “Programming” portion of this text. (A second person may make the following training procedures quicker & easier.)

1-3inches 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- Transmitter ton on the device’s motor head OHD046307N unit. Exact location and color of 2. Press and hold the button on the the button may vary by product HomeLink system you wish to brand. If there is difficulty locating train and the button on the trans- the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- mitter while the transmitter is ence the device’s owner’s manual approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch- or contact HomeLink at 1-800- es) away from the mirror. Do not 355-3515 or on the internet at release the buttons until step 3 www.homelink.com. has been completed. 5. Press and release the “learn” or 3. The HomeLink indicator light will “smart” button on the device’s flash, first slowly and then rapidly. motor head unit. You have 30 sec- When the indicator light flashes onds to complete step number 6. rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)

467 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 68

Features of your vehicle

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink Erasing programmed HomeLink press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the buttons grammed HomeLink button up to programmed HomeLink button. three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the Flashing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi- ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans- buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used if this has not previously been at any time. The HomeLink Wireless done. Refer to the “Programming” Controls System (once programmed) portion of this text. or the original hand-held transmitter may be used to activate the device (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, etc.). In the event that there are still OHD046306N programming difficulties, contact To erase the three programmed but- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on tons (individual buttons cannot be the internet at www.homelink.com. erased): • Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.

4 68 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 69

Features of your vehicle

Reprogramming a single Canadian Programming Accessories HomeLink button Garage & gate openers If you would like additional informa- To program a device to HomeLink During programming, your hand-held tion on the HomeLink Wireless using a HomeLink button previously transmitter may automatically stop Control System, HomeLink compati- trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and ble products, or to purchase other 1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink button (note accessories such as the HomeLink® HomeLink button. Do NOT release steps 2 through 4 in the Lighting Package, please contact until step 4 has been completed. “Programming” portion of this text) HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on while you press and re-press the internet at www.homelink.com. 2. When the indicator light begins to (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter flash slowly (after 20 seconds), every two seconds until the frequen- position the hand-held transmitter cy signal has been learned. The indi- 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from cator light will flash slowly and then the HomeLink surface. rapidly after several seconds upon 3. Press and hold the hand-held successful training. transmitter button (or press and “cycle” - as described in “Canadian Programming”). 4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons. The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.

469 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 70

Features of your vehicle

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 CAUTION - Rearview Be sure to adjust the mirror angles mirror before driving. Do not scrape ice off the mirror This device complies with part 15 Your vehicle is equipped with both face; this may damage the sur- of the FCC Rules. left-hand and right-hand outside face of the glass. If ice should Operation is subject to the following rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be restrict the movement of the mir- two conditions: adjusted remotely with the remote ror, do not force the mirror for switch. The mirror heads can be fold- adjustment. To remove ice, use a 1. This device may not cause harmful ed back to prevent damage during an interference, and deicer spray, or a sponge or soft automatic vehicle wash or when cloth with very warm water. 2. This device must accept any inter- passing through a narrow street. ference received, including inter- The right outside rearview mirror is ference that may cause undesired convex. Objects seen in the mirror If the mirror is jammed with ice, do operation. are closer than they appear. not adjust the mirror by force. Use an The transceiver has been tested and Use your interior rearview mirror or approved spray de-icer (not radiator complies with FCC and Industry direct observation to determine the antifreeze) to release the frozen Canada rules. Changes or modifica- actual distance of following vehicles mechanism or move the vehicle to a tions not expressly approved by the when changing lanes. warm place and allow the ice to melt. party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

4 70 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 71

Features of your vehicle

Adjusting outside rearview mirror WARNING - Mirror CAUTION - Outside mirror adjustment • The mirrors stop moving when Do not adjust or fold the outside they reach the maximum rearview mirrors while the vehi- adjusting angles, but the cle is moving. This could result motor continues to operate in loss of control. while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by OUMA044034 hand. Doing so may damage the parts. Adjusting the rearview mirrors: Press either the L (driver’s side) or R (passenger’s side) button (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust when the ignition switch is ACC or ON position. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After adjustment, press the L or R button (1) again to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

471 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 72

Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function L/R : When the remote control outside Folding the outside rearview mirror (if equipped) rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward. Neutral : When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle, the outside rearview mirrors will not operate while the vehicle is moving rearward.

OUM044036 OUMA044035 The outside rearview mirrors will auto- Electric type (if equipped) matically revert to their original posi- While the vehicle is moving rear- tions under the following conditions: The outside rearview mirror can be ward, the outside rearview mirror(s) folded or unfolded by pressing the will move downward to aid reverse 1. The ignition switch is in the OFF switch when the ignition switch is parking. According to the position of position. ACC or ON position as below. the outside rearview mirror switch 2. Shift lever is moved to any position Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. (1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will except R (Reverse). Right (2) : The mirror will fold. operate as follows: 3. Remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle.

4 72 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 73

Features of your vehicle

Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold automat- CAUTION - Electric type ically as follows: outside rearview mirror • The mirror will fold or unfold when The electric type outside the door is locked or unlocked by rearview mirror operates even the folding key or smart key. though the engine start/stop button is in the OFF position. • The mirror will fold or unfold when However, to prevent unneces- the door is locked or unlocked by the sary battery discharge, do not button on the outside door handle. adjust the mirrors longer than • The mirror will unfold when you necessary while the engine is approach the vehicle (all doors not running. OUMA048532 closed and locked) with a smart In case it is an electric type out- Manual type key in possession. side rearview mirror, don’t fold it To fold the outside rearview mirror, by hand. It could cause motor grasp the housing of the mirror and failure. then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.

473 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 74

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display

■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

OUMA048100/OUMA048101

4 74 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 75

Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A Illumination

■ Type B

OUM048452L

• If you hold the illumination control OUMA048524 button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be OUMA048037 • If the brightness reaches to the changed by using the control buttons The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an on the steering wheel. panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound. pressing the illumination control button (1) : MODE button for changing (“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or the LCD modes Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the (2) ▲ / ▼ : MOVE move scroll switch tale lights are turned on. to select the items (3) OK : SET/RESET button for set the items or reset the items (Push scroll wheel switch : for Type B)

475 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 76

Features of your vehicle

Gauges Tachometer CAUTION - Red zone Speedometer ■ Type A Do not operate the engine with- ■ Type A in the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

OYP044103N OUM044202L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OUMA048533 OUM044116 The tachometer indicates the The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

4 76 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 77

Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature If the gauge pointer moves beyond Fuel Gauge Gauge the normal range area toward the “H” ■ position, it indicates overheating that Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 7.

WARNING - Hot radiator Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pres- OUM044106 OUM044105 sure and could cause severe This gauge indicates the approxi- This gauge indicates the tempera- burns. Wait until the engine is mate amount of fuel remaining in the ture of the engine coolant when the cool before adding coolant to fuel tank. ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop the reservoir. button is ON.

477 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 78

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Odometer CAUTION - Low fuel • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. Avoid driving with an extremely • The fuel gauge is supplemented by low fuel level. Running out of a low fuel warning light, which fuel could cause the engine to will illuminate when the fuel tank misfire damaging the catalytic is nearly empty. converter. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the ✽ low fuel warning light may come NOTICE on earlier than usual due to the Fuel display may not be accurate if movement of fuel in the tank. you are filling in sloping places.

OUMA048525 WARNING - Fuel gauge The odometer Indicates the total dis- Stop and obtain additional fuel tance that the vehicle has been driv- as soon as possible after the en and should be used to determine warning light comes on or when when periodic maintenance should the gauge indicator comes be performed. close to the E level. Running out - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999,999 of fuel can expose vehicle occu- miles or 1,599,999 kilometers. pants to danger.

4 78 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 79

Features of your vehicle

Outside Temperature Gauge The temperature unit can be Transmission Shift Indicator changed by using the “User Settings” Automatic Transmission Shift mode of the LCD display. Indicator ■ Type A ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OUMA048526 OUM048455L This gauge indicates the current out- ■ Type B side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C). - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 211°F (-40°C ~ 85°C) The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive. To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) OUM044116 This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is selected.

479 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 80

Features of your vehicle

•Park :P Icy Road Warning (if equipped) • Reverse : R • Neutral : N •Drive :D • Sports Mode : - Type A : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - Type B : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

OCK047152N This warning message and light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the following conditions occur, the warning message displays for 4 seconds and light(including Outside Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times and then illuminates. - The temperature on the Outside Temperature Gauge is below approximately 39°F (4°C). When the Outside Temperature Gauge reaches 42.8°F (6°C), the warning light is turned off.

4 80 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 81

Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY LCD Modes Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. Trip Computer ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter

Tur n by Tur n mode This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of below systems. - SCC with S&G(Refer to “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go System” in chapter 5) - Lane keeping Assist (Refer to “Lane Keeping Assist System” in chapter 5) Assist mode (if equipped) - In AWD AUTO MODE, the cluster displays the traction force distribution status of front- wheels and rear-wheels, but in AWD LOCK MODE, the cluster doesn’t display the status. (Refer to “All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection” in chapter 5) ❈ For more details, refer to chapter 5 and 6.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.

Master warning This mode informs of warning messages related to Low tire pressure or malfunction of mode Blind-spot Collision Warning and etc.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.

481 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 82

Features of your vehicle

TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER) The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip Modes Fuel Economy er-controlled driver information system that displays information related Fuel Economy to driving. • Average Fuel Economy ✽ NOTICE • Instant Fuel Economy Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the Accumulated Info battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter • Fuel Economy • Timer OUMA048527 Average Fuel Economy (1) Drive Info • The average fuel economy is cal- • Tripmeter culated by the total driving dis- • Fuel Economy tance and fuel consumption since • Timer the last average fuel economy reset. - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG or km/L, L/100km Digital speedometer • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically. Smart shift* * : if equipped To change the trip mode, scroll the MOVE scroll switch (▲/▼) in the trip computer mode. 4 82 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 83

Features of your vehicle

Manual reset • OFF - You may set to default man- Instant Fuel Economy (2) To reset average fuel economy manually by using the trip switch reset • This mode displays the instant fuel ually, press the OK button (reset) on button. economy during the last few sec- the steering wheel for more than 1 • When driving - The vehicle will onds when the vehicle speed is second when the average fuel econ- automatically set to default once 4 more than 6.2mph (10 km/h). omy is displayed. hours pass after the Engine - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50 MPG Start/Stop Button or ignition switch or 0 ~ 30 km/L, L/100km is in the ACC or OFF position. Automatic reset • When refueling - After refueling To make the average fuel economy more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and be reset automatically whenever driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the refueling, select the “Auto Reset” vehicle will reset to default auto- mode in User Setting menu of the matically. LCD display (Refer to “LCD Display”). ✽ NOTICE The average fuel economy is not displayed for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50 meters) since the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON.

483 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 84

Features of your vehicle

Accumulated driving informa- One time driving information - If you press “OK” button for more tion mode mode than 1 second after the Driving Information is displayed, the information will be reset. - If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.

OUMA048528 OUMA048529 Displays accumulated information The vehicle will display Driving starting from mileage/fuel Information once per one ignition efficiency/time default point. cycle. • Accumulated information is calcu- - Fuel efficiency is calculated after lated after the vehicle has run for the vehicle has run for more than more than 0.2 mi. (300 meters). 0.2 mi. (300 meters). • If you press “OK” button for more - The Driving Information will be than 1 second after the Cumulative reset 4 hours after ignition has Information is displayed, the infor- been turned off. So, when the vehi- mation will be reset. cle ignition is turned on within 4 • If the engine is running, even when hours, the information will not be the vehicle is not in motion, the reset. information will be accumulated.

4 84 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 85

Features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer Smart Shift (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

OUMA048530 OCK047145L OUMA048531 This mode displays the current This mode displays the currently This mode displays the state of the speed of the vehicle. selected drive mode. navigation.

485 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 86

Features of your vehicle

Assist mode (if equipped) ■ SCC with S&G ■ AWD AUTO Assist mode displays the state of below systems. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go (if equipped) - Lane keeping Assist(if equipped) - In AWD AUTO MODE (if equipped), the cluster displays the traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels, but OUM068041L OUMA048493 in AWD LOCK MODE (if ■ LKA ■ AWD LOCK equipped), the cluster doesn’t display the status.

OUM068042L OUMA048505

4 86 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 87

Features of your vehicle

Service mode With Service Required in place, Master Warning Mode Service Required Alarm message pops up when an aggregated amount of miles/time driven reaches a certain point. • This warning light informs the driv- With Service Required mode, press er of the following situations OK button for more than 1 second. - LED head lamp malfunction (if The values will return to initial setting equipped) values. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped) ❈See User Settings - Forward Collision-Avoidance Mode in this chapter for further - Assist malfunction (if equipped) OCK047117N information about Service Required - Blind-Spot Collision Warning When Service Required is set, the Setting. radar blind (if equipped) remaining distance/period to drive - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & appears on the LCD screen. ❈Service Required Setting Go radar blind (if equipped) From the point at which the remain- - Lamp malfunction ing distance to drive amounts to 900 Battery Cable Disconnection, Fuse Switch OFF, or Service Required - High Beam Assist malfunction (if mi. (1,500 km) or the remaining peri- equipped) od amounts to 3 days, Service Setting values (an amount of Required message automatically miles/time driven) can be randomly displays and remained on LCD changed. In such cases, re-enter The Master Warning Light illumi- screen for a number of seconds Service Required Setting values. nates when more than one of the every time the engine start/stop but- above warning situations occur. ton is ON. If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off.

487 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 88

Features of your vehicle

Distance to empty ✽ NOTICE User Settings Mode • If the vehicle is not on level ground Description or the battery power has been interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly. • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. • The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added OCK047143N to the vehicle. • The distance to empty is the esti- • The fuel economy and distance to OUMA048467 mated distance the vehicle can be empty may vary significantly In this mode, you can change setting driven with the remaining fuel. based on driving conditions, driv- of the doors, lights, and so on. - Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 mi. (1 ing habits, and condition of the ~ 9,999 km) vehicle. • If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display “---” as distance to empty.

4 88 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 89

Features of your vehicle

Shift to P to edit settings Driver Assistance (if equipped) • Forward Collision-Avoidance • Lane Safety (if equipped) : Assist (FCA, if equipped) : - Lane Departure Warning : To acti- - To activate or deactivate the FCA vate the lane departure warning system. function. ❈For more details, refer to “Forward - Standard LKA : To activate the Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)” standard LKA mode. in chapter 5. - Active LKA : To activate the active • Forward Collision Warning (FCW, if LKA mode. equipped) ❈For more details, refer to “LKA - Choose the sensitivity of the for- (Lane Keeping Assist)” in chapter 5. ward collision warning.

OCK047142L • Driver Attention Warning : Cloose (Late/Normal/Early) ❈ This warning message appears if the alert stage (Off/Normal/Early For more details, refer to “Forward you try to adjust the User Settings stage) of the Driver Attention Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)” while driving. Warning. in chapter 5. • Smart Cruise Control with Stop & • Blind Spot Collision Warning For your safety, change the User Go Reaction (if equipped) : Sound (if equipped) Settings after parking the vehicle, - Choose the sensitivity - If this item is checked, the blind applying the parking brake and mov- (Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart spot collision warning sound ing the shift lever to P (Park). cruise control. function will be activated. ❈For more details, refer to “Smart ❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in Collision Warning” in chapter 5. chapter 5.

489 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 90

Features of your vehicle

• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Door/Liftgate • Two Press Unlock (if equipped) Warning Sound (if equipped) • Automatically Lock : If this item checked, the two press - If this item is checked, the rear - Enable on Speed : All doors will unlock function will be activated. cross traffic collision warning be automatically locked when the (Only the driver’s door will unlock sound will be activated. vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph when unlock button is pressed once ❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot (15 km/h). and all doors will unlock when the same button is pressed again within Collision Warning” in chapter 5. - Enable on Shift : All doors will be 4 seconds.) automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is • Power Liftgate (if equipped) shifted from the P (Park) position - If this item is checked, the power to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or liftgate function will be activated. D (Drive) position. ❈For more details, refer to “Power • Automatically Unlock : Liftgate” in this chapter. - Disable : The auto door unlock • Smart Liftgate (if equipped) operation will be canceled. - If this item is checked, the smart - Vehicle Off : All doors will be auto- liftgate function will be activated. matically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop Button or igni- - If the power liftgate function is not tion switch is set to the OFF posi- activated, you cannot activate tion. this function. ❈ - On Shift to P : All doors will be For more details, refer to “Smart automatically unlocked if the Liftgate” in this chapter. automatic transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.

4 90 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 91

Features of your vehicle

Lights Sound Convenience • One Touch Turn Signal : • Parking Distance Warning Volume • Seat Easy Access (if equipped) - Off : The one touch turn signal (if equipped) : - Off : The seat easy access func- function will be deactivated. - Adjust the Park Assist System tion will be deactivated. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change volume. (Level 1 ~ 3) - Normal/Extended : When you turn signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times ❈For more details, refer to “Parking off the engine, the driver’s seat will when the turn signal lever is Assist System” in this chapter. automatically move rear 3 in. (7.6 moved slightly. cm) (Enhanced) for you to enter or • Welcome Sound (if equipped) : ❈For more details, refer to “Light” in exit the vehicle more comfortably. this chapter. - If this item checked, the welcome - If you change the Engine sound function will be activated. Start/Stop Button from OFF posi- • Head Lamp Delay : tion to the AC function, the driver’s - If this item checked, the head seat will return to the original posi- lamp delay function will be acti- tion. vated. ❈For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.

491 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 92

Features of your vehicle

• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) : Service interval Other features - If this item checked, the welcome • Enable Service Interval • Fuel Economy Auto Reset Mirror/light function will be activat- To activate or deactivate the serv- - Off : The average fuel economy ed. ice interval function. will not reset automatically whenever refueling. • Wireless Charging System (if • Adjust Interval equipped) : - After Ignition : The average fuel To adjust the interval by mileage- economy will reset automatically - If this item checked, the wireless and period. charging system function will be whenever it has passed 4 hours activated. • Reset after turning OFF the engine. To reset the service interval func- - After Refueling : The average fuel • Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) : tion. economy will reset automatically - If this item checked, the when refueling. Wiper/Light Display will be acti- ❈For more information, refer to “Trip vated. Computer” in this chapter. • Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) : • Speedometer subscale (for Type B - If this item checked, the gear posi- cluster) : If this item checked, tion pop-up display will be activat- speedometer subscale will be dis- ed. played. • Fuel Economy Unit - Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon/UK gallon) • Temperature Unit - Choose the temperature u (°C,°F) • Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) - Choose the tire pressure u (psi, kPa, bar)

4 92 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 93

Features of your vehicle

Language Warning Messages Press start button while turn Choose the language Shift to P position steering (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not Reset • This warning message illuminates if unlock normally when the Engine You can reset the menus in the User you try to turn off the engine without Start/Stop Button is pressed. the shift lever in P (Park) position. Settings Mode. All menus in the User • It means that you should press the • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Settings Mode are initialized, except Engine Start/Stop Button while turn- Button turns to the ACC position (If language and service interval. ing the steering wheel right and left. you press the Engine Start/Stop Button once more, it will turn to the ON position). Steering wheel unlocked (for smart key system) Low Key Battery • This warning message illuminates if (for smart key system) the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start/Stop Button • This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is changes to the OFF position. discharged when the Engine Start/Stop Button changes to the OFF position.

493 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 94

Features of your vehicle

Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Press start button again (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop Button if the smart key is not in the vehicle if you can not operate the Engine changes to the ACC position twice when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button when there is a by pressing the button repeatedly Start/Stop Button. problem with the Engine Start/Stop without depressing the brake pedal. • It means that you should always Button system. • It means that you should depress have the smart key with you. • It means that you could start the the brake pedal to start the engine. engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop Button once more. Key not detected Check steering wheel lock sys- (for smart key system) • If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine tem (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates Start/Stop Button, have your vehi- • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected cle inspected by an authorized Kia if the steering wheel does not lock when you press the Engine dealer. normally when the Engine Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button changes to the OFF position.

4 94 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 95

Features of your vehicle

Press start button with key Shift to P or N to start engine Door / Hood / Liftgate Open (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start/Stop if you try to start the engine with Button while the warning message the shift lever not in the P (Park) or “Key not detected” is illuminating. N (Neutral) position. • At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks. ✽ NOTICE You can start the engine with the Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. (for smart key system) But, for your safety, we recommend • This warning message illuminates that you start the engine with the if the brake switch fuse is discon- shift lever in the P (Park) position. OUM048133 nected. • It means that any door, hood, or • It means that you should replace liftgate is open. the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

495 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 96

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel Turn on FUSE SWITCH • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you start the engine when the if the fuse switch on the fuse box is steering wheel is turned to more OFF. than 90 degrees to the left or right. • It means that you should turn the • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on. steering wheel and make the angle ❈ of the steering wheel be less than For more details, refer to “Fuses” 30 degrees. in chapter 7.

Low Washer Fluid Low Fuel • This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates if OUM048135 on the service reminder mode if the fuel tank is nearly empty. • The warning message illuminates the washer fluid level in the reser- - When the low fuel level warning if you turn off the engine and then voir is nearly empty. light is illuminated. open the driver's door when the • It means that you should refill the - When the trip computer displays sunroof is open. washer fluid. "--- mile (or km)" as range. Add fuel as soon as possible.

4 96 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 97

Features of your vehicle

Check high beam assist system Check Forward Collision (if equipped) Avoidance Assist system This warning message illuminates if (if equipped) there is a malfunction (burned-out • This warning message illuminates bulb or circuit malfunction) with the if there is a malfunction with the headlamp. In this case, have your Forward Collision Avoidance Assist vehicle inspected by an authorized (FCA) system. In this case, have Kia dealer. your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Check headlight This warning message illuminates if ❈For more details, refer to “Forward there is a malfunction (burned-out Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA) bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- system” in chapter 5. function) with the headlamp. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE When replacing the bulb, use the same wattage bulb. ❈ For more information, refer to “BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.

497 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 98

Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON ❈For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 98 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 99

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake brake system are still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low. Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates when the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

499 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 100

Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic (ABS) Warning Light Brake force WARNING - Electronic Distribution Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: Lights are on, the brake system position. will not work normally and you - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected seconds and then goes off. and dangerous situation during • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle sudden braking thereby the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia increasing the risk of a crash. dealer. tem will still be operational without In this case, avoid high speed the assistance of the anti-lock driving and abrupt braking. brake system). Have your vehicle inspected by In this case, have your vehicle an authorized Kia dealer as inspected by an authorized Kia soon as possible thereby dealer. increasing the risk of a crash and injury.

4 100 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 101

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution (EBD) Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) System Warning Light Light When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position. meter may not work. Also, the EPS - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is Warning Light may illuminate and started. started. the steering effort may increase or decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

4101 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 102

Features of your vehicle

Charging System Engine Oil Pressure CAUTION - Malfunction Warning Light Warning Light Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or control systems which could Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON affect drivability and/or fuel position. position. economy. - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is started. started. • When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low. CAUTION - Catalytic either the alternator or electrical charging system. Converter Damage If the engine oil pressure is low: If the Malfunction Indicator 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle. tial catalytic converter damage the alternator or electrical charging 2. Turn the engine off and check the is possible which could result in system: engine oil level (For more details, loss of engine power. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If In this case, have your vehicle location and stop your vehicle. the level is low, add oil as required. inspected by an authorized Kia 2. Turn the engine off and check the If the warning light remains on dealer as soon as possible. alternator drive belt for looseness after adding oil or if oil is not avail- or breakage. able, have your vehicle inspected If the belt is adjusted properly, by an authorized Kia dealer as there may be a problem in the soon as possible. electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 102 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 103

Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after CAUTION - Engine Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds damage or repeats blinking and off at the intervals of approximately 3 seconds: If the engine is not stopped This warning light illuminates: immediately after the engine oil • When there is a malfunction with pressure warning light is illumi- • Once you set the ignition switch or the TPMS. nated and stays on while the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. In this case, have your vehicle engine is running, serious inspected by an authorized Kia engine damage may result. - It illuminates for approximately 3 dealer as soon as possible. seconds and then goes off. • When one or more of your tires are ❈For more details, refer to “Tire If the warning light stays on while the significantly underinflated. Pressure Monitoring System engine is running, it indicates that (TPMS)” in chapter 6. there may be serious engine dam- ❈For more details, refer to “Tire age or malfunction. In this case, Pressure Monitoring System 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is (TPMS)” in chapter 6. safe to do so. 2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level. 3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4103 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 104

Features of your vehicle

Dynamic Bending Light LED Headlamp Warning WARNING - Low tire (DBL) Warning Light Light (if equipped) pressure (if equipped) • Significantly low tire pressure This warning light blinks: This warning light illuminates: makes the vehicle unstable • When there is a malfunction with • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop and can contribute to loss of the Dynamic Bending Light (DBL). vehicle control and increased Button to the ON position. braking distances. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • Continued driving or low pres- If there is a malfunction with the seconds and then goes off. sure tires will cause the tires to Dynamic Bending Light (DBL): • When there is a malfunction with overheat and fail. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe the LED headlamp. location and stop your vehicle. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- 2. Turn the engine off and restart the ed by an authorized Kia dealer. • The TPMS cannot alert you to engine. If the warning light severe and sudden tire damage remains on, have the vehicle This warning light blinks: caused by external factors. inspected by an authorized Kia • If you notice any vehicle instability, dealer. • When there is a malfunction with a immediately take your foot off the LED headlamp related part. accelerator pedal, apply the brakes In this case, have the vehicle inspect- gradually with light force, and slowed by an authorized Kia dealer. ly move to a safe position off the road. ✽ NOTICE Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.

4 104 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 105

Features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level Warning Electronic Parking Brake Master Warning light Light (EPB) Warning Light EPB (if equipped) (if equipped) • This warning light informs the driv- This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: er of the following situations When the fuel tank is nearly empty. • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON - LED head lamp malfunction (if position. equipped) If the fuel tank is nearly empty: - It illuminates for approximately 3 - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Add fuel as soon as possible. seconds and then goes off. Go malfunction (if equipped) • When there is a malfunction with - Forward Collision-Avoidance CAUTION - Low Fuel the EPB. - Assist malfunction (if equipped) Level In this case, have your vehicle - Blind-Spot Collision Warning Driving with the Low Fuel Level inspected by an authorized Kia radar blind (if equipped) warning light on or with the fuel dealer. - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & level below “0 or E” can cause Go radar blind (if equipped) the engine to misfire and dam- ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking - Lamp malfunction age the catalytic converter (if Brake (EPB) Warning Light equipped). - High Beam Assist malfunction (if The Electronic Parking Brake equipped) (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes The Master Warning Light illumi on to indicate that the ESC is not nates when more than one of the working properly (This does not above warning situations occur. indicate malfunction of the EPB). If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off.

4105 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 106

Features of your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) Forward Collision-avoid- Indicator Lights Warning Light ance Assist Warning Electronic Stability (if equipped) light (FCA, if equipped) Control (ESC) Indicator This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: Light • Once you set the ignition switch or • When there is a malfunction with This indicator light illuminates: Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the FCA. • Once you set the ignition switch or position. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON - It illuminates for approximately 3 ed by an authorized Kia dealer. position. seconds and then goes off. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When there is a malfunction with seconds and then goes off. the AWD system. • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle the ESC system. inspected by an authorized Kia In this case, have your vehicle dealer. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

This indicator light blinks: While the ESC is operating. ❈ For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

4 106 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 107

Features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key) Indicator Light (if equipped) (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up • Once you set the ignition switch or • When the vehicle detects the to 30 seconds: Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the position. while the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly - It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the while the Engine Start/Stop Button seconds and then goes off. engine. is ACC or ON. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- - The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- starting the engine. engine. ton. - The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. ❈For more details, refer to This indicator light blinks: “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” • When there is a malfunction with in chapter 5. the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia • When the smart key is not in the dealer. vehicle. - At this time, you can not start the engine.

4107 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 108

Features of your vehicle

This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator seconds and goes off: Light Light • When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: cle while the Engine Start/Stop Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in on. the high beam position In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia • When the turn signal lever is pulled dealer. If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position. may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. In this case, have your This indicator light blinks: High beam assist indica- vehicle inspected by an authorized tor (if equipped) • When the battery of the smart key Kia dealer. is weak. - The indicator light does not blink - At this time, you can not start the but illuminates. This warning light illuminates : engine. However, you can start - The indicator light blinks more • When the high-Beam is on with the the engine if you press the Engine rapidly. light switch in the AUTO light posi- Start/Stop Button with the smart tion. key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illuminate at all. • If your vehicle detects oncoming or “Starting the Engine” in section 5). preceding vehicles, the High beam • When there is a malfunction with assist system will switch the high the immobilizer system. beam to low beam automatically. In this case, have your vehicle ❈For more details, refer to “High inspected by an authorized Kia beam assist” in this chapter. dealer.

4 108 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 109

Features of your vehicle

Light ON Indicator Light AUTO HOLD Indicator AUTO All Wheel Drive (AWD) Light (if equipped) LOCK Indicator Light HOLD (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the tail lights or headlights • [White] When you activate the auto • Once you set the ignition switch or are on. hold system by pressing the AUTO Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON HOLD button. position. • [Green] When you stop the vehicle - It illuminates for approximately 3 Front Fog Indicator completely by depressing the seconds and then goes off. Light (if equipped) brake pedal with the auto hold sys- • When you select AWD Lock mode tem activated. by pressing the AWD LOCK button. This indicator light illuminates: • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- - The AWD LOCK mode is to • When the front fog lights are on. tion with the auto hold system. increase the drive power when In this case, have your vehicle driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road. Low Beam Indicator inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Light (if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to “Auto CAUTION - AWD Lock Mode This indicator light illuminates: Hold” in chapter 5. Do not use AWD LOCK mode on • When the headlights are on. dry paved roads or highway, it can cause noise, vibration or damage of AWD related parts.

4109 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 110

Features of your vehicle

LKA(Lane Keeping Assist) indicator (if equipped) The LKA indicator will illuminate when you turn the lane keeping assistant system on by pressing the LKA button. If there is a problem with the system, the yellow LKA indicator will illuminate. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist” in chapter 5.

4 110 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 111

Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Operation of the rear parking WARNING - Rear parking assist system assist system Operating condition Never rely solely on the rear • This system will activate when the parking assist system. Always indicator on the rear parking assist perform a visual inspection to OFF button is not illuminated. If make sure the vehicle is clear of you desire to deactivate the rear all obstructions before moving parking assist system, press the the vehicle in any direction. Stop rear parking assist OFF button immediately if you are aware of again. (The indicator on the button a child anywhere near your vehi- will illuminate.) To turn the system OUMA048046 cle. Some objects may not be on, press the button again. (The The rear parking assist system detected by the sensors, due to indicator on the button will go off.) the object's size or material. assists the driver during backward If the vehicle is moving at a speed movement of the vehicle by chiming over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system if any object is sensed within a dis- may not be activated correctly. tance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors (1) are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system.

4111 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 112

Features of your vehicle

• This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of backing up with the ignition switch • When an object is 47 in. to 24 in. rear parking assist system ON. (120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear The rear parking assist system If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when: over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system tently. 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It may not be activated correctly. • When an object is 24 in. to 12 in. will operate normally when the • The sensing distance while the (60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear moisture has been cleared.) back-up warning system is in oper- bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- 2. The sensor is covered with foreign ation is approximately 47 in. (120 quently. matter, such as snow or water, or cm) at the rear bumper center • When an object is within 12 in. (30 the sensor cover is blocked. (It will area, 23.5 in. (60 cm) at the rear cm) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi- bumper both side area. Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no • When more than two objects are longer blocked.) sensed at the same time, the clos- 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces est one will be recognized first. (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient). 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing

4 112 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 113

Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system ✽ NOTICE when: precautions This system can only sense objects 1. The sensor is covered with foreign • The rear parking assist system within the range and location of the matter such as snow or water. may not sound consistently sensors. It cannot detect objects in (The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, 2. Outside air temperature is • The rear parking assist system may such as poles or objects located extremely hot or cold. malfunction if the vehicle bumper between sensors may not be detected height or sensor installation has by the sensors. been modified or damaged. Any Always visually check behind the The following objects may not be vehicle when backing up. recognized by the sensor: non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with Be sure to inform any drivers of the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as the sensor performance. vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. the system regarding the systems • The sensor may not recognize capabilities and limitations. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) sensor frequency such as clothes, from the sensor, or it may sense an spongy material or snow. incorrect distance. Use caution. 3. Undetectable objects smaller than • When the sensor is frozen or cov- 40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower ered with snow, dirt, or water, the than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter. sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4113 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 114

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE If you don’t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

✽ NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4 114 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 115

Features of your vehicle

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Rear This system is a supplemental sys- Operation of the parking tem and it is not intended to nor does assist system it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. Operating condition The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever moving pay as much attention to what is in front and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system. OUMA048046 ■ Front WARNING The parking assist system is a supplementary function only. The operation of the parking OUMA048048 assist system can be affected • This system activates when the by several factors (including parking assist system button is environmental conditions). pressed with the ignition switch ON. It is the responsibility of the • The indicator of the parking assist OUMA048047 driver to always check the front system button turns on automatical- The parking assist system assists and rear views before and while ly and activates the parking assist the driver during movement of the parking. system when you shift the gear to vehicle by chiming if any object is the R (Reverse) position. It will turn sensed within the distance of 39 in. off automatically when you drive (100 cm) in front and 47 in. (120 cm) above 12.4 mph (20 km/h). behind the vehicle.

4115 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 116

Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance while backing Type of warning indicator and sound up is approximately 47 in. (120 cm) : with Warning sound when you are driving less than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). Warning indicator Distance • The sensing distance while moving Warning sound forward is approximately 39 in. from object When driving When driving (100 cm) when you are driving less forward rearward than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). Buzzer beeps 39 ~ 24 inch Front - • When more than two objects are intermittently sensed at the same time, the clos- Buzzer beeps 47 ~ 24 inch Rear - est one will be recognized first. intermittently • The side sensors are activated Buzzer beeps when you shift the gear to the R Front frequently (Reverse) position. 23 ~12 inch Buzzer beeps • If the vehicle speed is above 12.4 Rear - mph (20 km/h), the system auto- frequently matically turns off. To activate Buzzer sounds Front again, push the button. continuously 11 inch Buzzer sounds Rear - ✽ NOTICE continuously It may not operate if it’s distance ✽ from the object is already less than NOTICE approximately 10 in. (25 cm) when • The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration the system is ON. according to objects or sensor status. • Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

4 116 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 117

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of parking • This system can only sense objects parking assist system assist system malfunction when: within the range and location of Parking assist system may not 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces the sensors; It can not detect operate normally when: such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. objects in other areas where sen- 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It sors are not installed. Also, small will operate normally when mois- 2. Objects generating excessive or slim objects, such as poles or ture melts.) noise such as vehicle horns, loud objects located between sensors motorcycle engines, or truck air may not be detected by the sen- 2. Sensor is covered with foreign brakes can interfere with the sensors. Always visually check behind matter, such as snow or water, or sor. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will the vehicle when backing up. 3. Heavy rain or water spray. • Be sure to inform any drivers of operate normally when the materi- the vehicle that may be unfamiliar al is removed or the sensor is no 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile with the system regarding the sys- longer blocked.) phones present near the sensor. tems capabilities and limitations. 3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat- 5. Sensor is covered with snow. ter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.) 4.The parking assist button is off.

4117 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 118

Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE when: 1. The warning may not sound This system can only sense objects 1. Outside air temperature is sequentially depending on the speed within the range and location of the extremely hot or cold. and shapes of the objects detected. sensors, it can not detect objects in 2. Undetectable objects smaller than 2. The parking assist system may other areas where sensors are not 4 in. (1 m) and narrower than 5.5 malfunction if the vehicle bumper installed. Also, small or slim objects, in. (14 cm) in diameter. height or sensor installation has or objects located between sensors been modified. Any non-factory may not be detected. installed equipment or accessories Always visually check in front and The following objects may not be may also interfere with the sensor behind the vehicle when driving. recognized by the sensor: performance. Be sure to inform any drivers in the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as 3. Sensor may not recognize objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the the system regarding the systems 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sensor, or it may sense an incor- capabilities and limitations. sor frequency such as clothes, rect distance. Use with caution. spongy material or snow. 4. When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 118 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 119

Features of your vehicle

Pay close attention when the vehicle ✽ NOTICE is driven close to objects on the When you shift the gear to the R road, particularly pedestrians, and (Reverse) position and if one or especially children. Be aware that more of the below occurs you may some objects may not be detected have a malfunction in the rear park- by the sensors, due to the objects ing assist system. distance, size or material, all of • You don't hear an audible warning which can limit the effectiveness of sound or if the buzzer sounds the sensor. Always perform a visual intermittently. inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. • is displayed. (if equipped) (blinks) If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a parking assist system. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4119 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 120

Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) This system is a supplemental sys- ❈ If your vehicle is equipped with tem that shows behind the vehicle AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) through the rearview display mirror system, rearview display will show while backing up unless equipped behind the vehicle through the with system that can be displayed AVN monitor while backing-up. rear view, then will display on the Refer to a separately supplied screen. manual for detailed information. The rearview camera may be turned off by pressing the ON/OFF button WARNING - Backing & when the rearview camera is activated. OUMA048049 using camera To turn the camera on again, press Never rely solely on the rear view the ON/OFF button again when the camera when backing. You must ignition switch is on and the shift always use methods of viewing lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam- the area behind you including era will turn on automatically when- looking over both shoulders as ever the ignition switch is turned off well as continuously checking all and on again. three rear view mirrors. Due to • This system is a supplementary the difficulty of ensuring that the function only. It is the responsibility area behind you remains clear, of the driver to always check the always back slowly and stop OUMA048050 inside/outside rearview mirrors and immediately if you even suspect The rearview camera will activate the area behind the vehicle before that a person, and especially a with the ignition switch ON and the and while backing up because child, might be behind you. shift lever in the R (Reverse) position. there is a dead zone that can't be seen by the camera. • Always keep the camera lens clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not operate normally.

4 120 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 121

Features of your vehicle

SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED) Operating conditions • When the vehicle moves over - When the Engine Start/Stop 10km/h forward after moving back- Button is ON position ward, the SVM screen will be turned off. - When the transmission is on D, N or R - When the vehicle speed is not over WARNING 9.3 mph (15 km/h) This system is for assistance to • When the vehicle speed is over 9.3 the driver only. mph (15 km/h), the SVM system is It is the responsibility of the turned off. If the vehicle speed is not driver to always check the area OUMA057230 over 9.3 mph (15 km/h) after turn- around the vehicle before and ing off the SVM by over speed, the while moving. The Surround View Monitoring SVM is not turned on. To operate System (SVM) is not a substitute for again, push the button. proper and safe parking procedures. The Surround View Monitoring • When the vehicle moves back- System (SVM) may not detect every wards, regardless of On/Off of but- object surrounding the vehicle. ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is Always drive safely and use caution operated. when parking. • When the trunk and driver/passen- The Surround View Monitoring ger door are opened and the out- System (SVM) can assist in parking side mirror is folded, the warning is by allowing the driver to see around illuminated in SVM system. the vehicle. Push the button into the • If the SVM system is not operating [ON] position to operate the system. normally, the system should be To cancel the system, push the but- checked by an authorized Kia dealer. ton again.

4121 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 122

Features of your vehicle

Automatic car wash entry sup- It is operated when the outside mirror port guidelines folding and the Surround View Monitoring System (SVM) are in operation by pushing the buttons. It is released when outside mirror folding or the Surround View Monitoring System (SVM) are not in operation.

CAUTION Automatic car wash entry support guidelines are an add-on feature of the SVM designed to assist car wash entry. Caution is OUMA048552 required since the display (1) on the screen may differ from the Automatic car wash entry support actual location. guidelines provides the convenience when the vehicle steers into If the surface of the front cam- Automatic Car Wash Entry. The fea- era lens is dirty, the camera can ture displays the tire trajectory in the not function properly, so keep it front around view mode of the clean. Surround View Monitoring System (SVM). The tire trajectory, however, can be displayed only when following conditions are met.

4 122 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 123

Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Daytime running light Lighting control • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) prevent the battery from being dis- The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) charged if the lights are left in the can make it easier for others to see the ON position. The system automati- front of your vehicle during the day. cally shuts off the parking lights 30 DRL can be helpful in many different seconds after the ignition key is driving conditions, and it is especially removed and the driver’s door is helpful after dawn and before sunset. opened and closed. The DRL system will turn the dedi- • With this feature, the parking lights cated lamp OFF when : will turn off automatically if the driver 1.The headlight switch is on parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver’s side door. - It includes that the headlight is on in the dark when the headlight OUM044055 If necessary, to keep the parking switch is in the auto light position. The light switch has a Headlight and lights on when the ignition key is a Parking light position. removed, perform the following: 2.The engine is off 3.Engaging the Parking Brake To operate the lights, turn the knob at 1) Open the driver-side door. the end of the control lever to one of 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and the following positions: ON again using the light switch (1) OFF position on the steering column. (2) Auto light position (if equipped) (3) Parking & Tail light (4) Headlight position

4123 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 124

Features of your vehicle

Parking & Tail light ( ) Headlight position ( ) Auto light position (if equipped)

OUMA046054 OUMA046056 OUMA046057 When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- When the lights are in the “Auto” ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license position, It will operate when the igni- instrument panel lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON. tion is in “ON” or the engine is running. To change to the Auto function, Select the light switch to “AUTO”, ✽ NOTICE and the light will turn on or off The ignition switch must be in the ON depending on the ambient light position to turn on the headlights. detected by the sensor (1). Once the light switch is positioned to the auto light position, at first, the wiper will turn on and then, after 5 seconds the head lamp will turn on automatically. If headlights came on due to windshield wipers coming on the head lamp will turn off 60 seconds after the wipers are turned off.

4 124 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 125

Features of your vehicle

High beam operation WARNING - High beams Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver’s vision.

OUM044058

OUM044059 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the nor- To turn on the high beam headlamp, mal (low beam) position when push the lever away from you. The released. The headlight switch does lever will return to its original position. not need to be on to use this flashing The high beam indicator will light feature. when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent from draining the battery, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

4125 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 126

Features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (if equipped) Operating condition The high beam switches to low beam 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO in the below conditions. position. - When the High Beam Assist is off. 2.Turn on the high beam by pushing - When the light switch is not in the the lever away from you. AUTO position. The High Beam Assist ( ) indica- - When the headlamp is detected tor will illuminate. from the on-coming vehicle. 3.The High Beam Assist will turn on - When the tail lamp is detected when vehicle speed is above 25 from the front vehicle. mph (40 km/h). - When the surrounding is bright • If the lever is pushed away when enough high beams are not need- the High Beam Assist is operated. OUMA048554 ing, the High Beam Assist will - When streetlights or other lights The High Beam Assist is a system turn off and the high beam will be are detected. that automatically adjusts the head- on continuously. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will turn off. - When vehicle speed is below 15 lamp range (switches between high mph (24 km/h). beam and low beam) according to • If the lever is pulled towards you the brightness of other vehicles and when the High Beam Assist is - When headlamp / taillamp of bicy- road conditions. operating, the High Beam Assist cle/motorcycle is detected will turn off. 4.If the light switch is placed to the headlamp position, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

4 126 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 127

Features of your vehicle

The system may not operate normal- • When driving downhill or uphill. ✽ NOTICE ly in the below conditions. • When only part of the vehicle in • Do not place any accessories, • When the light from the on-coming front is visible on a crossroad or stickers or tint the windshield. or front vehicle is not detected curved road. • Have the windshield glass replaced because of lamp damage, hidden • When there is a traffic light, reflect- from an authorized dealer. from sight, etc. ing sign, flashing sign or mirror. • Do not remove or damage related • When the lamp of the on-coming or • When the road conditions are bad parts of the High Beam Assist sys- front vehicle is covered with dust, such as being wet or covered with tem. snow or water. snow. • Be careful that water doesn’t get • When the light from the on-coming into the High Beam Assist unit. • When the front vehicle’s head- • Do not place objects on the dash- or front vehicle is not detected lamps are off but the fog lamps on. because of exhaust fume, smoke, board that reflect light such as fog, snow, etc. • When a vehicle suddenly appears mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys- from a curve. tem may malfunction if sunlight is • When the front window is covered • When the vehicle is tilted from a reflected. with foreign matters such as ice, • At times, the High Beam Assist dust, fog, or is damaged. flat tire or being towed. • When the LKA (Lane Keeping system may not work properly, • When there is a similar shape lamp always check the road conditions with the front vehicle’s lamps. Assist) system warning light illuminates. (if equipped) for your safety. When the system • When it is hard to see because of does not operate normally, manu- fog, heavy rain or snow. ally change between the high • When the headlamp is not repaired beam and low beam. or replaced at an authorized dealer. • When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted. • When driving on a narrow curved road or rough road.

4127 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 128

Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the One touch turn signal signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in When changing lanes, move the lane position (B). The lever will return to change switch to the direction you the OFF position when released. want briefly. The lane change switch If an indicator stays on and does not will move back to the original position flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of but the turn signal will flash three the turn signal bulbs may be burned times. This function assists the driver out and will require replacement. when changing lanes without pressing down on the lane change signal. Depending on the vehicle, the driver may select or deselect the one touch turn signal function. For more details, please refer to "vehicle settings" in chapter 4. OUM044060 The ignition switch must be on for the ✽ turn signals to function. To turn on NOTICE the turn signals, move the lever up or If an indicator flash is abnormally down (A). The green arrow indicators quick or slow, a bulb may be burned on the instrument panel indicate out or have a poor electrical connec- which turn signal is operating. They tion in the circuit. will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position.

4 128 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 129

Features of your vehicle

Front fog light (if equipped) Check headlight Headlight leveling device (if equipped) Automatic type To ensure the proper headlight beam is used under various conditions, the headlight beam levels are automatically adjusted depending on the number of passengers, the weight in the trunk, and other driving conditions.

✽ NOTICE ODE046458N OUMA048553 If it does not work properly even Fog lights are used to provide This warning message illuminates if though your car is inclined backward improved visibility when visibility is there is a malfunction (burned-out according to passenger's posture, or poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- the headlight beam is irradiated to fog lights will turn on when the fog light function) with the headlamp. In this the high or low position, have the sys- switch (1) is turned to the on position case, have your vehicle inspected by tem be inspected by an authorized after the headlight is turned on. an authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog Do not attempt to inspect or replace light switch (1) to the OFF position. the wiring yourself. ✽ NOTICE When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle When replacing the bulb, use the electrical power. Only use the fog same wattage bulb. lights when visibility is poor. ❈ For more information, refer to “BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.

4129 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 130

Features of your vehicle

Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) If the DBL malfunction indicator (if equipped) comes on, the DBL is not working properly. Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine. If the indicator continuously remains on, have system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OUMA046057 Dynamic bending light uses the steering angle and vehicle speed, to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling the headlamp. Change the switch to the AUTO position when the engine is running. The dynamic bending light will operate when the headlamp is ON. To turn off the DBL, change the switch to other positions. After turning the DBL off, headlamp swiveling no longer occurs.

4 130 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 131

Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON. MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. OUMA044063/OUMA046340 To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob. A : Wiper speed control (front) D : Rear wiper/washer control LO : Normal wiper speed · MIST – Single wipe · HI – Continuous wipe HI : Fast wiper speed · OFF – Off · LO – Intermittent wipe · INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off · LO – Low wiper speed · HI – High wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*

4131 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 132

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Auto control (if equipped) To vary the speed setting, turn the If there is heavy accumulation of speed control knob (1). snow or ice on the windshield, defrost If the wiper switch is set in AUTO the windshield for about 10 minutes, mode when the ignition switch is ON, or until the snow and/or ice is the wiper will operate once to per- removed before using the windshield form a self-check of the system. Set wipers to ensure proper operation. the wiper to OFF position when the If you do not remove the snow and/or wiper is not in use. ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system. CAUTION Rain sensor When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch OUMA044224 is placed in the AUTO mode, use The rain sensor located on the upper caution in the following situa- end of the windshield glass senses tions to avoid any injury to the the amount of rainfall and controls hands or other parts of the the wiping cycle for the proper inter- body: val. The more it rains, the faster the • Do not touch the upper end of wiper operates. When the rain stops, the windshield glass facing the wipers stop. the rain sensor. • Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. • Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.

4 132 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 133

Features of your vehicle

Front windshield washers CAUTION (Continued) • When washing the vehicle, set • When starting the vehicle in the wiper switch in the OFF winter, set the wiper switch in position to stop the auto wiper the OFF position. Otherwise, operation. wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield • The wiper may operate and be wiper blades. Always remove damaged if the switch is set in all snow and ice and defrost the AUTO mode while washing the windshield properly prior the vehicle. to operating the windshield • Do not remove the sensor wipers. cover located on the upper • When tinting the windshield, end of the passenger side be careful of any fluid getting OUMA044068 windshield glass. Damage to into the sensor located in the In the OFF position, pull the lever system parts could occur and top center of the front wind- may not be covered by your gently toward you to spray washer shield. It may damage the fluid on the windshield and to run the vehicle warranty. related parts. (Continued) wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4133 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 134

Features of your vehicle

The reservoir filler neck is located in Rear window wiper and wash- the front of the engine compartment CAUTION - Wipers & er switch on the passenger side. windshields • To prevent possible damage CAUTION - Washer pump to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers To prevent possible damage to when the windshield is dry. the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid • To prevent damage to the wiper reservoir is empty. blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the WARNING - Obscured wiper arms and other compo- visibility nents, do not attempt to move OUMA044067 Do not use the washer in freez- the wipers manually. ing temperatures without first The rear window wiper and washer warming the windshield with switch is located at the end of the the defrosters; the washer solu- wiper and washer switch lever. Turn tion could freeze on the wind- the switch to the desired position to shield and obscure your vision. operate the rear wiper and washer. HI : Continuous wipe LO : Intermittent wipe OFF : OFF

4 134 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 135

Features of your vehicle

OUMA044069 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever

4135 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 136

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) ■ not running. Type A The interior lights automatically turn It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off, if the WARNING - Interior lights are in the ON position. Lights If your vehicle is equipped with the Do not use the interior lights theft alarm system, the interior lights when driving in the dark. automatically turn off approximately Accidents could happen 5 seconds after the system enters armed stage. because the view may be OUM044071 obscured by interior lights. ■ Type B

OUM044072

• : The light stays on at all times.

4 136 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 137

Features of your vehicle

Map lamp ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A • (1) : The DOOR mode and ROOM mode can not be selected at the same time. - The map lamp and room lamp come on when a door is opened. • (2): The lamps go out after approxi- The map lamp stays on at all times. mately 30 seconds. - The map lamp and room lamp come on for approximately 30 sec- • (3): onds when doors are unlocked The map lamp of driver’s side stays with a transmitter or smart key as on at all times. OUM046070 long as the doors are not opened. ■ Type B - The map lamp and room lamp will • (4): stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the The map lamp of passenger’s side ignition switch in the ACC or stays on at all times. LOCK/OFF position. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position. OUM044070 - The map lamp and room lamp will go out immediately if the ignition • Press the lens (A) to turn the map switch is changed to the ON posi- lamp on. tion or all doors are locked. To turn the map lamp off, press the - To turn off the DOOR mode, press lens (A) again. the DOOR button (1) once again (not pressed).

4137 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 138

Features of your vehicle

Luggage lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp

OUMA048074 OUMA044432 OUM044073

• : The light comes on when the Opening the lid of the vanity mirror The glove box lamp comes on when liftgate is opened. will automatically turn on the mirror the glove box is opened. light. • : The light stays off at all times. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box • : The light stays on at all times. * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- securely after using the glove box. cle may differ from the illustration.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage.

4 138 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 139

Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Headlight (Headlamp) escort Interior light Pocket lamp (if equipped) function When the interior light switch is in the When all doors are locked and The headlights (and/or taillights) DOOR position and all doors (and lift- closed, the pocket lamp will come on remain on for approximately 5 min- gate) are locked and closed, the for 15 seconds if any of the below is utes after the ignition key is removed room lamp will come on for 30 sec- performed. or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- onds if any of the below is performed. • With the smart key system tion. However, if the driver’s door is • Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is opened and closed, the headlights - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. are turned off after 15 seconds. pressed on the transmitter. - When the button of the outside The headlights can be turned off by • With the smart key system door handle is pressed. pressing the lock button on the transmitter or smart key twice or turning - When the door unlock button is off the light switch from the headlight pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock or Auto light position. - When the button of the outside button, the lamps will turn off imme- door handle is pressed. diately.

At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.

4139 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 140

Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster To activate the rear window CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu- never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON. window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati- front windshield, refer to “Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20 defrosting and defogging” in this sec- minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, tion. OUM044145 press the rear window defroster button The defroster heats the window to again. remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is running. Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

4 140 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 141

Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Type A 1. Fan speed control knob 2. Front windshield defroster button 3. Rear window defroster button 4. Air conditioning button 5. MAX A/C button 6. Mode selection button 7. Air intake control button ■ Type B 8. Temperature control knob 9. 3rd row seat Air conditioning ON/OFF button* 10. 3rd row seat Air conditioning Fan speed control knob*

* If equipped

■ Type C ✽ NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ACC position could cause the battery to discharge. Only operate the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the engine running.

OUMA044147/OUMA044146/OUM044177

4141 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 142

Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position (if equipped). 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

OUM048149L

4 142 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 143

Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level Face-Level (B, D) (A, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OUMA048148 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection button controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window the ventilation system. defrosters. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F) board outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent MAX A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor- Most of the air flow is directed to the Defrost and Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air The MAX A/C mode is used to cool being directed to the windshield and the inside of the vehicle faster. side window defrosters.

4143 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 144

Features of your vehicle

MAX A/C selection Temperature control

OUM048151L

OUMA048233 Instrument panel vents OUM044152 To select the MAX A/C, turn the fan The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows speed control knob to the right then closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the press the MAX A/C button. wheel (if equipped). air flowing from the ventilation system. Air flow is directed toward the upper Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the body and face. air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and In this mode, the air conditioning and hot air or left position for cooler air. the recirculated air position will be selected automatically.

4 144 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 145

Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE With the recirculated air ■ Type A Prolonged operation of the heater in position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the ing system and heated passenger compartment may or cooled according to become stale. In addition, prolonged the function selected. use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will Outside (fresh) air position result in excessively dry air in the OUMA048153 With the outside (fresh) passenger compartment. ■ Type B air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

OUMA048546 The air intake control is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, press the control button.

4145 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 146

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof inside air recirculation Fan speed control (if equipped) WARNING - Sleeping with If the sunroof opens while the heater AC on or Air Conditioning system is operat- Do not sleep in a vehicle with ing, the outside (fresh) air will be the air conditioning or heating selected automatically for ventilating system on as this may cause the car. Then, if you select the recir- serious harm or death due to a culated air position, the outside drop in the oxygen level and/or (fresh) air will be selected automati- body temperature. cally after 3 minutes. If you close the sunroof, the intake mode will be changed to the previous WARNING - Recirculated selected mode. air OUM044154 Continued use of the climate The ignition switch must be in the ON WARNING - Reduced visi- control system in the recirculat- position for fan operation. ed air position can cause bility The fan speed control knob allows drowsiness or sleepiness, and you to control the fan speed of the air Continued use of the climate loss of vehicle control. Set the flowing from the ventilation system. control system in the recirculat- air intake control to the outside To change the fan speed, turn the ed air position may allow (fresh) air position as much as knob to the right for higher speed or humidity to increase inside the possible while driving. vehicle which may fog the glass left for lower speed. and obscure visibility.

4 146 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 147

Features of your vehicle

To turn off the blowers Air conditioning 3rd row air conditioning (if equipped)

OUMA044341 OUM044155 To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air OUM044156 speed control knob to the "0" position. conditioning system on (indicator To turn on the third row air condition- light will illuminate). Press the button ing control system again to turn the air conditioning sys- 1.You can operate the third row air tem off. conditioning system from the first row control panel. Changing the front row’s fan speed by turning the control knob will automatically change the third row’s fan speed as well. When the front row air conditioning has been turned off and you want to stop the A/C in the third row, press the third row air conditioning select button one more time. Then, the third row’s A/C will also turn off.

4147 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 148

Features of your vehicle

2.The third row A/C system can be System operation Operation Tips separately controlled by the control Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes buttons in the third row. When the from entering the vehicle through 1. Set the mode to the position. A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C the ventilation system, temporarily control button in the front row will 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the turn ON or OFF, informing the front outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to passengers of the situation. 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air 3.The fan speed of the third row air desired position. position when the irritation has conditioning can also be separate- 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the ly controlled by turning the fan desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv- speed control knob. er alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or 3. Set the temperature control to the other obstructions. desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- 4. Set the fan speed control to the shield, set the air intake control to desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 148 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 149

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning Air conditioning system operation tips Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive AC • If the vehicle has been parked in filled with refrigerant*. When using the air conditioning direct sunlight during hot weather, 1. Start the engine. Push the air con- system, monitor the tempera- open the windows for a short time ditioning button. ture gauge closely while driving to let the hot air inside the vehicle up hills or in heavy traffic when escape. 2. Set the mode to the position. outside temperatures are high. • To help reduce moisture on the 3. Set the air intake control to the Air conditioning system opera- insied surface of the windows on outside air or recirculated air position may cause engine over- rainy or humid days, decrease the tion. heating. Continue to use the humidity inside the vehicle by oper- 4. Adjust the fan speed control and blower fan but turn the air con- ating the air conditioning system. ditioning system off if the tem- temperature control to maintain • During air conditioning system maximum comfort. perature gauge indicates engine overheating. operation, you may occasionally • The refrigerant system should only notice a slight change in engine be serviced by trained and certified speed as the air conditioning com- technicians to insure proper and ✽ NOTICE pressor cycles. This is a normal safe operation. When opening the windows in system operation characteristic. • The refrigerant system should be humid weather air conditioning may • Use the air conditioning system serviced in a well-ventilated place. create water droplets inside the every month only for a few minutes • The air conditioning evaporator vehicle. Since excessive water to ensure maximum system per- (cooling coil) shall never be repaired droplets may cause damage to elec- formance. or replaced with one removed from trical equipment, air conditioning a used or salvaged vehicle and new should only be used with the win- replacement MAC evaporators shall dows closed. be certified (and labeled) as meet- ing SAE Standard J2842.

4149 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 150

Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) • Replace the filter according to the dripping (or even puddling) on the Maintenance Schedule. ground under the passenger side Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- severe conditions such as dusty or tem operation characteristic. Recirculated rough roads, more frequent cli- • Operating the air conditioning sys- air mate control air filter inspections tem in the recirculated air position and changes are required. provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly ever, continual operation in this decreases, we recommend that the mode may cause the air inside the system should be checked at an vehicle to become stale. Blower authorized Kia dealer. Heater core • During cooling operation, you may Climate control Evaporator occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core because of rapid cooling and 1LDA5047 humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 150 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 151

Features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbol and specification on Checking the amount of air label the air conditioning refrigerant label conditioner refrigerant and is represented below ; compressor lubricant ■ Example When the amount of refrigerant is 1. Classification of refrigerant low, the performance of the air condi- 2. Amount of refrigerant tioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- conditioning system. cant Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by You can find out which air condition- an authorized Kia dealer. ing refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label inside of the engine room. WARNING - Vehicles OUM066035L Refer to section 8 for more detail on equipped with R-1234yf ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant the location of air conditioning refrig- Because the refriger- label in the vehicle may differ from the erant label. ant is mildly inflam- illustration. mable and at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.

4151 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 152

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION - AC Repair It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4 152 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 153

Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Front climate control (Type A)

1. Driver`s temperature control knob 2. Air conditioning button 3. Blower OFF button 4. Front windshield defroster button 5. Rear window defroster button 6. Fan speed control button 7. Mode selection button ■ Front climate control (Type B) 8. Air intake control button 9. Passenger`s temperature control knob 10. SYNC button 11. A/C display 12. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button* 13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control knob* * if equipped

■ 3rd row air conditioning control ✽ NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ACC position could cause the battery to discharge. Only operate the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the engine running.

OUMA048540/OUMA048158/OUMA048346

4153 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 154

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the infor- OUMA044162 mation display once again.) 2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch OUMA044159 The selected function will be con- 1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func- modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically. air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the perature. climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C).

4 154 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 155

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine.

OUM044075 2. Set the mode to the desired position. ✽ NOTICE For improving the effectiveness of OUMA048160 Never place anything over the sensor heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls located on the instrument panel to - Heating: the direction of the air flow through ensure better control of the heating the ventilation system. and cooling system. - Cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted 3. Set the temperature control to the as follows: desired position. - VENT ➞ B/L ➞ FLOOR ➞ MIX 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4155 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 156

Features of your vehicle

Face-Level Floor-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.

Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level OUM048161 Defrost-Level Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters.

4 156 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 157

Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OUM048151L OUMA044163

Instrument panel vents OUMA044162 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to • Press the “SYNC” button to adjust wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. the driver and passenger side temperature equally. Also, you can adjust the direction of The temperature will decrease to the air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to The passenger side temperature the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left. will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by • Turn the driver side temperature 1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest control knob. The driver and pas- temperature setting, the air condi- senger side temperature will be tioning will operate continuously. adjusted equally. • When the third row’s seat heater button is turned ON, the third row’s climate and fan speed setting will automatically follow the first row settings.

4157 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 158

Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control Outside (fresh) air position side temperature individually ■ Type A ■ Type A With the outside (fresh) • Press the “SYNC” button again to air position selected, air adjust the driver and passenger enters the vehicle from side temperature individually. The outside and is heated or illumination of button turns off. cooled according to the • Operate the driver side tempera- function selected. ture control knob to adjust the driver side temperature. • Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the passenger side temperature. OUMA048550 Recirculated air position ■ Type B ■ Type B With the recirculated air position selected, air Temperature conversion from the passenger You can switch the temperature compartment will be mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit drawn through the heat- as follows: ing system and heated While pressing the OFF button, or cooled according to press the AUTO button for 3 seconds the function selected. or more.

The display will change from OUM048164 Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air If the battery has been discharged or position. disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit. To change the air intake control position, push the control button.

4 158 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 159

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Sunroof inside air recirculation Fan speed control Prolonged operation of the heater in (if equipped) the recirculated air position (with- If the sunroof opens while the heater out air conditioning selected) may or Air Conditioning system is operat- cause fogging of the windshield and ing, the outside (fresh) air will be side windows and the air within the selected automatically for ventilating passenger compartment may the car. Then, if you select the recir- become stale. culated air position, the outside In addition, prolonged use of the air (fresh) air will be selected automati- conditioning with the recirculated cally after 3 minutes. air position selected will result in If you close the sunroof, the intake excessively dry air in the passenger mode will be changed to the previous compartment. selected mode. OUMA048166 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control button. To change the fan speed, press ( ) the button for higher speed, or push ( ) the button for lower speed. To turn the fan speed control off, press the front blower OFF button.

4159 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 160

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning OFF mode To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and while pressing the A/C button, press the air intake control button 5 times within 3 seconds. When the automatic ventilation function is canceled, the indicator light blinks 3 times at an interval of 0.5 seconds. The air intake will be automatically controlled to the fresh air position, and the air flow and air conditioning will be automati- OUMA048168 OUM048169 cally controlled. When the automatic Press the A/C button to turn the air Press the front blower OFF button to ventilation function is selected, the conditioning system on (indicator turn off the front air climate control indicator blinks 6 times at an interval light will illuminate). system. However, you can still oper- of 0.25 seconds. The air intake will Press the button again to turn the air ate the mode and air intake buttons be automatically controlled to the conditioning system off. as long as the ignition switch is in the fresh air position, and the air flow ON position. and air conditioning will be automatically controlled. After the battery has been discharged or separated, the automatic ventilation function will be reset, so please select according to your preference.

4 160 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 161

Features of your vehicle

3rd row air conditioning 1.You can operate the third row air System operation conditioning system from the first (if equipped) Ventilation row control panel. Changing the front row’s fan speed by pressing the con- 1. Set the mode to the position. trol button will automatically change 2. Set the air intake control to the the third row’s fan speed as well. outside (fresh) air position. When the front row air conditioning 3. Set the temperature control to the has been turned off and you want desired position. to stop the A/C in the third row, 4. Set the fan speed control to the press the third row air conditioning desired speed. select button one more time. Then, the third row’s A/C will also turn off. 2.The third row A/C system can be Heating separately controlled by the control 1. Set the mode to the position. OUM048156L buttons in the third row. When the 2. Set the air intake control to the To turn on the third row air condition- A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C outside (fresh) air position. ing control system control button in the front row will 3. Set the temperature control to the turn ON or OFF, informing the front desired position. passengers of the situation. 4. Set the fan speed control to the 3.The fan speed of the third row air desired speed. conditioning can also be separately controlled by turning the fan 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, speed control knob. turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4161 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 162

Features of your vehicle

Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped) • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION from entering the vehicle through filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. • When using the air condition- the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- ing system, monitor the tem- set the air intake control to the ditioning button. perature gauge closely while recirculated air position. Be sure to driving up hills or in heavy return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position. traffic when outside tempera- position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the out- tures are high. Air condition- passed to keep fresh air in the side air or recirculated air position. ing system operation may vehicle. This will help keep the driv- 4. Adjust the fan speed control and cause engine overheating. er alert and comfortable. temperature control to maintain Continue to use the blower fan • Air for the heating/cooling system maximum comfort. but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature is drawn in through the grilles just • When maximum cooling is desired, ahead of the windshield. Care gauge indicates engine over- set the temperature control to the heating. should be taken that these are not extreme left position, set the mode blocked by leaves, snow, ice or control to the MAX A/C position, • When opening the windows in other obstructions. then set the fan speed control to humid weather air condition- • To prevent interior fog on the wind- the highest speed. ing may create water droplets shield, set the air intake control to inside the vehicle. Since the fresh air position and fan speed excessive water droplets may to the desired position, turn on the cause damage to electrical air conditioning system, and adjust equipment, air conditioning the temperature control to desired should only be used with the temperature. windows closed.

4 162 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 163

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air escape. tem operation characteristic. Recirculated • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- air the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how- the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During air conditioning system Blower Heater core operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may Climate control Evaporator occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core notice a slight change in engine 1LDA5047 speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the • Use the air conditioning system vehicle from the outside through the every month only for a few minutes heating and air conditioning system. If to ensure maximum system per- dust or other pollutants accumulate in formance. the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4163 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 164

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air CAUTION • Replace the filter every 15,000 conditioner refrigerant and miles or once a year. compressor lubricant It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig- If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is erant is used, otherwise damage severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air condi- to the vehicle may occur. To pre- rough roads, more frequent air tioning is reduced. Overfilling also vent damage, the air conditioning conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con- system in your vehicle should changes are required. ditioning system. • When the air flow rate suddenly only be serviced by trained and Therefore, if abnormal operation is certified technicians. decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

WARNING - Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf Because the refrigerant is mildly inflam- mable and at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury.

4 164 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 165

Features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

■ Example

OUM066035L ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Each symbol and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant ❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail on the location of air conditioning refrigerant label.

4165 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 166

Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system Windshield WARNING - temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the tion. windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win- to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. selection to the position • Clear all snow and ice from the and fan speed control to the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to lower speed. OUMA044170 improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired ty of fogging up the inside of the position. windshield. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and/or outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4 166 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 167

Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside system (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, adjust the correspon- To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OUMA044171 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. OUM048172 2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired extreme hot position. position. 3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ). ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The outside (fresh) air position will ically. be selected automatically and the If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient ding button manually. temperature.

4167 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 168

Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return to the defogging logic, do the following.

OUM048173 OUMA044403 1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. position. 2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the fan speed control knob to extreme hot (HI) position. the OFF (0) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Turn the mode selection knob to 4. The outside (fresh) air position will the defrost position ( ). be selected automatically and the 4. Within 10 seconds after selecting air conditioning will turn on the front windshield defroster but- according to the detected ambient ton, please press the air intake temperature. control button ( ) at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

4 168 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 169

Features of your vehicle

The recirculation indicator blinks 3 Automatic climate control system If the battery has been discharged or times with 0.5 second of interval. It disconnected, it resets to the defog indicates that the defogging logic is logic status. canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

OUMA048404 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The recirculation indicator blinks 3 times with 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

4169 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 170

Features of your vehicle

Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging (if equipped) when the auto defogging System system senses the mois- Press the front windshield defroster ture on the inside of the button for 3 seconds when the igni- windshield and operates. tion switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is If more moisture is in the vehicle, canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink higher steps operate as follow. For 3 times and the ADS OFF will be dis- example if auto defogging does not played on the climate control infor- defog inside the windshield at step 1 mation screen. Outside air position, it tries to defog When the Auto Defogging System is again at step 2 Blowing air toward reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 the windshield. times without a signal.

OUMA044405 Auto defogging reduces the probabil- Step 1 : Outside air position ✽ NOTICE ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- If the A/C off or recirculated air windshield by automatically sensing shield position is manually selected while the moisture of inside the windshield. Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward the auto defogging system is on, the The auto defogging system operates the windshield auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual when the heater or air conditioning is Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning on. operation is canceled. Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

4 170 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 171

Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items required by the driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely. OUM044076 OUM044077 To open the center console storage, The glove box can be locked and WARNING - Flammable pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key. (if materials equipped) To open the glove box, Do not store, propane cylinders push the button and the glove box or other flammable/explosive will automatically open. Close the materials in the vehicle. These glove box after use. items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4171 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 172

Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder WARNING WARNING - Sunglass To reduce the risk of injury in an holder accident or sudden stop, always Do not keep objects except sun- keep the glove box door closed glasses inside the sunglass while driving. holder. Heavier objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an ✽ NOTICE accident, possibly injuring the If the temperature control knob is in passengers. the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OUM044078 To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.

4 172 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 173

Features of your vehicle

Luggage box

■ Type A

OUM044079 ■ Type B (if equipped)

OUM044181 You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access. Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it.

4173 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 174

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front ■ 2nd Row Center Type A

WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OUMA058211 OUM044241L ■ Front ■ Rear (if equipped) Type B CAUTION When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage the cup holder.

OUM044240L OUM047334 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.

4 174 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 175

Features of your vehicle

Bottle holder Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat ■ Front seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the “OFF” position. • Each time you press the switch, the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows :

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) →

OUMA047175 • The seat warmer defaults to the ■ Rear seat OFF position whenever the ignition OUM044243L switch is turned on. Bottles may be placed in the holder. ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the Only bottles should be placed in the ON position, the heating system in holder labeled “Bottles Only”. the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. OUM044096 The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4175 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 176

Features of your vehicle

Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- WARNING - Seat heater (if equipped) tion) defaults to the OFF position burns whenever the ignition switch is The seat warmer may cause turned on. burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period CAUTION - Seat damage of time. Never allow passengers who may not be able to take • When cleaning the seats, do care of themselves to be not use an organic solvent exposed to the risk of seat such as paint thinner, ben- heater burns. These include: zene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air 1. Infants, children, elderly or ventilation seat. disabled persons, or hospital outpatients • Do not place heavy or sharp OUMA047176 objects on the seat. Those 2. Persons with sensitive skin things may damage the air or those that burn easily The temperature setting of the seat changes according to the switch ventilation seat. 3. Fatigued individuals position. • Be careful not to spill liquid 4. Intoxicated individuals • If you want to cool your seat cush- such as water or beverages on 5. Individuals taking medication ion, press the switch (blue color). the seat. If you spill some liquid, that can cause drowsiness or • Each time you press the button, wipe the seat with a dry towel. sleepiness (sleeping pills, the airflow will change as follows: Before using the air ventilation cold tablets, etc.) seat, dry the seat completely. OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) →

4 176 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 177

Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- Power outlet cle may differ from the illustration. ■ Front CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. OUMA048084 ■ 2nd row (if equipped) OHG040168 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). Adjust the sunvisor extension for- OUM044085L ward or backward (3). The power outlet is designed to pro- To use the vanity mirror, pull down the vide power for mobile telephones or visor and slide the mirror cover (4). other devices designed to operate The ticket holder (5) is provided for with vehicle electrical systems. The holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running.

4177 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 178

Features of your vehicle

• Use the power outlet only when the • Plug in battery equipped electri- AC inverter (if equipped) engine is running and remove the cal/electronic devices with reverse accessory plug after use. Using the current protection. The current accessory plug for prolonged peri- from the battery may flow into the ods of time with the engine off could vehicle’s electrical / electronic sys- cause the battery to discharge. tem and cause system malfunc- • Only use 12V electric accessories tion. which are less than 10A in electric capacity. WARNING - Electric shock • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater Do not put a finger or a foreign to the lowest operating level when element (pen, etc.) into a power using the power outlet. outlet and do not touch with a OUMA048179 • Close the cover when not in use. wet hand. You may get an elec- • Some electronic devices can cause tric shock. electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the OUMA046098 plug may overheat and the fuse may open. The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipment.

4 178 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 179

Features of your vehicle

If you wish to use the AC inverter, • To prevent the battery from being dis- press the AC inverter button while charged, do not use the AC inverter the engine is running. The light on while the engine is not running. the AC inverter button will illuminate. • When not using the AC inverter, If you press the AC inverter button make sure to turn off the AC inverter again, the AC inverter will be deacti- (the indicator on the button does not vated and the light on the AC invert- illuminate) and close the AC inverter er button will turn off. cover. • After using an electric accessory or ✽ NOTICE equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged After pressing the AC inverter but- OUMA046410 in for a long time may cause battery ton ON, the indicator lamp illumina- ✽ discharge. tion will be delayed, while the sys- NOTICE tem conducts a self-check. • Rated voltage : AC 115V • Do not use an electric accessory or • Maximum electric power : 150W equipment the power consumption of • In order to avoid an electrical sys- which is greater than 150W (115V). tem failure, electric shock, etc., be • When the AC inverter input voltage is sure to read owner's manual less than 11.3V , the LED light will before use. blink and automatically turn off the • Be sure to close the cover except power. for when in use. AC inverter will operate as normal when the voltage is increased. • When the AC inverter input voltage is less than 10.7V, the LED light and power will turn off. The AC inverter will operate as normal when the voltage is increased after pressing AC inverter button again.

4179 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 180

Features of your vehicle

• While the power consumption of USB charger (if equipped) The battery charging state may be some electrical devices/appliances monitored on the electrical device. ■ Front may be within the AC inverter’s Disconnect the USB cable from the electric power range, it may mal- USB port after use. function in below cases. • Some devices are not supported for fast charging but will be - If the device/appliance requires charged with normal speed. high electric power for initial start • Use the USB charger when the up engine is running to prevent bat- - If the device/appliance processes tery discharge. precise/very accurate data • Only devices that fit the USB port OUMA044406 can be used. - If the device/appliance requires ■ Rear very stable supply of electricity • The USB charger can be used only for battery charging purposes. CAUTION - Electric acces- • Battery chargers cannot be sory devices charged. • Do not use broken electric accessories which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle. • Do not use two or more electric OUM044178L accessories at the same time. It The USB charger is designed to may cause damage to the elec- recharge batteries of small size electrical systems of the vehicle. trical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can be recharged when the Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC/ON/START position.

4 180 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 181

Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charg- The wireless charging system is ing system (if equipped) designed for one smart phone CAUTION equipped with QI per single usage - Liquid in Wireless Smart only. Please refer to the smart phone Phone Charger accessory cover or the smart phone To prevent liquid from damag- manufacturer homepage to check ing the wireless smart phone whether your smart phone supports charging system in your vehi- QI function. cle, securely close the tray cover when charging your CAUTION phone. - Metal in Wireless Charging System If any metallic object such as OUMA048549 coins is located between the wireless charging system and A wireless smart phone charging the smart phone, the charging system located in front of the center may be disrupted. Also, the console. metallic object may heat up and Firmly close all doors, and turn the potentially damage the charging ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start system. If there is any metallic wireless charging, place the smart object between the smart phone phone equipped with wireless charg- and the charging pad, immedi- ing function on the wireless charging ately remove the smart phone. pad. Remove the metallic object after For best wireless charging results, it has cooled down. place the smart phone on the center of the charging pad.

4181 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 182

Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charging If the wireless charging is not func- ✽ NOTICE 1. Remove any object on the smart tioning properly, the orange light will • Securely close the tray cover when phone charging pad including the blink and flash for ten seconds then using the wireless smart phone smart key. If there is any foreign turn off. In such cases, remove the charge function. object on the pad other than a smart phone from the pad and • Close the tray cover when the smart phone, the wireless charging replace it on the pad again, or double smart phone is placed in it at all function may not operate properly. check the charging status. times. If the vehicle is in motion 2. Place the smart phone on the cen- If you leave the smart phone on the without the tray cover closed, it is ter of the wireless charging pad. charging pad when the vehicle igni- more likely that the driver may tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert use the smart phone. The use of 3. The indicator light will change to you through warning messages and orange once the wireless charging smart phones while driving may sound (applicable for vehicles with lead to possible injuries and acci- begins. After the charging is com- voice guidance function). plete, the orange light will change dents. to green. • If it is not possible to close the tray cover due to the size of the smart 4. You can choose to turn the wireless phone, do not use the wireless charging function to either ON or smart phone charging function at OFF by selecting the USM on the all. instrument cluster. (Please refer to • When the tray cover is broken, do “Instrument Cluster” for details). not use the wireless charging function before the tray cover is repaired. (Continued)

4 182 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 183

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • When the interior temperature of • Items equipped with magnetic • The indicator light of some manu- the wireless charging system rises components such as credit card, facturers’ smart phones may still above a set temperature, the wire- telephone card, bankbook, any be yellow after the smart phone is less charging will cease to func- transportation ticket and such fully charged. This is due to the tion. After the interior tempera- may become damaged during particular characteristic of the ture drops below the threshold, wireless charging. smart phone and not a malfunc- the wireless charging function will • Place the smart phone on the cen- tion of the wireless charging. resume. ter of the charge pad for best • When any smart phone without a • The wireless charging may not results. The smart phone may not wireless charging function or a function properly when there is a charge when placed near the rim metallic object is placed on the heavy accessory cover on the of the charging pad. When the charging pad, a small noise may smart phone. smart phone does get charged, it sound. This small sound is due to The wireless charging will stop may heat up excessively. the vehicle discerning compatibili- when the smart phone is not in • For smart phones without built-in ty of the object placed on the complete contact with the wireless wireless charging system, an charging pad. It does not affect charging pad. appropriate accessory has to be your vehicle or the smart phone in • The smart key detection feature in equipped. any way. operation could temporarily stop • Cellphones without the certifica- charging. tion for wireless charging ( ) (When turning on ignition, open- could fail to charge. ing doors, or closing doors) • The self-protection feature • The wireless charging will stop equipped in some mobile phones when the vehicle is turned OFF. could slow down or stop charging. (Continued) (Continued)

4183 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 184

Features of your vehicle

Coat hook Floor mat anchor (s) WARNING (if equipped)

OPS046500 OUM044086 ❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus- The coat hook should only be OXM043309 tration. used to hang clothing. Do not When using a floor mat on the front hang any other items on the floor carpet, make sure it attaches to To use the coat hook, pull down the hook as they may become the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- upper portion of hook. injury producing objects in the cle. This keeps the floor mat from event of a crash. sliding forward. CAUTION - Hanging clothing WARNING - After market Do not hang heavy clothes, since floor mat those may damage the hook. Do not install aftermarket floor mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.

4 184 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 185

Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Side curtain (if equipped) Luggage net holder when installing ANY floor mat to the (if equipped) vehicle. ■ Type A • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rub- OUM044088 ber mat on top of a carpeted floor OUM044087 ■ Type B mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. To use the side curtain: IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was 1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1). manufactured with driver's side floor 2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on mat anchors that are designed to both sides of the handle. securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid injury or damage to the side To avoid any interference with pedal curtain and door moldings, lower operation, Kia recommends that only side curtain by the handle all the way the Kia floor mat designed for use in back to the stowed position. Do not OUM044089 your vehicle be installed. release handle after disengaging from the hooks on the door. To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net. If necessary, we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4185 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 186

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION To prevent damage to the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

WARNING - Luggage net To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.

4 186 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 187

Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) CAUTION - Loading Roof WARNING - Driving with Rack roof load • When carrying large objects Always drive slow and turn cor- on the roof rack, make sure ners carefully when carrying they do not exceed the overall items on the roof rack.The vehi- roof length or width. cle center of gravity will be • When you are carrying cargo higher when items are loaded on the roof rack, do not operate onto the roof rack. the sunroof (if equipped). • When carrying cargo on the roof rack, take the necessary • Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the OUM044095 precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can roof of the vehicle. caused by passing vehicles or natu- load cargo on top of your vehicle. ral causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true ✽ NOTICE • The following specification is the maximum weight that can be when carrying large, flat items such If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- loaded onto the roof rack. as wood panels or mattresses. This roof, be sure not to position cargo Distribute the load as evenly as could cause the items to fall off the onto the roof rack in such a way that possible on the roof rack and roof rack and cause damage to your it could interfere with sunroof oper- secure the load firmly. vehicle or others around you. ation. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make Loading cargo or luggage in sure the items on the roof rack are excess of the specified weight limit securely fastened. on the roof rack may damage your vehicle. 4187 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 188

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna lamps, your vehicle’s audio and elec- CAUTION - Antenna tronic devices may malfunction. ■ Pole Type ■ Shark fin type Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the OUM044339L/OANNMM2901 upright position to ensure proper Pole antenna reception. Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to • When cargo is loaded on the roof receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- rack, do not place the cargo near nals. the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. This antenna pole is removable. To remove the roof antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna pole, turn it clockwise.

Shark fin antenna The shark fin antenna will receive the AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.

4 188 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 189

Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel remote con- When pressed and held (over 0.8 (5) (if equipped) troller (if equipped) seconds). When pressed shortly. - FM, AM mode : Automatically - When pressed in the phone searches broadcast frequencies screen, displays call history and channels. screen. - CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode : - When pressed in the dial screen, Rewinds or fast forwards the track makes a call. or file. - When pressed in the incoming call screen, answers the call. (3) MUTE - When pressed while another Mutes audio volume. incoming call is waiting, switches to waiting call (Call Waiting). OUMA048545 (4) MODE (1) VOLUME Each time this key is pressed, the Used to control volume. mode is changed in order of FM1, FM2, AM, CD, USB(iPod), AUX, My (2) SEEK Music, BT Audio. When pressed shortly (under 0.8 If the media is not connected or a seconds). disc is not inserted, corresponding - FM, AM mode : Searches broad- modes will be disabled. cast frequencies saved to presets. Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec- - CD, USB, iPod®, My Music, onds) to turn the audio system on/off. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology When power is off, press the key to Audio mode : Changes the track, turn power back on. file.

4189 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 190

Features of your vehicle

When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec- (6) (if equipped) AUX, USB port onds). Ends phone call. - When pressed in the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree (7) (if equipped) wait mode, redials the last call. When pressed shortly. - When pressed during a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree - Starts voice recognition. call, switches call back to mobile - When selected during a voice phone (Private). prompt, stops the prompt and con- - When pressed while calling on the verts to voice command waiting mobile phone, switches call back to state. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology When pressed and held (over 0.8 seconds). Handsfree (Operates only when OUMA048547 ® - Ends voice recognition. Bluetooth Wireless Technology If your vehicle has an AUX and/or ❈ ® Handsfree is connected). The Bluetooth word mark and USB(universal serial bus) port, you logos are registered trademarks ® can use the AUX port to connect owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and audio devices and the USB port to any use of such marks by Kia is plug in a USB device or iPod®. under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A compatible ✽ NOTICE Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is When using a portable audio device required to use Bluetooth® connected to the power outlet, noise Wireless Technology. may occur during playback. If this Refer to a separately supplied A happens, use the power source of the VN manual for detailed informa- portable audio device. tion.

4 190 UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 191

Features of your vehicle

* iPod® is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital device sold separately. Connectivity may require use of the Kia accessory cable.

WARNING - Distracted driving Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe personal injury, and death. The driver’s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

4191 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 1

Driving your vehicle

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak ...... 5-4 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 5-41 Before driving ...... 5-5 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...... 5-45 • Before entering vehicle ...... 5-5 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-47 • Necessary inspections ...... 5-5 • Good braking practices...... 5-47 • Before starting ...... 5-5 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-49 Key positions...... 5-7 • System setting and activation...... 5-49 • Illuminated ignition switch...... 5-7 • FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-52 • Ignition switch position...... 5-7 • Brake operation...... 5-53 • Starting the engine ...... 5-8 • FCA front radar/camera sensor...... 5-53 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 • System malfunction...... 5-55 • Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 5-10 • Limitation of the system ...... 5-57 • Engine start/stop button position...... 5-10 Cruise control system...... 5-63 • Starting the engine with a smart key...... 5-12 • To set cruise control speed ...... 5-63 5 Automatic transmission...... 5-14 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-64 • Automatic transmission operation...... 5-14 • To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-65 • Good driving practices ...... 5-20 • To temporarily accelerate with All Wheel Drive (AWD)...... 5-21 the cruise control on ...... 5-65 • All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . . 5-22 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-65 • For safe all wheel drive operation ...... 5-23 • To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-66 Brake system...... 5-27 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . . 5-66 • Power brakes ...... 5-27 • Parking brake - Foot type ...... 5-29 Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . 5-67 • Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-30 • Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-69 • Auto hold ...... 5-36 • Speed setting (Smart cruise control system)...... 5-69 • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 5-39 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 2

• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting Special driving conditions ...... 5-117 (Smart cruise control system) ...... 5-74 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-117 • When the lane ahead is clear ...... 5-75 • Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-117 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane . . . 5-75 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-119 • To adjust the sensitivity of • Smooth cornering ...... 5-119 smart cruise control system...... 5-79 • Driving at night ...... 5-120 • To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-79 • Driving in the rain...... 5-120 • Limitations of the system ...... 5-80 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-121 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-86 • Driving off-road...... 5-121 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-91 • Highway driving ...... 5-121 • LKA system operation ...... 5-93 Winter driving ...... 5-123 • Driver's attention...... 5-97 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 5-123 5 • LKA system malfunction ...... 5-98 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 5-125 • LKA system function change ...... 5-99 • Check battery and cables ...... 5-125 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...... 5-101 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-125 • BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)...... 5-102 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 5-125 • RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning). . . 5-104 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-126 • Driver's attention...... 5-108 • Use approved window washer Driver Attention Warning (DAW)...... 5-110 anti-freeze in system ...... 5-126 • System setting and activation...... 5-110 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 5-126 • Resetting the system ...... 5-112 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-126 • System disabled ...... 5-112 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-126 • System malfunction ...... 5-113 Trailer towing ...... 5-127 Economical operation...... 5-115 • Hitches ...... 5-128 • Safety chains ...... 5-128 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 3

• Trailer brakes ...... 5-128 • Driving with a trailer ...... 5-129 • Maintenance when trailer towing ...... 5-132 • If you do decide to pull a trailer ...... 5-133 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-135 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-135 • Certification label ...... 5-139 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 5-141 • Base curb weight ...... 5-141 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-141 • Cargo weight ...... 5-141 • GAW (Gross Axle Weight) ...... 5-141 • GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 5-141 5 • GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)...... 5-141 • GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ...... 5-141 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 4

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Open liftgate CALIFORNIA PROPO- The exhaust system should be Do not drive with the liftgate SITION 65 WARNING checked whenever the vehicle is open. Poisonous exhaust gases Engine exhaust and a wide vari- raised to change the oil or for any can enter the passenger com- ety of automobile components other purpose. If you hear a change partment. If you must drive with and parts, including compo- in the sound of the exhaust or if you the liftgate open proceed as fol- nents found in the interior fur- drive over something that strikes the lows: nishings in a vehicle, contain or underneath side of the vehicle, have 1. Close all windows. emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can- the exhaust system checked as soon 2. Open side vents. as possible by an authorized Kia cer and birth defects and repro- dealer. 3. Set the air intake control at ductive harm. In addition, cer- “Fresh”, the air flow control tain fluids contained in vehicles at “Floor” or “Face” and the and certain products of compo- WARNING - Engine fan at the highest speed. nent wear contain or emit chem- exhaust icals known to the State of Do not inhale exhaust fumes or California to cause cancer and leave your engine running in a birth defects or other reproduc- enclosed area for a prolonged tive harm. time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

45 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 5

Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt. • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING - Distracted • Check all gauges. driving • Check the operation of warning Focus on the road while driving. lights when the ignition switch is The driver's primary responsi- turned to the ON position. bility is in the safe and legal • Release the parking brake and operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light any handled devices, other goes out. equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are that distract the drive should familiar with your vehicle and its not be used during vehicle equipment. operation.

55 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 6

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment. and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ- tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv- WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk. roundings Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

65 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 7

Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory) LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative. If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension.

OUM054001 Whenever a front door is opened, the OYP054029K ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni- switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the light will go off immediately when the LOCK position. ignition switch is turned on. It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed.

57 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 8

Driving your vehicle

ON The anti-theft steering column lock (if Starting the engine The warning lights can be checked equipped) is not a substitute for the before the engine is started. This is parking brake. Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift WARNING - Proper the normal running position after the footwear engine is started. lever is engaged in P (Park) for automatic transmission, set the parking Always wear appropriate shoes Do not leave the ignition switch ON if brake fully and shut the engine off. when operating your vehicle. the engine is not running to prevent Unexpected and sudden vehicle Unsuitable shoes (high heels, battery discharge. movement may occur if these pre- ski boots, sandals, etc.) may cautions are not taken. interfere with your ability to use START the brake and accelerator pedal. Turn the ignition switch to the START WARNING - Ignition position to start the engine. The switch 1.Make sure the parking brake is engine will crank until you release applied. the key; then it returns to the ON Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle 2.Place the transmission shift lever in position. The brake warning light can P (Park). Depress the brake pedal be checked in this position. is moving. This would result in loss of directional control and fully. braking function, which could You can also start the engine when cause an accident. the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

85 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 9

Driving your vehicle

3.Turn the ignition switch to START If the engine stalls while you are in and hold it there until the engine motion, do not attempt to move the starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), shift lever to the P (Park) position. If then release the key. traffic and road conditions permit, It should be started without you may put the shift lever in the N depressing the accelerator. (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition 4.Do not wait for the engine to warm switch to the START position in an up while the vehicle remains sta- attempt to restart the engine. tionary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and CAUTION - Starter decelerating should be avoided.) Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, WARNING - Steering wait 5 to 10 seconds before re- wheel engaging the starter. Improper Never reach for any controls use of the starter may damage it. through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control.

59 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 10

Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated engine start/stop Engine start/stop button posi- In an emergency situation while the button tion vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the engine start/stop button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without Not illuminated depressing the brake pedal by press- To turn off the engine (START/RUN ing the engine start/stop button with position) or vehicle power (ON posi- the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position), press the engine start/stop but- tion. ton with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When you press the engine OUM054004 start/stop button without the shift Whenever the front door is opened, lever in the P (Park) position, the the engine start/stop button will illu- engine start/stop button will not minate for your convenience. The change to the OFF position but to the light will go off after about 30 sec- ACC position. onds when the door is closed. When all entrances are closed, if you lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, the light will go off immediately.

5 10 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 11

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Redish orange Not illuminated Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the while it is in the OFF position without while it is in the ACC position without brake pedal and press the engine depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal. start/stop button with the shift lever in If the engine start/stop button is in The warning lights can be checked the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi- the ACC position for more than 1 before the engine is started. Do not tion. For your safety, start the engine hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the engine start/stop button in with the shift lever in the P (Park) matically to prevent battery dis- the ON position for a long time. The position. charge. battery may discharge, because the If you press the engine start/stop engine is not running. button without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transmission vehicles, the engine will not start and the engine start/stop button changes as follow: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

511 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 12

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Starting the engine with a • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- If you leave the engine start/stop smart key cle, if it is far away from you, the engine may not start. button in the ACC or ON position 1.Carry the smart key or leave it for a long time, the battery will dis- inside the vehicle. • When the engine start/stop button is in the ACC position or above, if charge. 2.Make sure the parking brake is any door is opened, the system firmly applied checks for the smart key. If the WARNING - Starting 3.Place the transmission shift lever in smart key is not in the vehicle, a vehicle P (Park). Depress the brake pedal message “key is not in the vehicle” Never press the engine fully. will appear on the LCD display. And start/stop button while the vehi- You can also start the engine when if all doors are closed, the chime cle is in motion except in an the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) will sound for 5 seconds. The indi- emergency. This would result in position. cator or warning will turn off while loss of directional control and 4.Press the engine start/stop button the vehicle is moving. Always have braking function, which could while depressing the brake pedal. the smart key with you. cause an accident. It should be started without depressing the accelerator. 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Rapid accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)

5 12 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 13

Driving your vehicle

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally. vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the engine occupants who are unfamiliar start/stop button for 10 seconds with the vehicle operation. while it is in the ACC position. The Pushing the engine start/stop engine can start without depress- button while the smart key is in ing the brake pedal. But for your the vehicle may result in unin- safety always depress the brake tended engine activation and/or pedal before starting the engine. unintended vehicle movement. OUM054005 Do not press the engine start/stop • If the battery is weak or the smart button for more than 10 seconds key does not work correctly, you except when the stop lamp fuse is can start the engine by pressing blown the Engine Start/Stop Button with the smart key. The side with the lock button should contact the Engine Start/Stop Button directly. When you press the Engine Start/Stop Button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

513 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 14

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 6 or 8 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICE + (UP) The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are - (DOWN) cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. (If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle.) Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OUMA058007

5 14 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 15

Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the P (Park) brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION - Transmission Always come to a complete stop ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to To avoid damage to your trans- before shifting into P (Park). This a forward or reverse gear. mission, do not accelerate the position locks the transmission and engine in R (Reverse) or any for- prevents the drive wheels from rotat- ward gear position with the ing. WARNING - Leaving brakes on. The transmission Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- Vehicle may be damaged if you shift cle is in motion will cause the drive Before leaving the driver’s seat, into P (Park) while the vehicle is wheels to lock which will cause you always make sure the shift lever in motion. to lose control of the vehicle. is in the P (Park) position; then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Do not use When stopped on an incline, do not R (Reverse) the P position in place of the hold the vehicle with the engine Use this position to drive the vehicle parking brake. Always make power. Use the service brake or the backward. sure the shift lever is latched in parking brake. the P position and set the park- CAUTION - Shifting ing brake fully. Unexpected and Transmission ranges Always come to a complete stop sudden vehicle movement can The indicator in the instrument clus- before shifting into or out of R occur if these precautions are ter displays the shift lever position (Reverse); you may damage the not followed. when the ignition switch is in the ON transmission if you shift into R position. (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion, except when “Rocking the vehicle” explained in this section.

515 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 16

Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) 3. While pressing the brake pedal, The wheels and transmission are not turn the ignition button [OFF]. WARNING - Parking In engaged. The vehicle will roll freely - For smart key equipped vehicles, Neutral even on the slightest incline unless the ignition switch can be moved • With the exception of parking the parking brake or service brakes to [OFF] only when the shift lever is in [P]. in neutral gear, always park are applied. the vehicle in [P] (Park) for 4. Change the gear shift lever to [N] safety and apply the parking (Neutral) while pressing the brake brake. - Parking in N (Neutral) gear pedal and pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) Follow below steps when parking gear, make sure the parking and you want the vehicle to move [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access hole at the same time. Then, the ground is level and flat. Do not when pushed. park in [N] gear on any slopes 1. After parking your vehicle, depress vehicle will move when external force is applied. or gradients. If parked and left the brake pedal and move the trans- in [N], the vehicle may move mission shift lever to [P] with the and cause serious damage or ignition button in [ON] or while the injury. engine is running. 2. If the parking brake is applied release the parking brake. - For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) equipped vehicles, push the brake pedal with the ignition button in [ON] or while the engine is running to reapply the parking brake. If [AUTO HOLD] function is used while driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator is on in the cluster), press [AUTO HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD] function should be turn off.

5 16 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 17

Driving your vehicle

• After the ignition switch has been In manual mode, moving the shift turned off, the electronic parking lever backwards and forwards will brake cannot be disengaged. allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. • For EPB (Electronic Parking In contrast to a manual transmission, the manual mode allows gearshifts Brake) equipped vehicles with + (UP) [AUTO HOLD] function used while with the accelerator pedal driving, if the ignition button has depressed. been turned [OFF], the electronic Manual Up (+) : Push the lever forward once mode parking brake will be engaged - (DOWN) to shift up one gear. automatically. Therefore, [AUTO Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards HOLD] function should be turned once to shift down one off before the ignition button is OUMA058009 gear. turned off. Manual mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or D (Drive) in motion, manual mode is selected This is the normal forward driving by pushing the shift lever from the D position. The transmission will auto- (Drive) position into the manual gate. matically shift through a 6 or 8-gear To return to D (Drive) range opera- sequence, providing the best fuel tion, push the shift lever back into the economy and power. main gate.

For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at which time the transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear.

517 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 18

Driving your vehicle

• In manual mode, the driver must • To maintain the required levels of Shift lock system execute upshifts in accordance vehicle performance and safety, For your safety, the automatic trans- with road conditions, taking care to the system may not execute cer- mission has a shift lock system keep the engine speed below the tain gearshifts when the shift lever which prevents shifting the transmis- red zone. is operated. sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) • In manual mode, only the 6 or 8 • When driving on a slippery road, unless the brake pedal is depressed. forward gears can be selected. To push the shift lever forward into the To shift the transmission from P reverse or park the vehicle, move +(up) position. This causes the (Park) into R (Reverse): the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or transmission to shift into the 2nd P (Park) position as required. gear which is better for smooth 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. • In manual mode, downshifts are driving on a slippery road. Push 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition made automatically when the vehi- the shift lever to the -(down) side to switch to the ON position. cle slows down. When the vehicle shift back to the 1st gear. 3.Move the shift lever. stops, 1st gear is automatically If the brake pedal is repeatedly selected. depressed and released with the • In manual mode, when the engine shift lever in the P (Park) position, a rpm approaches the red zone shift chattering noise near the shift lever points are varied to upshift auto- may be heard. It is a normal condi- matically. tion.

5 18 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 19

Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system WARNING - Shifting from The ignition key cannot be removed park unless the shift lever is in the P Always fully depress the brake (Park) position. Even if the ignition pedal before and while shifting switch is in the LOCK position, the out of the P (Park) position into key also cannot be removed. another position to avoid inad- If your vehicle is equipped with vertent motion of the vehicle engine start/stop button, the button which could injure persons in will not change to the OFF position or around the vehicle. unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. OUMA058039 Shift-lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following: 1.Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock access hole (1). 2.Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver. 3.Move the shift lever. 4.Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.

519 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 20

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices Moving up a steep grade from a • Never move the gear shift lever standing start from P (Park) to any other position To move up a steep grade from a with the accelerator pedal standing start, depress the brake depressed. pedal, shift the shift lever to D • Never move the gear shift lever into (Drive). Select the appropriate gear P (Park) when the vehicle is in depending on load weight and steep- motion. ness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelera- • Slow down before shifting to a tor gradually while releasing the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower service brakes. gear may not be engaged. When accelerating from a stop on • Always use the parking brake. Do a steep hill, the vehicle may have a not depend on placing the trans- tendency to roll backwards. mission in P (Park) to keep the Shifting the shift lever into 2 vehicle from moving. (Second Gear) will help prevent • Optimum vehicle performance and the vehicle from rolling back- economy is obtained by smoothly wards. depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.

5 20 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 21

Driving your vehicle

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Type A These vehicles are not designed for challenging off-road use. Occasional WARNING - Off road off-road use such as established driving unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is Do not attempt to operate your always important when traveling off- vehicle under extreme or chal- highway that the driver carefully lenging off road driving condi- reduces the speed to a level that tions. Although this vehicle has does not exceed the safe operating off-road capabilities, it was not speed for those conditions. In gener- designed to be driven off road. al, off-road conditions provide less OUMA054049 traction and braking effectiveness ■ Type B than normal road conditions. If the AWD system warning light The driver must be especially alert to ( ) illuminates, this indicates that avoid driving on slopes which tilt the there is a malfunction in the AWD vehicle to either side. system. These factors must be carefully con- If this occurs, have your vehicle sidered when driving off-road. checked by an authorized Kia dealer Keeping the vehicle in contact with as soon as possible. the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the dri- OUMA054010 ver's responsibility for the safety of him/herself and his or her passen- Engine power can be delivered to all gers. front and rear wheels for maximum traction. AWD is useful when extra traction is required, such as, when * AWD : All Wheel Drive driving on slippery, muddy, wet, or FWD : Front Wheel Drive snow-covered roads.

521 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 22

Driving your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description • AWD Auto is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways. AWD AUTO • All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed. Required tractions applying on front and rear wheels vary depending on (AWD LOCK is road driving conditions and driving conditions, which will be automatically deactivated) controlled by the computing system. (Indicator light is not illuminated) • When the cluster's AWD Auto display mode is selected, the cluster displays the status of how four wheels’ traction forces are distributed. • The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle’s traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads. • AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 40km/h or AWD LOCK less. When travelling at 40km/h or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto. When travelling at 30 km/h or less, the mode will switch back to AWD Lock. • When AWD Lock mode illuminates, the cluster does not display the (Indicator light is front/rear wheel traction force distribution status. illuminated) • Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto. When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

✽ NOTICE - Normal road conditions • Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions. • When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD Lock mode is released, such noise or vibration will be immediately gone.

5 22 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 23

Driving your vehicle

For safe all wheel drive operation • Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes. Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle.

HILL1 HILL2 • When you are driving up or down hills; drive as straight as possible. WARNING - Hills Use extreme caution going up or Proceed with extreme caution down steep hills, the grade, terrain when driving down steep hills. and water/mud conditions may A slight change in the wheel cause the vehicle to flip. angle can destabilize the vehicle. This can cause your vehicle to suddenly roll without warning and without time for you to regain control of your vehicle.

523 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 24

Driving your vehicle

• You must consciously take the • Always hold the steering wheel effort to learn how to corner in a firmly when you are driving off- AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your road. experience in conventional FWD • Make sure all passengers are vehicles in choosing a safe corner- wearing seat belts. ing speed in AWD mode. For starters, you must drive more slowly in AWD. WARNING - Wind danger • Drive carefully off-road because Drive slowly in heavy winds. your vehicle may be damaged by The vehicle's higher center of rocks or roots of trees. Become gravity decreases your steering familiar with the off-road conditions OUM058053L control capacity. where you are going to drive before you begin driving. WARNING - Steering • If you need to drive in the water, stop your vehicle, set your transfer wheel to the AWD LOCK mode and drive WARNING - AWD Do not grab the inside of the at less than 5 mph (8 km/h). Reduce speed when you turn steering wheel when you are corners. The center of gravity of driving off-road. You may hurt AWD vehicles is higher than your arm by a sudden steering that of conventional FWD vehi- maneuver or from steering cles, making them more likely to wheel rebound due to impact roll over when you turn corners with objects on the ground. too fast.

5 24 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 25

Driving your vehicle

Do not use a tire and wheel package WARNING - Driving WARNING - AWD driving with a different size and type from through water Do not attempt quick steering the one originally installed on your Drive slowly. If you are driving maneuvers or sharp turns in vehicle. It can affect the safety and too fast in water, the water can AWD mode. Such maneuvers performance of your vehicle, which get into the engine compartment increase the risk of rollover could lead to steering failure or and wet the ignition system, accidents. Rollover accidents rollover causing serious injury. causing your vehicle to sudden- are extremely violent and When replacing the tires, be sure to ly stop. If this happens and your unpredictable. equip all four tires with the tire and vehicle is in a tilted position, wheel of the same size, type, tread, your vehicle may roll over. brand and load-carrying capacity. If CAUTION - Mud or snow you equip your vehicle with any tire/wheel combination not recom- ✽ Do not run the engine continu- NOTICE ously at high RPMs to free the mended by Kia for off-road driving, • Shorten your scheduled mainte- vehicle from snow or mud. Doing ou should not use thesetires for high nance interval if you drive in off- so could damage the AWD sys- way driving. road conditions such as sand, mud tem in your vehicle. or water (see “Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in section 7). Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off-road use, especially cleaning the bottom of the vehicle. • A full time all wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving.

525 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 26

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Jacked WARNING - Replacement vehicle Tires While the full-time AWD vehicle When replacing tires and is being raised on a jack, never wheels, be sure all four tires are start the engine or cause the the same size, type, tread and tires to rotate. have the same load-carrying There is the danger that rotating capacity as the original equip- tires touching the ground could ment tires. Installing replace- cause the vehicle to go off the Temporary free roller ment tires that vary from the jack and to jump forward. Roll tester (speedometer) original equipment tires can OUM054011 negatively effect vehicle han- 1. Check the tire pressures recom- dling and can increase the risk • Full-time AWD vehicles must be mended for your vehicle. of an accident. tested on a special four wheel 2. Place the front wheels on the roll chassis dynamometer. tester for a speedometer test as • A full-time AWD vehicle should not shown in the illustration. be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a 3. Release the parking brake. FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following: 4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.

5 26 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 27

Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s CAUTION - Brake Pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted ability to safely slow down; the vehi- brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way. brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash- stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water. you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward pedal than you normally would. The WARNING - Steep hill speed until brake performance stopping distance, however, will be returns to normal. longer. braking When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brakes been interrupted. to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per- Pump the brake pedal only when formance. necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.

527 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 28

Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ignore this audible warning, you tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or will eventually lose braking per- than normal. it may occur whenever you depress formance, which could lead to a the brake pedal. serious accident. WARNING - Parking brake Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a Applying the parking brake brake squeal when you first apply (or while the vehicle is moving at lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- normal speeds can cause a mal and does not indicate a problem sudden loss of control of the with your brakes. vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehi- Always replace the front or rear cle, use great caution in apply- brake pads as pairs. ing the brake. CAUTION - Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.

5 28 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 29

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake - Foot type Releasing the parking brake (if equipped) WARNING - Parking brake use Applying the parking brake All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians.

OYP054010K To release the parking brake, OYP054009K depress the parking brake pedal a To engage the parking brake, first second time while applying the foot apply the foot brake and then brake. The pedal will automatically depress the parking brake pedal extend to the fully released position. down as far as possible.

CAUTION - Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

529 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 30

Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the Electronic parking brake (EPB) vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped) sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.

W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is OUMA058013 applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electronic parking START or ON position. brake): Before driving, be sure the parking 1. Depress the brake pedal. brake is fully released and the brake 2. Pull up the EPB switch. warning light is off. Make sure the warning light comes If the brake warning light remains on on. after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

5 30 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 31

Driving your vehicle

Also, the EPB is applied automatical- Do not operate the parking brake/ Releasing the parking brake ly if the Auto Hold button is on when EPB while the vehicle is moving the engine is turned off. However, if except in an emergency situation. you press the EPB switch after the engine is turned off, the EPB will not ✽ NOTICE be Applied. A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while ✽ NOTICE operating or releasing the EPB, but On a steep incline or when pulling a these conditions are normal and trailer, if the vehicle does not remain indicate that the EPB is functioning at a standstill, do as follows: properly. 1. Apply the EPB. 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more OUMA058014 than 3 seconds. To release the EPB (electronic parking brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition: • Have the ignition switch or engine start/stop button in the ON position. • Depress the brake pedal. Make sure the brake warning light goes off.

531 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 32

Driving your vehicle

To release EPB (electronic parking ✽ NOTICE CAUTION brake) automatically: • For your safety, you can engage • Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the ignition • If the parking brake warning With the engine running depress switch or engine stop/start button light is still on even though the brake pedal and shift out of P is in the OFF position, but you the EPB has been released, (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). cannot release it. have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • Shift lever in N (Neutral) • For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking • Do not drive your vehicle with With the engine running depress brake manually with the EPB the EPB applied. It may cause the brake pedal and shift out of N switch when you drive downhill or excessive brake pad and (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D when backing up the vehicle. brake rotor wear. (Drive). • Automatic transmission vehicle Do not follow the above procedure 1. Start the engine. when driving on a flat level ground. 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. The vehicle may suddenly move forward. 3. Close the driver's door, engine hood and trunk. 4. Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R (Rear), D (Drive) or Sports mode. Make sure the brake warning light goes off.

5 32 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 33

Driving your vehicle

EPB (electronic parking brake) may System warning If the above situation occurs, depress be automatically applied when: the brake pedal and release EPB by • The EPB is overheated pressing the EPB switch. • Requested by other systems WARNING - Parking ✽ NOTICE Brake Use If the driver turns the engine off by All vehicles should always have mistake while Auto Hold is operat- the parking brake fully engaged ing, EPB will be automatically when parked to avoid inadver- applied. (Vehicles equipped with tent movement of the car which Auto Hold) can injure occupants or pedestrians. OUMA058401 • If you try to drive off depressing the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood, driver's door or trunk is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.

533 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 34

Driving your vehicle

• A click or electric brake motor System warning System warning whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly. • When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. • The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically release OUM058277L OUM058278L EPB by depressing the accelerator When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold pedal, depress it slowly. to EPB is not working properly a is activated because of ESC warning will sound and a message (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a will appear. warning will sound and a message will appear. ✽ NOTICE Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.

5 34 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 35

Driving your vehicle

EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have your vehicle • The EPB warning light may illumi- (if equipped) checked by an authorized Kia dealer nate if the EPB switch operates as soon as possible. abnormally. Shut the engine off ■ Type A ■ Type B The EPB malfunction indicator may and turn it on again after a few min- illuminate when the ESC indicator utes. The warning light will go off comes on to indicate that the ESC is and the EPB switch will operate not working properly, but it does not normally. However, if the EPB indicate a malfunction of the EPB. warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB is not applied. OUM054106 • If the parking brake warning light This warning light illuminates if the blinks when the EPB warning light engine start/stop button is changed is on, press the switch, then pull it to the ON position and goes off in up. Once more press it back to its approximately 3 seconds if the sys- original position and pull it back up. tem is operation normally. If the EPB warning does not go off, If the EPB malfunction indicator have the system checked by an remains on, comes on while driving, authorized Kia dealer. or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start/stop button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.

535 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 36

Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking If you notice a continuous noise or AUTO HOLD (if equipped) If there is a problem with the brake burning smell when the EPB is used The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle pedal while driving, emergency brak- for emergency braking, have your in a standstill even though the brake ing is possible by pulling up and vehicle checked by an authorized Kia pedal is not depressed after the driv- holding the EPB switch. Braking is dealer. er brings the vehicle to a complete possible only while you are holding stop by depressing the brake pedal. the EPB switch. When the EPB (electronic parking brake) is not released WARNING If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized Do not operate the electronic Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on parking brake while the vehicle a flatbed tow truck and have the sys- is moving except in an emer- tem checked. gency situation. Applying the electronic parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the electronic parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.

✽ NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.

5 36 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 37

Driving your vehicle

4.If you press the accelerator pedal Whiite Whiite with the shift lever in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white indicating the Auto Hold is Green in standby and the EPB is released. When driving off from Auto Hold by depressing the accelerator pedal, OUMA058016 OUM054017 always check the surrounding area 1.Depress the brake pedal, start the 2.When coming to a complete stop near your vehicle. engine and then press the Auto by depressing the brake pedal, the Slowly depress the accelerator pedal Hold button. The white AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator changes for a smooth launch. HOLD indicator will come on indi- from white to green indicating the cating the system is in standby. AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB Before the Auto Hold will engage, is applied. The vehicle will remain the driver's door, engine hood and at a standstill even if you release trunk must be closed and the dri- the brake pedal. ver's seat belt must be fastened. 3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

537 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 38

Driving your vehicle

Cancel ✽ NOTICE (Continued) • The following are conditions when In these cases, the brake warning Liight off the Auto Hold will not engage light comes on, the AUTO HOLD (Auto Hold light will not turn indicator changes from green to green and the Auto Hold system white, and a warning sounds and a remains in stand by): message will appear to inform you - The driver's seat belt is unfas- that EPB has been automatically tened and driver's door is opened engaged. Before driving off again, - The engine hood is opened press foot brake pedal, check the - The trunk is opened surrounding area near your vehi- - The shift lever is in P (Park) cle and release parking brake - The EPB is applied manually with the EPB switch. • For your safety, the Auto Hold • If the AUTO HOLD indicator OUMA058018 automatically switches to EPB lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is To cancel the Auto Hold operation, under any of the following condi- not working properly. Take your press the Auto Hold switch. The tions (Auto Hold light remains vehicle to an authorized Kia deal- AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. white and the EPB automatically er and have the system checked. To cancel the Auto Hold operation applies): when the vehicle is at a standstill, - The driver's seat belt is unfas- press the Auto Hold switch while tened and driver's door is opened depressing the brake pedal. - The engine hood is opened - The trunk is opened - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times (Continued)

5 38 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 39

Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the WARNING ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels To reduce the risk of an accidents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system dent, do not activate Auto Hold driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic while driving downhill, backing vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. up or parking your vehicle. emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ If there is a malfunction with the dri- should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- ver’s door, engine hood or trunk open extreme road conditions. The vehicle responding sensation in the brake detection system, the Auto Hold may should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means not work properly. in the following circumstances: your ABS is active. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia • When driving on rough, gravel or In order to obtain the maximum ben- dealer and have the system checked. snow-covered roads efit from your ABS in an emergency • When driving with tire chains situation, do not attempt to modulate ✽ installed your brake pressure and do not try to NOTICE pump your brakes. Press your brake A click or electric brake motor • When driving on roads where the pedal as hard as possible or as hard whine sound may be heard while road surface is pitted or has differ- as the situation allows the ABS to operating or releasing the EPB, but ent surface heights. control the force being delivered to these conditions are normal and Driving in these conditions increase the brakes. indicate that the EPB is functioning the stopping distance for your vehi- properly. cle.

539 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 40

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- A click sound may be heard in the tem, your vehicle still requires suf- engine compartment when the vehi- ficient stopping distance. Always cle begins to move after the engine is maintain a safe distance from the started. These conditions are normal vehicle in front of you. and indicate that the anti-lock brake • Always slow down when cornering. system is functioning properly. The anti-lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds. • On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stop- W-78 ping distance than for vehicles The ABS warning light will stay on for equipped with a conventional approximately 3 seconds after the brake system. ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self- diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

5 40 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 41

Driving your vehicle

• When you drive on a road having Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will poor traction, such as an icy road, (ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive and have operated your brakes speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers continuously, the ABS will be active and hydroplaning on wet surfaces continuously and the ABS warning can still result in serious accidents. light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- Only a safe and attentive driver can cle over to a safe place and stop prevent accidents by avoiding the engine. maneuvers that cause the vehicle to • Restart the engine. If the ABS lose traction. Even with ESC warning light goes off, then your installed, always follow all the normal ABS system is normal. Otherwise, precautions for driving - including you may have a problem with the driving at safe speeds for the condi- ABS. Contact an authorized Kia tions. dealer as soon as possible. OUMA058019 ✽ NOTICE The Electronic Stability control (ESC) system is designed to stabi- When you jump start your vehicle lize the vehicle during cornering because of a drained battery, the maneuvers. ESC checks where you engine may not run as smoothly and are steering and where the vehicle is the ABS warning light may turn on actually going. ESC applies the at the same time. This happens brakes on individual wheels and because of low battery voltage. It intervenes with the engine manage- does not mean your ABS has mal- ment system to stabilize the vehicle. functioned. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

541 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 42

Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ESC operation When operating system is an electronic system ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- designed to help the driver maintain • When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light vehicle control under adverse condi- blinks. tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv- - ON, ESC and ESC OFF • When the Electronic ing practices. Factors including speed, indicator lights illuminate for Stability Control is operat- road conditions and driver steering approximately 3 seconds, ing properly, you can feel a input can all affect whether ESC will be then ESC is turned on. slight pulsation in the vehi- effective in preventing a loss of control. • Press the ESC OFF but- cle. This is only the effect It is still your responsibility to drive and ton for at least half a sec- of brake control and indi- corner at reasonable speeds and to ond after turning the igni- cates nothing unusual. leave a sufficient margin of safety. tion ON to turn ESC off. • When moving out of the When you apply your brakes under (ESC OFF indicator will mud or driving on a slip- conditions which may lock the wheels, illuminate). To turn the pery road, pressing the you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the ESC on, press the ESC accelerator pedal may not brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- OFF button (ESC OFF cause the engine rpm tion in the brake pedal. This is normal indicator light will go off). (revolutions per minute) to and it means your ESC is active. • When starting the engine, you may hear a slight tick- increase. ing sound. This is the ESC ✽ NOTICE performing an automatic A click sound may be heard in the system self-check and does engine compartment when the vehi- not indicate a problem. cle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly.

5 42 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 43

Driving your vehicle

ESC operation off ESC OFF state This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states. If the engine stops when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

OUM058279L OUM058280L • ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- (ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con- tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func- ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car ates. stability control function does not operate any more.

543 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 44

Driving your vehicle

Indicator light ESC OFF usage WARNING - Electronic sta- When driving ■ ESC indicator light bility control • ESC should be turned on for daily Drive carefully even though driving whenever possible. your vehicle has Electronic • To turn ESC off while driving, press Stability Control. It can only the ESC OFF button while driving assist you in maintaining con- on a flat road surface. ■ ESC OFF indicator light trol under certain circumstances. WARNING - Operating ESC Never press the ESC OFF but- When ignition switch is turned to ON, ton while ESC is operating (ESC the indicator light illuminates, then indicator light blinks). goes off if the ESC system is operat- If ESC is turned off while ESC is ing normally. operating, the vehicle may slip The ESC indicator light blinks when- out of control. ever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

5 44 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 45

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Vehicle stability management VSM operation • When operating the vehicle on a (VSM) When the VSM is in operation, ESC dynamometer, ensure that the This system provides further indicator light ( ) blinks. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light enhancements to vehicle stability When the vehicle stability manage- illuminated). If the ESC is left on, and steering responses when a vehi- ment is operating properly, you can it may prevent the vehicle speed cle is driving on a slippery road or a feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle from increasing, and result in false vehicle detects changes in coeffi- and/or abnormal steering responses diagnosis. cient of friction between right wheels (EPS). This is only the effect of brake • Turning the ESC off does not and left wheels when braking. and EPS control and indicates noth- affect ABS or brake system opera- ing unusual. tion. WARNING - Tire/ Wheel size The VSM does not operate when: When replacing tires and wheels, • Driving on bank road such as gra- make sure they are the same size dient or incline as the original tires and wheels • Driving in reverse installed. Driving with varying • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) tire or wheel sizes may diminish remains on the instrument cluster any supplemental safety benefits of the VSM system. • EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster

545 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 46

Driving your vehicle

VSM operation off Malfunction indicator • The Vehicle Stability Management If you press the ESC OFF button to The VSM can be deactivated even if system is not a substitute for safe turn off the ESC, the VSM will also you don’t cancel the VSM operation driving practices but a supplemen- cancel and the ESC OFF indicator by pressing the ESC OFF button. It tary function only. It is the respon- light ( ) illuminates. indicates that a malfunction has sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the To turn on the VSM, press the button been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or vehicle ahead. Always hold the again. The ESC OFF indicator light steering wheel firmly while driving. goes out. VSM system. If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light • Your vehicle is designed to activate remains on, take your vehicle to an according to the driver’s intention, authorized Kia dealer and have the even with installed VSM. Always system checked. follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the ✽ NOTICE conditions – including driving in clement weather and on a slippery • The VSM is designed to function road. above approximately 13 mph (22 km/h) on curves. • The VSM is designed to function above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) when a vehicle is braking on a two surface road. The two surface road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.

5 46 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 47

Driving your vehicle

Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices - Maintaining A vehicle has the tendency to roll WARNING • Check to be sure the parking brake back on a steep hill when it starts to Brake Pressure on Incline is not engaged and the parking go after stopping. The Hill-start HAC does not replace the need brake indicator light is out before Assist Control (HAC) prevents the to apply brakes while stopped driving away. vehicle from rolling back by applying on an incline. While stopped, • Driving through water may get the the brakes automatically for about 2 make sure you maintain brake brakes wet. They can also get wet seconds. The brakes are released pressure sufficient to prevent when the vehicle is washed. Wet when the accelerator pedal is your vehicle from rolling back- brakes can be dangerous! Your depressed or after about 2 seconds. ward and causing an accident. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the The HAC is activated only for about 2 Don’t release the brake pedal brakes are wet. Wet brakes may seconds, so when the vehicle is until you are ready to accelerate cause the vehicle to pull to one starting off always depress the accel- forward. side. erator pedal. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.

547 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 48

Driving your vehicle

• Don't coast down hills with the • If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park- vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- automatic transmission, don't let ing brake can freeze in the ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in your vehicle creep forward. To engaged position. This is most like- gear at all times, use the brakes to avoid creeping forward, keep your ly to happen when there is an slow down, then shift to a lower foot firmly on the brake pedal when accumulation of snow or ice gear so that engine braking will the vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if help you maintain a safe speed. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze, Resting your foot on the brake and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you pedal while driving can be danger- matic transmission). If your vehicle put the shift lever in P (automatic ous because the brakes might is facing downhill, turn the front transmission) and block the rear overheat and lose their effective- wheels into the curb to help keep wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. ness. It also increases the wear of the vehicle from rolling. If your vehi- Then release the parking brake. the brake components. cle is facing uphill, turn the front • Do not hold the vehicle on the • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- wheels away from the curb to help upgrade with the accelerator ing, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle from rolling. If pedal. This can cause the trans- keep the vehicle pointed straight there is no curb or if it is required mission to overheat. Always use ahead while you slow down. When by other conditions to keep the the brake pedal or parking brake. you are moving slowly enough for it vehicle from rolling, block the to be safe to do so, pull off the road wheels. and stop in a safe place.

5 48 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 49

Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED) The FCA system is designed to ✽ NOTICE System setting and activation detect and monitor the vehicle ahead Take the following precautions when System setting or detect a pedestrian (if equipped) using the forward collision-avoid- in the roadway through radar signals The driver can activate the FCA by ance assist (FCA): placing the ignition switch to the ON and camera recognition to warn the • This system is only a supplemental driver that a collision is imminent, position and by selecting 'User system and it is not intended to, Settings', 'Driver Assistance', and and if necessary, apply emergency nor does it replace the need for braking. ‘Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist’. extreme care and attention of the The FCA deactivates, when the driv- driver. The sensing range and er cancels the system setting. WARNING - Forward objects detectable by the sensors Collision-Avoidance assist are limited. Pay attention to the (FCA) Limitations road conditions at all times. The FCA system is a supple- • NEVER drive too fast in accor- mental system and is not a sub- dance with the road conditions or stitute for safe driving prac- while cornering. tices. It is the responsibility of • Always drive cautiously to prevent the driver to always check the unexpected and sudden situations speed and distance to the vehi- from occurring. FCA does not stop cle ahead to ensure it is safety the vehicle completely and does to use the FCA system. not avoid collisions.

549 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 50

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is • NORMAL - When this condition is nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial selected, the initial when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning Forward Collision system. The driver can is activated earlier than Warning is activated nor- monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- mally. This setting allows the LCD display. Also, the warning mizes the amount of dis- for a nominal amount of light illuminates when the tance between the vehicle distance between the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is or pedestrian ahead before vehicle or pedestrian turned off (Traction & Stability control the initial warning occurs. If ahead before the initial disabled.). When the warning light the ‘EARLY’ condition feels warning occurs. remains ON with the FCA activated, too sensitive, change it into • LATE - When this condition is have the system checked by an ‘NORMAL’.When the vehi- selected, the initial Forward authorized Kia dealer. cle ahead suddenly stops, Collision Warning is activat- the warning may seem to ed later than normal. This activate later even if the setting reduces the amount The driver can select the initial warn- ‘EARLY’ condition was of distance between the ing activation time in the User selected. vehicle or pedestrian ahead Settings in the instrument cluster before the initial warning LCD display. The options for the ini- occurs. Select this condition tial Forward Collision Warning only when traffic is light, include the following: and you are driving slowly.

5 50 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 51

Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation • The FCA automatically activates The FCA will activate when the FCA WARNING upon placing the ignition switch to is selected on the LCD display, and To avoid driver distractions, do the ON position. The driver can when the following prerequisites are not attempt to set or cancel the deactivate the FCA by canceling the satisfied: FCA while operating the vehicle. system setting on the LCD display. - The ESC (Electronic Stability • The FCA automatically deactivates Control) is activated. upon canceling the ESC. When the ESC is cancelled, the FCA cannot - The driving speed is over 6 mph. be activated on the LCD display. (The FCA only works within a certain range of vehicle speeds) The FCA warning light will illuminate, but it does not indicate a mal- - When the FCA recognizes a vehi- function of the system. cle or the pedestrian in front. (The FCA may not recognize every • Set or cancel FCA with controlling obstacle or provide warnings and switches on steering wheel after braking in every situation, so do stopping the vehicle in the safe not rely on the FCA to stop the place for your safety. vehicle in instances where the driver sees an obstacle and has the ability to apply the brakes)

551 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 52

Driving your vehicle

FCA warning message and Collision Warning (1st warning) Emergency braking (2nd warning) system control The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels of followings like vehicle’s sudden braking in front or lack of vehicle to vehicle distance or collision to pedestrians. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.

OUM058281L OUM058282L • The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning alarms. alarms. • The FCA controls the brakes within • The FCA controls the brakes with- certain limit to release shock from in certain limit to release shock the collision. from the collision. The FCA controls the maximum brakes just before the collision.

5 52 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 53

Driving your vehicle

Brake operation FCA front radar / camera sensor • In an urgent situation, the braking WARNING system enters into the ready status Never rely solely on the FCA to for prompt reaction against the dri- stop a collision the drive can It ver’s depressing the brake pedal. is the driver's responsibility to safely maneuver the vehicle • The FCA provides additional brak- under all conditions. ing power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. ✽ NOTICE • The braking control is automatical- The FCA operates in accordance ly deactivated, when the driver with the risk levels, such as the dis- OUMA058054 sharply depresses the brake pedal, tance from the vehicle/pedestrian in or when the driver abruptly turns front, the speed of the vehicle/pedes- the steering wheel. trian in front, and the driver's vehi- • The braking control is automatical- cle operation. For the system to acti- ly canceled, when risk factors dis- vate, do not attempt risky driving. appear.

The driver should always exercise caution when operating the vehicle, even though there is no warning OUMA058032 message or warning alarm. In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor or sensor cover is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the lens may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.

553 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 54

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) Warning message and warning • Do not install any accessories, such • Do not tint the window or install light as a license plate bracket or stickers, accessories around the bumper sticker near the sensor inside mirror where the camera is area. Do not replace the bumper installed. by yourself. Doing so may adverse- • Make sure the front camera instal- ly affect the sensing performance. lation point does not get wet. • Always keep the sensor/bumper • Do not impact or arbitrarily area clean. remove any radar/camera compo- • Use only a soft cloth to wash the nents. vehicle. Also, do not spray highly • Do not place reflective pressurized water on the sensor objects(white paper or mirror etc.) installed on the bumper. on the crash pad. The system may • Be careful not to apply unneces- activate unnecessarily due to sary force on the front sensor area. reflect of the sunlight. OUM058283L When the sensor moves out of the • Excessive audio volume may dis- When the sensor cover or the sensor correct position due to external turb the sound of the system warn lens is smudged with the foreign sub- force, the system may not operate ing alarm. stances, such as snow or rain, the correctly even without the warn- FCA operation may temporarily stop. ing light or message. In this case, In this case, the warning message we recommend you to have the appears to warn the driver. vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. This is not a malfunction with the • Use only the genuine Kia sensor FCA. To operate the FCA again, cover. Do not arbitrarily apply remove the foreign substances. paint on the sensor cover. (Continued)

5 54 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 55

Driving your vehicle

Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and System malfunction clean the radar sensor cover before WARNING operating the FCA system. The FCA is only a supplemental The FCA may not properly operate in system for the driver’s conven- an area (e.g. open terrain), where ience. any substances are not detected The driver still maintains after turning ON the engine. responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to lower the driving speed. OUM058284L • When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. • The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC warning light.

555 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 56

Driving your vehicle

• The FCA may unnecessarily pro- • If the vehicle in front stops sudden- • The regular braking function will duce warning messages and warn- ly, you may have less control of the operate normally even if There is a ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim- brake system. problem with the FCA brake control itation, the FCA may not produce Therefore, always keep safe dis- system or other functions. In this warning messages or warning tance between your vehicle and case, the braking control will not alarm at all. the vehicle in front of you. operate in the risk of a collision. • When there is a malfunction with • The FCA system may activate dur- • The FCA system may not activate the FCA, the braking control does ing braking and the vehicle may according to driving condition, traf- not operate upon detecting a colli- stop suddenly. And the load in the fic on the road, weather, road con- sion risk even with other braking vehicle may endanger passengers. dition, etc. systems normally operating. Therefore, always be mindful of the • The FCA system may not activate • The FCA operates only for the load volume in the vehicle. to all types of vehicles. vehicle / pedestrian in front, while driving forward. It does not operate • The FCA system may not activate for any animals or vehicles in the if the driver applies the brake pedal opposite direction. to avoid risk of collision. • The FCA can not recognize cross- • The FCA system does not operate traffic or parked vehicles present- when the vehicle is in reverse. In ing a sideprofile. these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5 56 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 57

Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system Recognizing vehicles - The driver's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too The FCA is an assistant system for a The sensor may be limited when: much reflection or too much back- driver in a certain risky driving condi- - The radar or the camera is con- light that obscures the field of view) tion and it does not take every taminated with foreign substances. - There is severe irregular reflection responsibility for all risks from driving - It heavily rains or snows. condition. from the radar sensor - There is interruption by electric - The vehicle in front is driving errat- The FCA monitors the driving situa- waves. tions through the radar and the cam- ically era sensor. Thus, for a situation out - There is severe irregular reflection - The vehicle is driven near areas of the sensing range, the FCA may from the radar. containing metal substances such not operate normally. The driver - The vehicle in front has a narrow as a construction zone, railroad, should use caution in the following body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle) etc. situations. The FCA operation may - The driver’s view is unclear due to - Backlight is reflected in the direc- be limited. the backlight, the reflected light, or tion of the vehicle (including front darkness. light from the vehicle ahead) - The camera cannot contain the full - Moisture on the windshield is not image of the vehicle in front. completely removed or frozen. - The vehicle in front is a special - The weather is misty. vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded - The vehicle in front does not turn truck or a trailer. ON the rear lights, does not have - The outside brightness is greatly rear lights, has asymmetric rear changed, such as entering/exiting lights, or has rear lights out of a tunnel. angle. - The vehicle driving is unstable. - The vehicle is on unpaved or - The radar/camera sensor recogni- uneven rough surfaces, or roads tion is limited. with sudden gradient changes.

557 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 58

Driving your vehicle

- The vehicle is moving under ground - When the back light is projected in level or inside a building. the direction of the vehicle's motion - If a sudden change in the sensor (including the headlights of vehi- recognition takes place while driv- cles) ing over the speed bump, - Road sign, shadow on the road, - When the vehicle is severely shaken, tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial pavement - When driving around circular intersection after the vehicle in front, - If the front of the camera lens is contaminated by front glass tinting, film, water repellent coating, dam- OUM054040L age on glass, foreign matter (sticker, insect, etc.) - Driving on a curve - The radar or camera or camera The FCA performance decreases lens is damaged. while driving on a curve. The FCA may not recognize the vehicle in front - If the headlights of the vehicle are even in the same lane. It may unnec- not used at night or in the tunnel essarily produce the warning mes- section, or the light is too weak sage and the warning alarm, or it - If street light or the light of the vehi- may not produce the warning mes- cle coming from the opposite is sage and the warning alarm at all. reflected or when sunlight direction While driving on a curve, exercise is reflected by the water on the caution, and, if necessary, depress road surface the brake pedal.

5 58 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 59

Driving your vehicle

Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle. Always take a look around the vehicle for your safety before activating the FCA system.

OUM054041L OUM054042L The FCA system may recognize a - Driving on a slope vehicle in the next lane when driving The FCA performance decreases on a curved road. while driving upward or downward on In this case, the system may unnec- a slope, not recognizing the vehicle essarily alarm the driver and apply in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning the brake. message and the warning alarm, or it Always pay attention to road and may not produce the warning mes- driving conditions, while driving. If sage and the warning alarm at all. necessary, depress the brake pedal When the FCA suddenly recognizes to reduce your driving speed in order the vehicle in front while passing to maintain a safe distance. over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

559 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 60

Driving your vehicle

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

OUM054043L OUM054046L - Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic, When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you front of you, the FCA system may not merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec- necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to to maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe distance.

5 60 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 61

Driving your vehicle

Recognizing pedestrians - There is an item similar to a per- The sensor may be limited when: son's body structure - The pedestrian is not fully detected - The pedestrian is small by the camera recognition system, - The pedestrian has impaired for example, if the pedestrian is mobility leaning over or is not fully walking - The sensor recognition is limited upright - It is difficult to detect and distin- - The pedestrian is moving very guish the pedestrian from other quickly or appears abruptly in the objects in the surroundings, for camera detection area example, when there is a group of OUM054048L - The pedestrian is wearing clothing pedestrians or a large crowd that easily blends into the back- - Recognizing the vehicle - If a sudden change in the sensor ground, making it difficult to be recognition takes place while driv- Detecting the vehicle in front of you If detected by the camera recogni- ing over the speed bump, the vehicle in front of you has cargo tion system that extends rearward from the cab, - When the vehicle is severely shak- - The outside lighting is too bright en, or when the vehicle in front of you (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight has higher ground clearance, addi- or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. - When driving around circular inter- tional special attention is required. when driving on a dark rural road section after the vehicle in front, The FCA system may not be able to at night) - If the front of the camera lens is detect the cargo extending from the contaminated by front glass tinting, vehicle. In these instances, you must film, water repellent coating, dam- maintain a safe braking distance age on glass, foreign matter (stick- from the rearmost object, and if nec- er, insect, etc.) essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

561 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 62

Driving your vehicle

- The radar or camera or camera • Pay great caution to the vehicle in lens is damaged. WARNING - Testing the front, when it has heavy loading - If the headlights of the vehicle are FCA extended rearward, or when it has not used at night or in the tunnel The FCA does not operate in higher ground clearance. section, or the light is too weak certain situations. Thus, never • The FCA system is designed to - If street light or the light of the vehi- test-operate the FCA against a detect and monitor the vehicle cle coming from the opposite is person or an object. It may ahead or detect a pedestrian in the reflected or when sunlight is cause a severe injury or even roadway through radar signals and reflected by the water on the road death. camera recognition. It is not surface designed to detect bicycles, motor- cycles, or smaller wheeled objects - When the back light is projected in WARNING - FCA and such as luggage bags, shopping the direction of the vehicle's motion carts, or strollers. (including the headlights of vehi- Towing • The FCA does not operate in a cer- cles) Cancel the FCA in the User tain situation. Thus, never test- Settings on the LCD display, - Road sign, shadow on the road, operate the FCA against a person before towing another vehicle. tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial or an object. It may cause a severe While towing, the brake applica- pavement injury or even death. - If the moisture on the front wind- tion may adversely affect your vehicle safety. • When replacing or reinstalling the shield is not entirely removed or it windshield, front bumper or is frozen radar/camera after removal, have - The weather is foggy ✽ NOTICE the vehicle inspected by an author- - The radar/camera sensor recogni- The system may temporarily cancel ized Kia dealer. tion is limited. due to the strong electric waves.

5 62 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 63

Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE To set cruise control speed: to program the vehicle to maintain a • During normal cruise control constant speed without depressing operation, when the SET switch is the accelerator pedal. activated or reactivated after This system is designed to function applying the brakes, the cruise above approximately 20 mph (30 control will energize after approx- km/h). imately 3 seconds. This delay is If the cruise control is left on, normal. (CRUISE indicator light in the instru- • To activate cruise control, depress ment cluster illuminated) the cruise the brake pedal at least once after control can be switched on acciden- turning the ignition switch to the tally. Keep the cruise control system ON position or starting the engine. off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) This is to check if the brake switch OUM058022CN when the cruise control is not in use, which is important part to cancel to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. cruise control is in normal condi- 1.Press the CRUISE button on the Use the cruise control system only tion. steering wheel to turn the system when traveling on open highways in on.The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate. good weather. - Misuse of WARNING 2.Accelerate to the desired speed, Do not use the cruise control when Cruise Control driving in heavy or varying traffic, or which must be more than 20 mph Do not use cruise control if the on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- (30 km/h). traffic situation does not allow ered) or winding roads or over 6% you to drive safely at a constant up-hill or down-hill roads. speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.

563 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 64

Driving your vehicle

On a steep grade, the vehicle may To increase cruise control set slow down or speed up slightly while speed: going downhill.

OUM058023L

OUM058024L Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+) and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Release the lever at the speed you want. OUMA048551 • Move the lever up (to RES+) and 3.Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising release it at the desired speed. The speed will increase by 1.0 mph (2 set speed in the instrument cluster km/h ) each time the lever is operat- will display. Release the accelera- ed in this manner. tor at the same time. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.

5 64 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 65

Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do speed: the cruise control on: one of the following: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OUM058023L OUM058025CN Follow either of these procedures: • Depress the brake pedal. • Move the lever down (to SET-) and • Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto- hold it. Your vehicle will gradually matic transmission. slow down. Release the lever at the • Press the CANCEL switch. speed you want to maintain. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower • Move the lever down (to SET-) and than the memory speed by 12 mph release it immediately.The cruising (20 km/h). speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (2 km/h) each time the lever is operat- • Decrease the vehicle speed to less ed in this manner. than approximately 15 mph (25 km/h).

565 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 66

Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do cruise control operation (The set more than approximately 20 one of the following: speed in the instrument cluster will mph (30 km/h): go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move the lever up (to RES+). You will return to your previously preset speed.

OUM058022CN OUM058024L • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off). to cancel cruising speed and the sys- • Turn the ignition off. tem is still activated, the most recent Both of these actions will cancel the set speed will automatically resume cruise control operation. If you want when you move the lever up. to resume the cruise control opera- It will not resume, however, if the tion, repeat the steps provided in “To vehicle speed has dropped below set cruise control speed” on the pre- approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). vious page.

5 66 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 67

Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued) - Smart cruise control sys- • Use the smart cruise control tem Inadvertent Activation system only when traveling on open highways in good • If the smart cruise control weather. systemis left on (CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster • Do not use the smart cruise illuminated), it can be activat- control when it may not be ed inadvertently. Keep the safe to keep the car at a con- smart cruise control system stant speed. For instance. off (CRUISE indicator turn off) - Highway interchange and OUMA058290 when the smart cruise control tollgate ➀ Cruise indicator systemis not in use to avoid - Road surrounded by abnor- ➁ setting a speed which the mally multiple steel con- Set speed driver is not aware of. ➂ structions (subway con- Vehicle-to-vehicle distance • The smart cruise control sys- struction, steel tunnel, etc) temis a supplemental system - Parking lot The smart cruise control system and is not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the - Lanes beside guard rail on a allows you to program the vehicle to road maintain constant speed and dis- responsibility of the driver to tance detecting the vehicle ahead always check the speed and - Slippery road with rain, ice, without depressing the accelerator or distance to the vehicle ahead. or snow covered brake pedal. (Continued) - Abrupt curved road - Steep hills - Windy roads - Off roads (Continued)

567 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 68

Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) - Roads under construction • The smart cruise control sys- • Unexpected situations may - Rumble strip tem cannot recognize a lead to possible accidents. stopped vehicle, pedestrians Pay attention continuously to - When driving near crash or an oncoming vehicle. barriers road conditions and driving Always look ahead cautiously even when the smart cruise - When driving on a sharp to prevent unexpected and control system is being oper- curve sudden situations from occur- ated. - When the vehicle sensing ring. ability decreases due to • Pay particular attention to the vehicle modification result- driving conditions whenever ing level difference of the using the smart cruise control vehicle's front and rear system. - When driving in heavy traffic • Be careful when driving or when traffic conditions downhill using the SCC. make it difficult to drive at a • Limited visibility (rain, snow, constant speed smog, etc.) - When driving on rainy, icy, or • Cruise function should not be snow covered roads used when the vehicle is - When driving with limited being towed to prevent any view (possibly due to bad damage. weather, such as fog, snow, • Always set the vehicle speed rain or sandstorm) under the speed limit in your (Continued) country. (Continued)

5 68 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 69

Driving your vehicle

Smart cruise control switch Speed setting CANCEL : Cancels cruise control (smart cruise control system) operation. To set Smart Cruise Control Speed: CRUISE :Turns cruise control system on or off. RES + : Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET - :Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance OUM058023L 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle OUM058022CN to vehicle distance on the LCD 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn screen will illuminate. the system on. The CRUISE indi- 4. Release the accelerator pedal. cator in the instrument cluster will The desired speed will automati- illuminate. cally be maintained. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the • 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 120 mph speed may decrease to maintain the (200 km/h) : when there is no distance to the vehicle ahead. vehicle in front On a steep grade, the vehicle may • 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 120 mph (200 slow down or speed up slightly while km/h) : when there is a vehicle in going uphill or downhill. front

569 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 70

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle speed may decrease on an To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruise control upward slope and increase on a speed: set speed: ownward slope. The speed will be set to 20 mph when there is a vehicle ahead and your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 20 mph.

OUM058024L OUM058023L Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you Release the lever at the speed you want. want. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately.The cruising release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0 speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the km/h) each time you move the lever lever up (to RES+) in this manner. down (to SET-) in this manner. • Smart cruise control system will • You can set the cruise control to operate to a maximum setting of 120 above 20 mph (30 km/h). mph (200 km/h). However all local speed limit laws must be followed.

5 70 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 71

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the Smart cruise control system will Cancelled automatically cruise control on: be temporarily canceled when: • The driver's door is opened. If you want to speed up temporarily • The shift lever is shifted to N when the cruise control is on, (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking). depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (electronic parking brake) Increased speed will not interfere is applied. with cruise control operation or change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 130 mph (210 km/h) To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator. • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising • The ESC is turned off. speed will be set again. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or OUM058349CN blocked with foreign matter. ✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually • When the vehicle is stopped for over 5 minutes. Be careful when accelerating tem- The smart cruise control system is porarily, because the speed is not temporarily canceled when the brake • The driver starts driving by pushing regulated automatically at this time pedal is depressed or the CANCEL the lever up (RES +) or down even if there is a vehicle in front of button is pressed. The speed and (SET -) or depressing the acceler- you. vehicle to vehicle distance indicator ator pedal approximately 3 sec- on the cluster will disappear and the onds after the vehicle is stopped by CRUISE indicator is illuminated con- the smart cruise control system tinuously. with no other vehicle ahead or a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The engine speed is in dangerous range.

571 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 72

Driving your vehicle

• The smart cruise control system • Engine has some problems. has malfunctioned. Each of these actions will cancel the • The accelerator pedal is continu- smart cruise control system opera- ously depressed for long time. tion. (The set speed and vehicle-to- • When the braking control is operat- vehicle distance on the LCD display ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance will go off.) Assist(FCA) If the smart cruise control system is • The vehicle is stopped for more cancelled automatically, the smart than 5 minutes. cruise control system will not resume even though the RES+ or • The driver starts driving by pushing SET- lever is moved. the toggle switch up (RES+)/down OUM058291L (SET-) or depressing the accelera- ✽ tor pedal, after the vehicle is If the smart cruise control system is NOTICE stopped by the Smart Cruise cancelled by a reason not men- If the system is automatically can- Control system with no other vehi- tioned, have the system checked by celled, the warning chime will sound cle ahead. an authorized Kia dealer. and a message will appear for a few • The vehicle stops and goes repeat- seconds. You must adjust the vehicle edly for a long period of time. speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road • When the parking brake is locked. conditions ahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.

5 72 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 73

Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set To turn cruise control off: speed: WARNING - Following Distance • To avoid collisions, always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart cruise control system. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. OUM058022CN OUM058024L Press the CRUISE button. (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator in the instrument CRUISE button was used to cancel cluster will go off). cruising speed and the system is still When the Smart Cruise Control activated, the cruising speed will System is not needed, press the automatically resume when you [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the move the lever up/down (to RES+ or system. SET-). If you move the lever up (to RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. It will only resume below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) when a vehicle is in the front.

573 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 74

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle to vehicle distance The vehicle to vehicle distance will For example, if you drive at 56 mph setting (Smart cruise control automatically activate when the (90 km/h), the distance is maintained system) smart cruise control system is on. as follows; To set vehicle to vehicle distance: Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet vehicle speed. (52.5 m) Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Each time the button is pressed, the (40 m) vehicle to vehicle distance changes Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet as follows: (32.5 m) Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet (25 m) Distance 1 ✽ NOTICE OUM058352L The distance is set to the last set dis- This function allows you to program tance when the system is used for the the vehicle to maintain relative dis- first time after starting the engine. tance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.

5 74 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 75

Driving your vehicle

When the lane ahead is clear : When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :

OUMA058293 OUMA058294

OUMA058402 The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

OUMA058295 OUMA058296

575 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 76

Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set In heavy traffic speed, when the lane ahead is clear. • The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, OUM058297L your vehicle will travel at a steady If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: OUM058298L cruising speed after accelerating to less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves the selected speed. to the next lane, the warning chime Use switch or pedal to accelerate • The warning chime sounds and will sound and a message will • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the LCD display blinks if it is hard to appear. vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if maintain the selected distance to Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi- the vehicle ahead of you starts the vehicle ahead. cles or objects that can suddenly moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops • If the warning chime sounds, appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal according to the for more than 3 seconds, you must actively adjust the vehicle speed by depress the accelerator pedal or depressing the brake pedal road condition ahead and driving condition. push up the toggle switch (RES+) according to the road condition to start driving. ahead and driving condition. • Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

5 76 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 77

Driving your vehicle

• If you push the smart cruise control Radar to detect distance to the Radar check message toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while vehicle ahead Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with EPB (Electronic Parking Brake))

OUM058299L OUMA058054 When the sensor lens cover is blocked The sensor detects distance to the with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart vehicle ahead. Cruise Control System operation may If the sensor is covered with dirt or stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warn- other foreign matter, the vehicle to ing message will appear on the LCD vehicle distance control may not display. Remove any dirt, snow, or operate correctly. debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Always keep the sensor clean. Cruise Control System. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning ON the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).

577 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 78

Driving your vehicle

Smart cruise control system mal- • Always keep the sensor and function message bumper clean. CAUTION - Sensor • Use only a genuine Kia sensor Damage cover for your vehicle. To prevent sensor cover dam- • Do not install accessories around age from occurring, wash the the sensor and do not replace the car with a soft cloth. bumper by yourself. It may interfere with the sensor performance. • Impact damage to the sensor or sensor area may cause the sensor to move slightly off position and result in the smart cruise control system not operating correctly OUM058300L without any warning or indicator from the cluster. If this occurs, have The message will appear when the your vehicle checked by an author- vehicle to vehicle distance control ized Kia dealer as soon as possi- system is not functioning normally. ble. Take your vehicle to an authorized • Use only a genuine Kia sensor Kia dealer and have the system cover for your vehicle. Do not paint checked. anything on the sensor cover. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly.

5 78 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 79

Driving your vehicle

To adjust the sensitivity of To convert to cruise control 1.Turn the smart cruise control sys- smart cruise control system mode: tem on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be The sensitivity of vehicle speed activated). when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be 2.Push the distance to distance adjusted. Go to the User Settings switch for more than 2 seconds. Mode (Driver Assistance) and select 3.Choose between "Smart cruise SCC Reaction (Smart Cruise control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise Control). You may select one of the control (CC) mode". three stages you prefer. When using the cruise control mode, • Slow: you must manually assess the dis- Vehicle speed following the front tance to other vehicles as the system vehicle to maintain the set distance OUM058301L will not automatically brake to slow is slower than normal speed. down for other vehicles. • Normal: When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE Vehicle speed following the front button is used after the engine is vehicle to maintain the set distance turned on, the Smart Cruise Control is normal mode will turn on. • Fast: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed. OUM058357L The driver may choose to only use ✽ NOTICE the cruise control mode (speed con- The system remembers the last trol function) by doing as follows: selected mode.

579 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 80

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system On curves The smart cruise control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

OUM054041L

OUM054040L • Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent • On curves, the smart cruise control lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by system may not detect a moving depressing the brake pedal vehicle in your lane, and then your according to the road condition vehicle could accelerate to the set ahead and driving condition. Apply speed. Also, the vehicle speed will the accelerator pedal and select rapidly slow down when the vehicle the appropriate set speed. Check ahead is recognized suddenly. to be sure that the road conditions • Select the appropriate set speed permit safe operation of the smart on curves and adjust your vehicle cruise control system. speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.

5 80 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 81

Driving your vehicle

On inclines Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.

OUM054042L OUM054043L • During uphill or downhill driving, the • A vehicle which moves into your smart cruise control system may lane from an adjacent lane cannot not detect a moving vehicle in your be recognized by the sensor until it lane, and cause your vehicle to is in the sensor's detection range. accelerate to the set speed. Also, • The sensor may not detect imme- the vehicle speed will rapidly slow diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- down when the vehicle ahead is denly. Always pay attention to the recognized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions. • Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your on inclines and adjust your vehicle lane is slower than your vehicle, speed by depressing the accelera- your speed may decrease to main- tor or brake pedal according to the tain the distance to the vehicle road condition ahead. ahead.

581 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 82

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the liftgate - While making turns by steering - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves OUM054044L Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal accord- • Your vehicle may accelerate when OUM054045L a vehicle ahead of you disappears. ing to the road condition ahead and Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. • When you are warned that the cannot be recognized by the sensor vehicle ahead of you is not detect- as follows: ed, drive with caution. - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads

5 82 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 83

Driving your vehicle

OUM054046L OUM054047L OUM054048L • When vehicles are at a standstill • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles and the vehicle in front of you when your vehicle is maintaining a that are taller with higher clear- changes to the next lane, be care- distance with the vehicle ahead. ance, or vehicles carrying loads ful when your vehicle starts to that stick out of the back of the move because it may not recognize vehicle. the stopped vehicle in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

583 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 84

Driving your vehicle

- After an engine start, please stop WARNING WARNING - Inclines & for several seconds. If system ini- - Safe Use of smart cruise Towing tialization is not completed, the control system Do not use smart cruise control smart cruise control system does The smart cruise control system system on steep inclines or not normally operate. can provide you with an addition- when towing another vehicle or - After an engine start, if any objects al level of safety and fatigue trailer since such extreme load- are not detected or the sensor reduction. However you must ing can interfere with your vehi- cover is obscured with foreign sub- maintain careful observation of cle's ability to maintain the stances, there is a possibility that the roadway in front and around selected speed. the smart cruise control system you and maintain control of your system may not work. vehicle and spacing around - The following conditions may other vehicles as you normally cause a malfunction: over-loading would. For example, this will the liftgate, suspension modifica- require you to apply the brakes tion, tire replacement with unau- as needed when coming upon a thorized tires or tires with different slower moving vehicle, or when a tread wear and pressure levels. vehicle from another lane drives - The smart cruise control system quickly in front of you. cannot guarantee the stop for every emergency situation. If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. - Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.

5 84 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 85

Driving your vehicle

- The smart cruise control system This device complies with Part 15 Radio frequency radiation expo- cannot recognize a stopped vehi- of the FCC rules. sure information: cle, pedestrians or an oncoming Operation is subject to the following This equipment complies with FCC vehicle. Always look ahead cau- three conditions: radiation exposure limits set forth for tiously to prevent unexpected and an uncontrolled environment. suddensituations from occurring. 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This equipment should be installed - When other vehicles are changing and operated with minimum distance lanes in front of you frequently, the 2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter- of 20 cm between the radiator smart cruise control system may (antenna) and your body. not operate appropriately. Always ference that may cause undesired look ahead cautiously to prevent operation. This transmitter must not be co-locat- unexpected and sudden situations 3. Changes or modifications not ed or operating in conjunction with from occurring. expressly approved by the party any other antenna or transmitter. - The smart cruise control system is responsible for compliance could not a substitute for safedriving void the user’s authority to operate practices but a convenience func- the device. tion only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. - Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. - Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.

585 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 86

Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM ■ Type A • SMART mode : SMART mode SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO " COMFORT " SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits. • COMFORT mode : COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding. • SPORT mode : SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding. OUM058358L • ECO mode : ECO mode improves OUMA054036 ■ Type B fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving. If it is in ECO or SMART mode, the each mode will be set when the engine is restarted. (However, if it is in COMFORT/SPORT mode, the driving mode will be set to COM- FORT mode when the engine is restarted.) OUM058359L

OUMA058037 The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition. The mode changes whenever the DRIVE MODE button is turned. OUM058360L

5 86 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 87

Driving your vehicle

SMART mode selects the • The vehicle starts in COMFORT ✽ NOTICE SMART proper driving mode mode, when the engine was turned • When you mildly drive the vehicle among ECO, COMFORT OFF in SMART mode. in SMART mode, the driving and SPORT by judging • SMART mode automatically con- mode changes to ECO mode to the driver's driving habits trols the vehicle driving, such as improve fuel efficiency. However, (i.e. mild or dynamic) gear shifting patterns, engine the actual fuel efficiency may dif- from the brake pedal torque, riding quality (if equipped fer in accordance with your driv- depression or the steer- with the electronic suspension sys- ing situations (i.e. upward/down- ing wheel operation. tem), and power distribution (if ward slope, vehicle equipped with the All-Wheel Drive deceleration/acceleration). • Press the DRIVE MODE button to (AWD) system), in accordance with • When you dynamically drive the activate SMART mode. When the driver's driving habits. vehicle in SMART mode by SMART mode is activated, the abruptly decelerating or sharply indicator illuminates on the instru- curving, the driving mode changes ment cluster. to SPORT mode. However, it may • The indicator illuminates in blue, adversely affect fuel economy. when the driver's driving is categorized to be mild. It illuminates in white, when the driver's driving is categorized to be normal. It illuminates in red, when the driver's driving is categorized to be dynamic during abrupt braking or sharp curving.

587 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 88

Driving your vehicle

Various driving situations, which you • The driving mode automatically Limitation of SMART mode may encounter in SMART mode changes to SMART SPORT, when The SMART mode may be limited in • The driving mode automatically you abruptly accelerate the vehicle following situations. (The OFF indica- changes to ECO mode after a cer- or repetitively operate the steering tor illuminates in those situations.) wheel (Your driving is categorized tain period of time, when you gen- • The driver manually moves the to be sporty.). In this mode, your tly depress the accelerator pedal shift lever : It deactivates SMART vehicle drives in a lower gear for (Your driving is categorized to be mode. The vehicle drives, as the abrupt accelerating/decelerating mild.). driver manually moves the shift and increases the engine brake • The driving mode automatically lever. performance. changes from SMART ECO mode • The cruise control is activated : • You may still sense the engine to SMART COMFORT mode after The cruise system may deactivate brake performance, even when you a certain period of time, when you the SMART mode. When a higher release the accelerator pedal in sharply or repetitively depress the system is set by the cruise system, SMART SPORT mode. It is accelerator pedal. it starts to control vehicle speed because your vehicle remains to • The driving mode automatically and deactivates SMART mode. be in a lower gear over a certain changes to SMART COMFORT (SMART mode is not deactivated period of time for next acceleration. mode with the same driving pat- just by activing the cruise system.) Thus, it is a normal driving situa- terns, when the vehicle starts to tion, not indicating any malfunc- • The transmission oil temperature is drive on an upward slope of a cer- tion. either extremely low or extremely tain angle. The driving mode auto- high : The SMART mode can be • The driving mode automatically matically returns to SMART ECO active in most of the normal driving changes to SMART SPORT mode mode, when the vehicle enters a situations. However, an extremely only in harsh driving situations. In leveled road. high/ low transmission oil tempera- most of the normal driving situa- ture may temporarily deactivate the tions, the driving mode sets to be SMART mode, because the trans- either in SMART ECO mode or in mission condition is out of normal SMART COMFORT mode. operation condition.

5 88 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 89

Driving your vehicle

SPORT mode • When SPORT mode is activated: ECO mode SPORT mode manages - The engine rpm will tend to When the Drive Mode is SPORT the driving dynamics by remain raised over a certain ECO set to ECO mode, the automatically adjusting length of time even after releas- engine and transmission the steering effort, and ing the accelerator control logic are changed the engine and trans- - Upshifts are delayed when accel- to maximize fuel efficiency. mission control logic for erating • When ECO mode is selected by enhanced driver per- pressing the DRIVE MODE button, formance. the ECO indicator will illuminate. ✽ NOTICE • When SPORT mode is selected by • If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, pressing the DRIVE MODE button, In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency when the engine is turned OFF the SPORT indicator will illuminate. may decrease. and restarted the Drive Mode set- • Whenever the engine is restarted, ting will remain in ECO mode. the Drive Mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode ✽ is desired, re-select SPORT mode NOTICE from the DRIVE MODE button. Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.

589 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 90

Driving your vehicle

When ECO mode is activated: Limitation of ECO mode operation: • The acceleration response may be If the following conditions occur while slightly reduced if the accelerator ECO mode is operating, the system pedal is depressed moderately. operation is limited even though • The air conditioner performance there is no change in the ECO indi- may be limited. cator. • The shift pattern of the automatic • When the coolant temperature is transmission may change. low: • The engine noise may get louder. The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor- The above situations are normal mal. conditions when ECO mode is activated to improve fuel efficiency. • When driving up a hill: The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because engine torque is restricted. • When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift lever in manual mode. The system will be limited according to the shift location.

5 90 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 91

Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) When the system detects the vehicle ✽ NOTICE straying from its lane, it alerts the • Driver is responsible for being driver with a visual and audible warn- aware of surroundings and steering, while applying a slight counter- ing the vehicle for safe driving steering torque, trying to prevent the practices. vehicle from moving out of its lane. • LKA SYSTEM helps prevent the driver from moving out of the lane WARNING unintentionally by assisting the Do not turn the steering wheel driver’s steering. However, the OUMA058032 suddenly when the vehicle is system is just a convenience func- being directed by the LKA sys- tion and the steering wheel is not tem. This can result in a sudden always controlled. While driving, loss of control and crash of the the driver should pay attention to vehicle. the steering wheel. • The operation of the LKA SYS- TEM can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.

OUM054149 The Lane Keeping Assist System detects the lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver’s steering to help keep the vehicle in the lanes.

591 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 92

Driving your vehicle

• Do not disassemble a front view • When the lane markers are hard to ✽ NOTICE camera temporarily for tinted win- detect, please refer to “Driver’s • If the vehicle speed is high, steer- dow or attaching any types of coat- Attention”. ing torque for assistance will not ings and accessories. If you disas- • Do not remove or damage the be enough to keep your vehicle semble the camera and assemble related parts of LKA SYSTEM. within the lane. If so, the vehicle it again, take your vehicle to an may move out of its lane. Obey authorized Kia dealer and have the • Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflects light such as mir- speed limit when using LKA SYS- system checked to need a calibra- TEM. tion. rors, white paper, etc. it may cause malfunction of LKA SYSTEM if the • If you attach objects to the steer- • When you replace the windshield sunlight is reflected. ing wheel, the system may not glass, front view camera or related • You may not hear warning sound of assist steering. parts of the steering, take your • If you attach objects to the steer- vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer LKA SYSTEM because of the excessive audio sound. ing wheel, hands off alarm may and have the system checked to not work properly. need a calibration. • If you continue to drive with your • The system detects lane markers hands off the steering wheel, the and controls the steering wheel by LKA SYSTEM will stop controlling a front view camera, therefore, if the steering wheel after the hands the lane markers are hard to off alarm. After then, if you drive detect, the system may not work with your hands on the steering properly. Always be cautious when wheel, the control will be activated using the system. again.

5 92 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 93

Driving your vehicle

LKA SYSTEM operation If you press the LKA SYSTEM button LKA SYSTEM activation again, the indicator on the cluster • To see the LKA SYSTEM screen display will go off. on the LCD display in the cluster, The color of indicator will change Tab to the Assist mode ( ). depend on the condition of LKA • For further details, refer to [menu SYSTEM. settings] in chapter 4, [crash pad]. - White : Sensor does not detect the • After LKA SYSTEM is activated, if lane marker or vehicle both lane markers are detected, speed is less than 40 mph vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 (64 km/h). km/h) and all the activation condi- - Green : Sensor detects the lane tions are satisfied, a green steering marker and system is able wheel indicator will illuminate and OUMA058031 to control the steering. the steering wheel will be controlled. To activate/deactivate the LKA SYS- TEM: WARNING With the ignition switch in the ON The Lane Keeping Assist position, press the LKA SYSTEM System is a system to help pre- button located on the instrument vent the driver from leaving the panel on the lower left hand side of lane. However, the driver should the driver. not solely rely on the system The indicator in the cluster display but always check the road con- will initially illuminate white. ditions when driving. When the indicator (white) activated in the previous ignition cycle, the system turns on without any control.

593 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 94

Driving your vehicle

When the conditions below are met, Warning LKA SYSTEM will be enable to assist steering. • Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h). • Both lane markers are detected by LKA SYSTEM. • The vehicle is between the lane markers. OUM048470L If LKA SYSTEM can assist steering, a green steering wheel indicator will OUM048471L illuminate.

OUM048482L

• If the speed of the vehicle is over OUM048473L 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color • If the vehicle leaves a lane, the changes from gray to white. lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display.

5 94 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 95

Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle moves out its lane ✽ NOTICE because steering torque for assis- • The warning message may appear tance is not enough, the line indi- late according to road conditions. cator of deviation direction will Therefore, always have your blink. hands on the steering wheel while • If all the conditions to activate LKA driving. SYSTEM are not satisfied, the sys- • If you hold the steering wheel tem will convert to LDW system lightly, the system would generate (Lane Departure Warning) and hands off warning because LKAS warn the driver only when the driv- OUM048474L can treat the situation as you do er crosses the lane lines. not grab the wheel.

If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after several seconds, the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the sys- OUM048475L tem will start controlling the steering If the driver takes hands off the steer- wheel. ing wheel for several seconds while the LKA is activated, the system will warn the driver.

595 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 96

Driving your vehicle

• The driver is responsible for accu- ✽ NOTICE The system will be cancelled when: rate steering. • Even though the steering is assist- • You change lanes with the turn sig- • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may nal. ed by the system, the driver may control the steering. - Using the turn signal to change control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heav- lanes. • Turn off the system and drive the ier when the steering wheel is - If you change lanes without the vehicle in below situations. assisted by the system than when it turn signal on, the steering wheel - In bad weather is not. might be controlled. - In bad road condition • LKA SYSTEM can transit to steer- - When the steering wheel needs ing assist mode when the car is to be controlled by the driver fre- near to middle of the lane after sys- quently. tem on or the lane was changed. LKA SYSTEM can not assist steer- • The steering wheel may feel heav- ing if the vehicle follows lane mark- ier when the steering wheel is er too close continuously before assisted by the system than when transition to steering assist mode. it is not. • The control of ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The steering will not be assisted when your drive fast on a sharp curve. • The steering will not be assisted when vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph (180 km/h).

5 96 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 97

Driving your vehicle

• The steering will not be assisted DRIVER’S ATTENTION - The lane marker is very thick or thin. when you change lanes fast. The driver must be cautious in the • The steering will not be assisted below situations may not work - The lane marker is not visible when you brake suddenly. properly when recognition of the due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle • The steering will not be assisted lane marker is poor or limited : or other factors. when the lane is very wide or nar- When lane and road condition is - A shadow is on the lane marker row. poor because of a median strip, guardrail, noise barriers and • The steering will not be assisted - It is difficult to distinguish the others. when only one side lane marker is lane marker from road when the detected. lane marker is covered with dust - When the lane markers are com- • There are more than two lane or sand. plicated or a structure substi- tutes for the lines such as a markers such as a construction - It is difficult to distinguish the construction area. area. color of the lane marker from • Radius of a curve is too small. road. - There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • When you turn steering wheel sud- - There is something looks like a denly, the LKA SYSTEM will be lane marker. - The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. disabled temporarily. - The lane marker is indistinct or • Driving on a steep slope or hill. damaged. - The lane marker in a tunnel is covered with dirt or oil and etc. - The number of lanes increases/ decreases or the lane lines are crossing (Driving through a toll plaza/toll gate, merged/divided lane). - There are more than two lane markers.

597 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 98

Driving your vehicle

When external condition is inter- When front visibility is poor LKA SYSTEM malfunction vened - The lens or windshield is cov- - The brightness of outside ered by strange materials. changes suddenly when enter- - The sensor cannot detect the ing/existing a tunnel or passing lane because of fog, heavy rain under a bridge. or snow. - The headlamps are not on at - The windshield is fogged by night or in a tunnel, or light level humid air in the vehicle. is low. - Putting something on the crash - There is a boundary structure in pad and etc. the roadway. - The light of street, sun, oncoming vehicle and so on reflects WARNING OUM048476L from the water on the road. The Lane Keeping Assist If there is a problem with the system - When light shines brightly in the System is a system to help pre- a message will appear. If the problem reverse direction you drive. vent the driver from leaving the continues the LKA system fail indica- lane. However, the driver should - The distance from the vehicle tor will illuminate. not solely rely on the system ahead is very short or the vehi- but always take the necessary cle ahead drives hiding the lane actions for safe driving prac- line. tices. - You drive on a steep grade or a sharp curve. - The vehicle vibrates heavily. - The temperature near inside mirror is very high due to direct sun light and etc.

5 98 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 99

Driving your vehicle

LKA system fail indicator When there is a problem with the sys- LKA SYSTEM Function The LKA system fail indicator (yel- tem do one of the following: Change low) will illuminate with an audible • Turn the system on after turning The driver can change LKA to Lane warning if the LKA system is not the engine off and on again. Departure Warning System (LDW working properly. In this case, have • Check if the ignition switch is in the system) or change the LKA SYSTEM the system checked by an authorized ON position. mode between Std. Lane Keeping Kia dealer. • Check if the system is affected by Assist and Active Lane Keep. Assist the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, from the User Settings Mode on the etc.) LCD display. • Check if there is foreign matter on The driver can choose them by plac- the camera lens ing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting ‘User Settings’, ‘Driver Assistance’, and ‘Lane Safety’. If the problem is not solved, have the The system is automatically set to system checked by an authorized Std. Lane Keeping Assist. Kia dealer.

599 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 100

Driving your vehicle

Lane Departure Warning Active Lane Keep. Assist LDW alerts the driver with a visual The active LKA mode provides more and acoustic warning when the sys- frequent steering wheel control in tem detects the vehicle leaving the comparison with the Standard LKA lane. In this mode, the steering wheel mode. Active LKA can reduce the dri- will not be controlled. When the vehi- ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for cle’s front wheel contacts the inside maintaining the vehicle in the middle edge of lane line, LKA SYSTEM of the lane. issues the lane departure warning.

Std. Lane Keeping Assist The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate from the lanes.

5 100 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 101

Driving your vehicle

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED) (1) Blind spot area (3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic The BCW range varies relative to Collision Warning) vehicle speed. Note that if your The RCCW feature monitors vehicle is traveling much faster approaching cross traffic from the than the vehicles around you, the left and right side of the vehicle warning will not occur. when your vehicle is in reverse. (2) Closing at high speed The feature will operate when the vehicle is moving in reverse The BCW-Closing at high speed below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If feature will alert you when a vehi- oncoming cross traffic is detected cle is approaching in an adjacent a warning chime will sound. lane at a high rate of speed. If the Distance from approaching vehi- driver activates the turn signal cle can be seen differently when the system detects an according to the relative speed. oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert. Distance from approaching vehicle can be seen differently according to the relative speed. OUM056176L The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. The system monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and a indicator on the outside rearview mirrors

5101 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 102

Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision When the system is not used turn the WARNING Warning) system off by turning off the switch. - BCW Limitations Operating conditions When the system is turned on the • The Blind-Spot Collision warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- Warning System (BCW) is a onds on the outside rearview mirror. supplemental system. Do not solely rely on the system and always pay attention to drive safely. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System may not detect every object alongside the vehicle and is not a substitute for proper and safe lane changing procedures. Always drive safely and use OUMA058027 caution when changing lanes. The indicator on the switch will illuminate when the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) switch is pressed with the engine start/stop Button ON. If vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph (30 km/h), the system will activate. If you press the switch again, the switch indicator and system will be turned off. If the vehicle is turned off, the system will remember the last settings upon restart.

5 102 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 103

Driving your vehicle

Warning type 1st stage 2nd stage The system will activate when: 1. The system is on. 2. Vehicle speed is above 20 mph (30 km/h). 3. Other vehicles are detected in the rear side.

WARNING The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System and Rear OUM054028 OUM054029 Cross-Traffic Collision Warning If a vehicle is detected within the The second stage alarm will activate is not a substitute for proper and boundary of the system, a warning when: safe lane changing procedures. light will illuminate on the outside 1.The first stage alert is on rearview mirror. Always drive safely and use cau- 2.The turn signal is on to change a tion when changing lanes. The If the detected vehicle is not in lane Blind-Spot Collision Warning detecting range, the warning will turn System may not detect every off. object alongside the vehicle. When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror and an alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to the original position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

5103 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 104

Driving your vehicle

- The second stage alarm may be Detecting sensor RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic deactivated. Collision Warning) • To activate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Driver Assistance and select “Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on the LCD display. • To deactivate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Driver Assistance and deselect “Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on the LCD display. OUMA058030 ✽ NOTICE The sensors are located inside of the OYP054026K rear bumper. The alarm function helps alert the When your vehicle moves backwards driver. Deactivate this function only Always keep the rear bumper clean from a parking position, the sensor when it is necessary for the system to work properly. detects approaching vehicles to the left or right side direction and gives information to the driver.

5 104 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 105

Driving your vehicle

Operating conditions Warning type • If the vehicle detected by sensors • Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic approaches your vehicle, the warn- Collision Warning) in “User ing chime will sound and the warn- Settings” under “Driver Assistance” ing light will blink on the outside on the instrument cluster. The sys- rearview mirror. tem will turn on and standby to • If the detected vehicle is out of activate. detection range, moving away in the • Select RCCW again, to turn the opposite direction or moving slow, system off. or if the vehicle is right behind your vehicle, if the direction of the other • If the vehicle is turned off, the OYG056144L vehicle is not heading towards your RCCW system will remember the vehicle, the warning is cancelled. last settings upon restart. Always turn the RCCW system off when • The system may not operate prop- not in use. erly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to • The system operates when the your surroundings. vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10km/h) with the shift lever in R (Reverse).

• The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic OUM058312L Collision Warning) detecting range is 1.6 feet ~ 65 feet based on the side direction. If the approaching vehicle speed is 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36 km/h) within sensing range, it is detected. However, the system sensing range can vary based on conditions. Always pay attention to your surroundings. OUM058311L

5105 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 106

Driving your vehicle

❈ If your vehicle's left or right side ✽ NOTICE bumper is blinded by a barrier or (Continued) • Drive safely even though the • The system may not work proper- vehicles, the system sensing abili- ly if the bumper has been replaced ty may be deteriorated. vehicle is equipped with a BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) or if repair work has been done system. Do not solely rely on near the sensor. WARNING the system but check for your- • The detection area differs accord- self before changing lanes. ing to the road's width. If the road • The Blind-Spot Collision is narrow the system may detect Warning System and Rear The system may not alert the other vehicles in the next lane. Cross-Traffic Collision driver in some conditions so • If the road is very wide the system Warning is not a substitute for always check the surround- may not detect other vehicles. proper and safe lane chang- ings while driving. • The system may turn off due to ing procedures. Always drive strong electromagnetic interfer- safely and use caution when ence. changing lanes. The Blind- When the BCW system is being acti- Spot Collision Warning vated, the warning light on the out- System may not detect every side rearview mirror will illuminate object alongside the vehicle. whenever a vehicle is detected at the (Continued) rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.

5 106 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 107

Driving your vehicle

Warning message If the system does not work normally even though the foreign substance, trailer or carrier, or other equipment is removed, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked. It is possible to get the message with no foreign substance on the rear bumper, for example, when driving in sparse rural or open area, such as desert, where there is insufficient data for operation. OUM058310L This message may also activate dur- OUM058309L If the system does not work properly, ing heavy rain or due to road spray. a warning message will appear and The message will appear to notify In this case, the vehicle does not the light on the switch will turn off.The the driver if there are foreign sub- system will turn off automatically. stances on the surface or inside the need service. rear bumper or it is hot near the rear When the cargo area or other equip- bumper. The light on the switch and ment is being used, turn all functions Have your vehicle inspected by an the system will be turned off auto- of the system [OFF]. authorized Kia dealer. matically. Remove the foreign substance on the rear bumper. After the foreign substance is removed, if you drive for approximately 10 minutes, the system will work normally.

5107 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 108

Driving your vehicle

Non-operating condition DRIVER’S ATTENTION (Continued) Outside rearview mirror may not The driver must be cautious in the - There is a fixed object near the alert the driver when: below situations, because the sys- vehicle, such as a guardrail, - The outside rearview mirror housing tem may not detect other vehicles pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc. is damaged or covered with debris. or objects in certain circumstances. - A big vehicle is near such as a - The window is covered with debris. - The vehicle drives on a curved bus or truck. - The windows are severely tinted. road or through a tollgate. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. - The sensor is polluted with rain, - A flat trailer is near. snow, mud, etc. - If the vehicle has started at the - The rear bumper, in which the same time as the vehicle next to sensor is located, is covered or you and has accelerated. blocked with a foreign matter - When the other vehicle passes such as a sticker, a bumper at a very fast speed. guard, a bicycle stand, etc. - While changing lanes. - The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original - When going down or up a steep default position. road where the height of the lane is different. - The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a - When the other vehicle liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, approaches very close. etc. - When a trailer or carrier is - The vehicle drives in a bad installed. weather such as heavy rain or - When the temperature of the snow. rear bumper is very high or low. (Continued) (Continued)

5 108 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 109

Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) This device complies with Part 15 - When the sensors are blocked - The vehicle is driven near areas of the FCC rules. by other vehicles, walls or park- containing metal substances Operation is subject to the following ing-lot pillars. such as a construction zone, two conditions: - When the detected vehicle also railroad, etc. 1. This device may not cause harm- moves back, as your vehicle - When the surrounding vehicle ful interference, and drives back. or structure is driving in a wide 2. This device must accept any inter- - If there are small things like area (desert, field, suburb etc.) ference received, including inter- Shopping cart, baby carriage and ference that may cause undesired pedestrians. operation. - If there is low height vehicle like sport vehicle. - When other vehicles are close to your vehicle. - When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. - When driving through a narrow road with many plants. - When driving on wet surface. (Continued)

5109 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 110

Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW), System setting and activation • The driver can select the Driver system is to warn the driver with any Attention Warning system mode. System setting hazardous driving situations upon - Off : The Driver Attention Warning • The Driver Attention Warning sys- detecting the driver's fatigue level or system is deactivated. inattentive driving practices. tem is set to be in the OFF position, when your vehicle is first - Normal : The Driver Attention delivered to you from the factory. Warning system alerts the driver of his/her fatigue level or inatten- • To turn ON the Driver Attention tive driving practices. Warning system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User - Early : The Driver Attention Settings → Assist → Driver Warning system alerts the driver Attention Warning → Normal/Early' of his/her fatigue level or inatten- on the LCD display. tive driving practices faster than Normal mode. • The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re-started.

5 110 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 111

Driving your vehicle

Display of the driver's attention - Select 'User Settings Mode' and Take a break level then 'Assist' on the LCD display. (For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 4.) • The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is. • The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. • The number increases when the OUM048478L driver attentively drives for a cer- OUM048479L tain period of time. • The "Consider taking a break" • When the driver turns on the sys- message appears on the LCD dis- tem while driving, it displays ‘Last play and a warning sounds in order Break time’ and level reflected that. to suggest the driver to take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1. • The Driver Attention Warning system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving OUM048477L time is shorter than 10 minutes. • The driver can monitor their driving conditions on the LCD display.

5111 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 112

Driving your vehicle

Resetting the system - The engine is turned OFF. System disabled - The driver unfastens the seat belt The Driver Attention Warning system and then opens the driver’s door. enters the ready status and displays - Stop lasting more than 10 min- the 'Disabled' screen in the following utes. situations. • The driver attention warning sys- - The camera sensor keeps failing to tem operates again, when the driv- detect the lanes. er restarts driving. - Driving speed remains under 37mph (60 km/h) or over 112 mph (180 km/h).

OUM048480L • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning system. • The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations.

5 112 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 113

Driving your vehicle

System malfunction ✽ NOTICE WARNING The Driver Attention Warning sys- The Driver Attention Warning tem utilizes the camera sensor on the system is not a substitute for front windshield for its operation. safe driving practices, but a To keep the camera sensor in the convenience function only. It is best condition, you should observe the responsibility of the driver the followings: to always drive cautiously to - Do not disassemble camera tem- prevent unexpected and sud- porarily for tinted window or den situations from occurring. attaching any types of coatings and Pay attention to the road condi- accessories. If you disassemble a tions at all times. camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia OUM048481L ✽ dealer and have the system When the “Check System” warning NOTICE checked to need a calibration. message appears, the system is not • It may suggest a break according - Do not locate any reflective working properly. In this case, have to the driver’s driving pattern or objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) the vehicle inspected by an author- habits even if the driver doesn’t over the dashboard. Any light ized Kia dealer. feel fatigued. reflection may cause a mal-func- • The driver, who feels fatigued, tion of the Driver Attention should take a break, even though Warning (DAW) system. there is no break suggestion by the - Pay extreme caution to keep the Driver Attention Warning system. camera sensor out of water. - Do not arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning system warning sounds

5113 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 114

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) The Driver Attention Warning sys- • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. tem may not properly operate with • The vehicle drives on a bumpy limited alerting in the following situ- road. ations: • The vehicle drives through a • The lane detection performance is windy area. limited. (For more information, • The vehicle is controlled by the fol- refer to “Lane Keeping Assist lowing driver assistance systems: System (LKA system)” in this - Lane Keeping Assist System chapter.) (LKA system) • The vehicle is violently driven or is - forward collision-avoidance abruptly turned for obstacle assist (FCA) System. avoidance (e.g. construction area, - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) other vehicles, fallen objects, System bumpy road). • Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe- in/toe-out alignment). (Continued)

5 114 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 115

Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

5115 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 116

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during motion engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you Never turn the engine off to prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. coast down hills or anytime the In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can vehicle is in motion. The power your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. steering and power brakes will up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds not function properly without • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset the engine running. In addition, Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when turning off the ignition while very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. driving could engage the steer- bucking. If this happens, shift to a ing wheel lock resulting in loss lower gear. Over-revving is racing of vehicle steering. Keep the the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating engine on and downshift to an This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- appropriate gear for engine the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an braking effect. authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.

5 116 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 117

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Sports Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- significantly higher rollover rate than • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive other types of vehicles. SUV's have distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when higher ground clearance and a nar- stalled in ice, snow, or mud. rower track to make them capable of • Avoid sudden braking or steering. performing in a wide variety of off- • When braking with non-ABS road applications. Specific design brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting characteristics give them a higher a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with an auto- center of gravity than ordinary vehi- the vehicle is stopped. matic transmission while driv- cles. An advantage of the higher Do not pump the brake pedal on a ing on slippery surfaces. The ground clearance is a better view of vehicle equipped with ABS. sudden change in tire speed the road, which allows you to antici- could cause the tires to skid pate problems. They are not and result in an accident. designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

5117 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 118

Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your (Continued) WARNING roof rack with heavy cargo, and • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- Your vehicle is equipped with never modify your vehicle in any way. ed person is significantly tires designed to provide safe more likely to die than a per- ride and handling capability. Do son wearing a seat belt. Make WARNING - Rollover not use a size and type of tire sure everyone in the vehicle is and wheel that is different from As with other Sports Utility properly buckled up. the one that is originally Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate installed on your vehicle. It can this vehicle correctly may result affect the safety and perform- in loss of control, an accident or ance of your vehicle, which vehicle rollover. could lead to steering failure or • Utility vehicles have a signifi- rollover and serious injury. cantly higher rollover rate When replacing the tires, be than other types of vehicles. sure to equip all four tires with • Specific design characteris- the tire and wheel of the same tics (higher ground clearance, size, type, tread, brand and narrower track, etc.) give this load-carrying capacity. If you vehicle a higher center of nevertheless decide to equip gravity than ordinary vehicles. your vehicle with any tire/wheel • A SUV is not designed for cor- combination not recommended nering at the same speeds as by Kia for off road driving, you conventional vehicles. should not use these tires for • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt highway driving. maneuvers. (Continued)

5 118 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 119

Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering CAUTION - Vehicle rocking If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Prolonged rocking may cause first turn the steering wheel right and engine overheating, transmis- left to clear the area around your sion damage or failure, and tire front wheels. Then, shift back and damage. forth between R (Reverse) and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission. Do CAUTION - Spinning tires not race the engine, and spin the Do not spin the wheels, espe- wheels as little as possible. If you are cially at speeds more than 35 still stuck after a few tries, have the mph (56 km/h). Spinning the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to wheels at high speeds when the OUM054141L avoid engine overheating and possi- vehicle is stationary could ble damage to the transmission. cause a tire to overheat which Avoid braking or gear changing in could result in tire damage that corners, especially when roads are may injure bystanders. wet. Ideally, corners should always WARNING - Sudden be taken under gentle acceleration. If Vehicle Movement you follow these suggestions, tire Do not attempt to rock the vehi- The ESC system should be turned wear will be held to a minimum. cle if people or objects are near- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. by. The vehicle may suddenly move forward or backwards as it becomes unstuck.

5119 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 120

Driving your vehicle

Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it OUM054140 OUM058139L will take several seconds for your Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. remember: Here are a few things to consider • Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: tance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

5 120 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 121

Driving your vehicle

• A heavy rainfall will make it harder Driving in flooded areas Driving off-road to see and will increase the dis- Avoid driving through flooded areas Drive carefully off-road because your tance needed to stop your vehicle, unless you are sure the water is no vehicle may be damaged by rocks or so slow down. higher than the bottom of the wheel roots of trees. Become familiar with • Keep your windshield wiping hub. Drive through any water slowly. the off-road conditions where you equipment in good shape. Replace Allow adequate stopping distance are going to drive before you begin your windshield wiper blades when because brake performance may be driving. they show signs of streaking or affected. missing areas on the windshield. After driving through water, dry the Highway driving • If your tires are not in good condi- brakes by gently applying them sev- tion, making a quick stop on wet eral times while the vehicle is moving Tires pavement can cause a skid and slowly. Adjust the tire inflation pressures to possibly lead to an accident. Be specification. Low tire inflation pressure your tires are in good shape. sures will result in overheating and • Turn on your headlights to make it possible failure of the tires. easier for others to see you. Avoid using worn or damaged tires • Driving too fast through large pud- which may result in reduced traction dles can affect your brakes. If you or tire failure. must go through puddles, try to Never exceed the maximum tire drive through them slowly. inflation pressure shown on the tires. • If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.

5121 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 122

Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine WARNING - Under/over oil inflated tires High speed travel consumes more Always check the tires for proper fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- inflation before driving. get to check both the engine coolant Underinflated or overinflated and engine oil. tires can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to acci- Drive belt dents, injuries, and even death. A loose or damaged drive belt may For proper tire pressures, refer to result in overheating of the engine. “Tires and wheels” in section 8.

WARNING - Tire tread Always check the tire tread before driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires can result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" in section 7.

5 122 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 123

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- other problems. To minimize the may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of problems of winter driving, you or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the should follow these suggestions: If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions. tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid- affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig- rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tires.You should drive applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids. Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire chains.

5123 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 124

Driving your vehicle

Tire chains When using tire chains, attach them Chain installation to the drive wheels as follows. When installing chains, follow the FWD/AWD : Front wheels manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as you can. CAUTION - Snow chains Drive slowly with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the Make sure the snow chains are body or chassis, stop and tighten the correct size and type for them. If they still make contact, slow your tires. Incorrect snow down until it stops. Remove the chains can cause damage to the chains as soon as you begin driving vehicle body and suspension on cleared roads. and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away OUMA058136 from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Since the sidewalls of radial tires are Hazard Warning flashers and place a thinner, they can be damaged by triangular emergency warning device mounting some types of snow chains behind the vehicle if available. on them. Therefore, the use of snow Always place the vehicle in P (Park), tires is recommended instead of apply the parking brake and turn off snow chains. Do not mount tire the engine before installing snow chains on vehicles equipped with chains. aluminum wheels; snow chains may cause damage to the wheels. If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than 0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.

5 124 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 125

Driving your vehicle

• The use of chains may adversely Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to “winter weight” oil affect vehicle handling. col coolant if necessary • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended or the chain manufacturer’s recom- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" mended speed limit, whichever is cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lower. coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you holes, sharp turns, and other road ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized hazards, which may cause the pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. vehicle to bounce. to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel Check spark plugs and igni- braking. schedule in section 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure tion system that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as CAUTION - Snow chains the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace the winter. them if necessary. Also check all • Chains that are the wrong size ignition wiring and components to be or improperly installed can sure they are not cracked, worn or damage your vehicle's brake Check battery and cables damaged in any way. lines, suspension, body and wheels. Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect • Stop driving and retighten the the battery and cables as described chains any time you hear them in section 7. The level of charge in hitting the vehicle. your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station.

5125 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 126

Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing Don’t let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu- To keep the locks from freezing, freeze mulate underneath squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to happen and interfere with the steering. When an approved de-icing fluid to remove when there is an accumulation of driving in severe winter conditions the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, snow or ice around or near the rear where this may happen, you should you may be able to thaw it out by brakes or if the brakes are wet. If periodically check underneath the using a heated key. Handle the heat- there is a risk the parking brake may vehicle to be sure the movement of ed key with care to avoid injury. freeze, apply it only temporarily while the front wheels and the steering you put the gear shift lever in P components are not obstructed. (Park, automatic transmission) and Use approved window washer block the rear wheels so the vehicle anti-freeze in system cannot roll. Then release the parking Carry emergency equipment To keep the water in the window brake. Depending on the severity of the washer system from freezing, add an weather, you should carry appropri- approved window washer anti-freeze ate emergency equipment. Some of solution in accordance with instruc- the items you may want to carry tions on the container. Window wash- include tow straps or chains, flasher anti-freeze is available from an light, emergency flares, sand, shov- authorized Kia dealer and most auto el, jumper cables, window scraper, parts outlets. Do not use engine gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- coolant or other types of anti-freeze ket, etc. as these may damage the paint finish.

5 126 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 127

Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING If you are considering towing with Remember that trailering is different your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight limits than just driving your vehicle by itself. with your country's Department of Before towing, make sure the Trailering means changes in han- Motor Vehicles to determine their total trailer weight, GCW (gross dling, durability, and fuel economy. legal requirements. combination weight), GVW Successful, safe trailering requires Since laws vary the requirements for (gross vehicle weight), GAW correct equipment, and it has to be towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross axle weight) and trailer used properly. vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask tongue load are all within the an authorized Kia dealer for further limits. This section contains many time- details before towing. tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are CAUTION - Trailer WARNING - Towing a important for your safety and that of installation trailer your passengers. Please read this Follow instructions in this sec- section carefully before you pull a Always check your towing tion when pulling a trailer. trailer. equipment to confirm correct Pulling a trailer improperly can equipment size and installation damage your vehicle and result before use. Using incompatible Load-pulling components such as in costly repairs not covered by or incorrectly installed trailer the engine, transmission, wheel your warranty. equipment can effect the vehi- assemblies, and tires are forced to cle operation and endanger you work harder against the load of the and your passengers. added weight. The engine is required Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* To to operate at relatively higher speeds identify what the vehicle trailering and under greater loads. This addi- You may require an additional wiring capacity is for your vehicle, you harness connector to install a trailer tional burden generates extra heat. should read the information in The trailer also adds considerably to hitch. Please contact an authorized “Weight of the trailer” that appears Kia dealer for more details. wind resistance, increasing the later in this section. pulling requirements.

5127 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 128

Driving your vehicle

Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak- hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the your state’s regulations and that it is a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the properly installed and operating cor- right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it rectly. follow: becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weight exceeds the • Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may maximum allowed weight without the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur- trailer brakes, then the trailer will also install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer. require its own brakes as well. Be be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom- sure to read and follow the instruc- when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough able to install, adjust and maintain bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail- them properly. exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to • Don’t tap into or modify your vehi- as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground. cle's brake system. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not - Trailer brakes attach rental hitches or other WARNING bumper-type hitches to them. Use Do not use a trailer with its own only a frame-mounted hitch that brakes unless you are absolute- does not attach to the bumper. ly certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This • Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- is not a task for amateurs. Use able at an authorized Kia dealer. an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.

5 128 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 129

Driving your vehicle

Driving with a trailer Following distance Making turns Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the When you’re turning with a trailer, amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when make wider turns than normal. Do out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. this so your trailer won’t strike soft to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- or other objects near the edge of the braking with the added weight of the den turns. road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu- trailer. And always keep in mind that vers. Signal well in advance before turning or lane changes. the vehicle you are driving is now a Passing good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by You’ll need more passing distance itself. up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased Before you start, check the trailer vehicle length, you’ll need to go hitch and platform, safety chains, much farther beyond the passed electrical connector(s), lights, tires vehicle before you can return to your and mirror adjustment. If the trailer lane. Due to the added load to the has electric brakes, start your vehicle engine when going uphill the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the may also take longer to pass than it trailer brake controller by hand to be would on flat ground. sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time. Backing up During your trip, check occasionally Hold the bottom of the steering to be sure that the load is secure, wheel with one hand. Then, to move and that the lights and any trailer the trailer to the left, just move your brakes are still working. hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

5129 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 130

Driving your vehicle

Turn signals when towing a trailer Driving on grades When you tow a trailer, your vehicle CAUTION Reduce speed and shift to a lower has to have a different turn signal Always use an approved trailer gear before you start down a long or flasher and extra wiring. The green wiring harness. Failure to use steep downgrade. If you don’t shift arrows on your instrument panel will an approved trailer wiring har- down, you might have to use your flash whenever you signal a turn or ness could result in damage to brakes so much that they would get lane change. Properly connected, the vehicle electrical system. hot and no longer operate efficiently. the trailer lights will also flash to alert On a long uphill grade, shift down other drivers you’re about to turn, and reduce your speed to around 45 change lanes, or stop. mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possi- When towing a trailer, the green bility of engine and transmission arrows on your instrument panel will overheating. flash for turns even if the bulbs on the If your trailer weighs more than the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may maximum trailer weight without trail- think drivers behind you are seeing er brakes and you have an automat- your signals when, in fact, they are ic transmission, you should drive in D not. It’s important to check occasion- (Drive) when towing a trailer. ally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) lights every time you disconnect and when towing a trailer will minimize then reconnect the wires. heat build up and extend the life of your transmission. Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness. An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness.

5 130 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 131

Driving your vehicle

Towing up hill Parking on hills 5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, • When towing a trailer on steep Generally, if you have a trailer shift to neutral, release the parking grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attached to your vehicle, you should brake and slowly release the attention to the engine coolant not park your vehicle on a hill. People brakes until the trailer chocks temperature gauge to ensure the can be seriously or fatally injured, absorb the load. engine does not overheat. and both your vehicle and the trailer 6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the If the needle of the coolant temper- can be damaged if they unexpected- parking brake and shift the vehicle ature gauge moves across the dial ly roll downhill. to P (Park) for automatic transmis- towards “H” (HOT), pull over and However, if you ever have to park sion. stop as soon as it is safe to do so, your trailer on a hill, here's how to do 7.Shut off the vehicle and release the and allow the engine to idle until it it: vehicle brakes but leave the park- cools down.You may proceed once 1.Pull the vehicle into the parking ing brake set. the engine has cooled sufficiently. space. Turn the steering wheel in • You must decide driving speed the direction of the curb (right if depending on trailer weight and headed downhill, left if headed up uphill grade to reduce the possibil- hill). ity of engine and transmission 2.If the vehicle has an automatic overheating. transmission, place the vehicle in P (Park). 3.Set the parking brake and shut off the engine. 4.Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.

5131 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 132

Driving your vehicle

When you are ready to leave after Maintenance when trailer tow- parking on a hill ing CAUTION - Air condition 1. With the automatic transmission in Your vehicle will need service more Do not use the A/C while using P (Park), apply your brakes and often when you regularly pull a trail- your vehicle to tow uphill. Due hold the brake pedal down while er. Important items to pay particular to higher load during trailer you: attention to include engine oil, auto- usage, overheating might occur • Start your engine; matic transmission fluid, axle lubri- on hot days or during uphill driving. • Shift into gear; and cant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to • Release the parking brake. frequently check. Each item is cov- 2. Slowly remove your foot from the ered in this manual, and the Index • When towing check transmission brake pedal. will help you find them quickly. If fluid more frequently. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to of the chocks. review these sections before you 4. Stop and have someone pick up start your trip. and store the chocks. Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight.

5 132 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 133

Driving your vehicle

If you do decide to pull a trailer [lbs.(kg)] Here are some important points if Item Theta II 2.4 Lambda II 3.3 you decide to pull a trailer: Without brake • Consider using a sway control. You 1,650 (750) 1,650 (750) can ask a hitch dealer about sway System Maximum control. With brake trailer 2,000 (907) 2,000 (907) • Do not do any towing with your System vehicle during its first 1,200 miles weight With trailer 2WD : 3,500 (1,587) (2,000 km) in order to allow the - engine to properly break in. Failure package 4WD : 5,000 (2,267) to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission Maximum tongue weight 280 (127) 350 (159) damage. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should • When towing a trailer, be sure to read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec- consult an authorized Kia dealer tion. for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)). • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • The chart contains important con- siderations that have to do with weight:

5133 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 134

Driving your vehicle

Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load. After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight WARNING - Trailer C190E01JM C190E02JM Always follow the loading What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an instructions provided with your a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure trailer. Improper loading can than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross effect vehicle operation and trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi- result in an accident. too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that depend on any special equipment weight. that you have on your vehicle.

5 134 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 135

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label

OUMA054204/OUMA054205/OUMA054206/OUMA054207/OUMA054208/OUMA054209 The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5135 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 136

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity: 5 persons : 930 lbs. (420kg) Total - 5 persons * 2.4 L Engine 7 persons : 1,120 lbs. (506kg) (Front seat : 2 persons, Without trailer brakes Rear seat : 3 persons) Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- : 1,650 lbs. (750 kg) - 7 persons mum combined weight of occupants With trailer brakes and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped (Front seat : 2 persons, with a trailer, the combined weight Rear seat : 5 persons) : 2,000 lbs. (907 kg) includes the tongue load. With trailer package Seating capacity is the maximum : N/A number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. * 3.3L Engine However, the seating capacity may Without trailer brakes be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight : 1,650 lbs. (750 kg) of the cargo being carried or towed. With trailer brakes Do not overload the vehicle as there : 2,000 lbs. (907 kg) is a limit to the total weight, or load With trailer package limit including occupants and cargo, : 2WD : 3,500 lbs. (1,587 kg) the vehicle can carry. 4WD : 5,000 lbs. (2,267 kg)

Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight, your vehicle can tow.

5 136 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 137

Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct 5.Determine the combined weight of The cargo capacity of your vehicle load limit luggage and cargo being loaded will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement “The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu- your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4. ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail- 2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi- the driver and passengers from cle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4.The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5137 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 138

Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs A A A Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 300 lbs 750 lbs 860 lbs B Weight B Weight B Weight (136 kg) (340 kg) (390 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 172 lbs (78 kg) × 5 Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs Available Cargo and 540 lbs C C C Luggage weight (499 kg) Luggage weight (295 kg) Luggage weight (245 kg) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5 138 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 139

Driving your vehicle

Certification label To find out the actual loads on your The label will help you decide how front and rear axles, you need to go much cargo and installed equipment to a weigh station and weigh your your vehicle can carry. vehicle.Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center- If you carry items inside your vehicle line. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop WARNING - Over loading or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, Never exceed the GVWR for the items will keep going and can your vehicle, the GAWR for cause an injury if they strike the driv- either the front or rear axle and er or a passenger. OEN056020 vehicle capacity weight. The certification label is located on Exceeding these ratings can the driver's door sill at the center pil- affect your vehicle’s handling lar. and braking ability. This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

5139 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 140

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Over loading WARNING - Loose cargo Do not overload your vehicle. Do not travel with unsecured Overloading your vehicle can blunt objects in the passenger cause heat buildup in your vehi- compartment of your vehicle cle's tires and possible tire fail- (e.g. suit cases or unsecured ure, increased stopping dis- child seats). These items may tances and poor vehicle han- strike occupant during a sud- dling all of which may result in a den stop or crash. crash.

✽ NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

5 140 UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 141

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment, Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR provide maximum return of the vehi- GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the certification GAWR label: (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers This is the weight of the vehicle are shown on the certification label. including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR. al equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen- when you picked it up from your deal- gers. er plus any aftermarket equipment.

5141 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 1

What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 Towing ...... 6-26 • Hazard warning flashers ...... 6-2 • Towing service ...... 6-26 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-3 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Push-starting ...... 6-7 If the engine overheats...... 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-9 • Check tire pressure ...... 6-9 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-11 6 • Low tire pressure position telltale ...... 6-11 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-13 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 6-15 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-16 • Jack and tools ...... 6-16 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-17 • Changing tires ...... 6-19 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 2

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flashers It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flashers switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flashers switch is located in the center facia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flashers operates whether your vehicle is run- OUMA048542 ning or not. The hazard warning flashers serves • The turn signals do not work when as a warning to other drivers to exer- the hazard flashers is on. cise extreme caution when • Care must be taken when using approaching, overtaking, or passing the hazard warning flashers while your vehicle. the vehicle is being towed.

26 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 3

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1. Reduce your speed gradually, the transmission in P (Park). crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- (Neutral) position and then push the 3. Have all passengers get out of the tiously off the road to a safe place. vehicle. Be sure they all get out on vehicle to a safe place. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. 3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact If you have a flat tire while 4. When changing a flat tire, follow an authorized Kia dealer or seek driving the instruction provided later in other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- this section. ing: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do Do not apply the brakes immedi- so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart ately or attempt to pull off the road the vehicle after it stalls. This may as this may cause a loss of con- reset the car so it will no longer run trol. When the vehicle has slowed at low power condition. to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 4

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING - Push/ but does not start Pull start 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N 1. Check the fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle (Neutral) or P (Park) and the 2. With the ignition switch in the to start it. Push or pull starting emergency brake is set. LOCK position, check all connec- may cause the catalytic con- 2. Check the battery connections to tors at the ignition coils and spark verter to overload and create a be sure they are clean and tight. plugs. Reconnect any that may be fire hazard. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light disconnected or loose. dims or goes out when you oper- 3. Check the fuel line in the engine ate the starter, the battery is dis- compartment. charged. 4. If the engine still does not start, 4. Check the starter connections to call an authorized Kia dealer or be sure they are securely tight- seek other qualified assistance. ened. 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 5

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting - Battery Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid Never attempt to check the elec- harm to yourself or damage to your trolyte level of the battery as vehicle or battery, follow these jump this may cause the battery to starting procedures. If in doubt, we rupture or explode. strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle. WARNING - Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the OUM068046L CAUTION - Push/Pull start to 12 Volt Battery vehicle if the discharged battery Connect cables in numerical order is frozen or if the electrolyte and disconnect in reverse order. Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- level is low as the battery may tem. You can damage a 12-volt rupture or explode. starting motor, ignition system, and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24- volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set).

65 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 6

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to WARNING - Battery 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Keep all flames or sparks away 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct from the battery. The battery nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. produces hydrogen gas which 2.If the booster battery is in another will explode if exposed to flame vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to or sparks. come in contact. WARNING - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper cable WARNING - Sulfuric acid 4.Connect the jumper cables in the from the negative terminal of the risk exact sequence shown in the illus- booster battery to the negative When jump starting your vehicle tration. First connect one end of a terminal of the discharged bat- be careful not to get acid on jumper cable to the positive termi- tery. This can cause the dis- yourself, your clothing or on the nal of the discharged battery (1), charged battery to overheat and vehicle. Automobile batteries then connect the other end to the crack, releasing battery acid. contain sulfuric acid.This is poi- positive terminal of the booster Make sure to connect one end of sonous and highly corrosive. battery (2). the jumper cable to the negative Proceed to connect one end of the terminal of the booster battery, other jumper cable to the negative and the other end to a metalic terminal of the booster battery (3), point, far away from the battery. then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked.

66 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 7

What to do in an emergency

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with Push-starting the booster battery and let it run at Vehicles equipped with automatic 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of transmission lock system cannot be the vehicle with the discharged push-started. battery. Follow the directions in this section If the cause of your battery discharg- for jump-starting. ing is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Tow starting vehicle Never tow a vehicle to start it because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts could cause a collision with the tow vehicle.

67 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 8

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator cap of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns. as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining 2.Place the shift lever in P (Park) and from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the set the parking brake. If the air con- overheating, wait until the engine ditioning is on, turn it off. - Under the temperature has returned to nor- 3.If engine coolant is running out WARNING hood mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, under the vehicle or steam is com- carefully add coolant to the reser- ing out from underneath the hood, While the engine is running, voir to bring the fluid level in the stop the engine. Do not open the keep hair, hands and clothing reservoir up to the halfway mark. away from moving parts such hood until the coolant has stopped 7.Proceed with caution, keeping running or the steaming has as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. alert for further signs of overheat- stopped. If there is no visible loss ing. If overheating happens again, of engine coolant and no steam, call an authorized Kia dealer for leave the engine running and 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- assistance. check to be sure the engine cool- ken or engine coolant is leaking Serious loss of coolant indicates ing fan is operating. If the fan is not out, stop the engine immediately running, turn the engine off. there is a leak in the cooling system and call the nearest authorized Kia and this should be checked as soon dealer for assistance. as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

86 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 9

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check tire pressure • You can change the tire pressure unit in the user settings mode on the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User settings mode” in chapter 4).

CAUTION • The tire pressure may change due to factors such as parking OUMA058403 condition, driving style, and altitude above sea level.

OUM068037L • Low tire pressure warning may sound when a tire’s pres- • You can check the tire pressure in sure unit is equal or higher the information mode on the clus- than nearby tires. This is a ter. normal occurrence, which is - Refer to “User settings mode” in due to the change in tire pres- chapter 4. sure along with tire tempera- • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min- ture. OUM068038L utes later after driving. • The tire pressure shown on (1) Low tire pressure telltale / • If tire pressure is not displayed the dashboard may differ from TPMS malfunction indicator when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive the tire pressure measured by (2) Low tire pressure position telltale to display” message displays. After tire pressure gauge. (Shown on the LCD display) driving, check the tire pressure.

69 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 10

What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire mainte- telltale after replacing one or more when cold and inflated to the inflation nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure recommended by the vehi- bility to maintain correct tire pres- ensure that the replacement or alter- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- sure, even if under-inflation has not nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If reached the level to trigger illumina- to continue to function properly. your vehicle has tires of a different tion of the TPMS low tire pressure size than the size indicated on the telltale. vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- Your vehicle has also been equipped sure label, you should determine the with a TPMS malfunction indicator to proper tire inflation pressure for indicate when the system is not those tires.) operating properly. The TPMS mal- As an added safety feature, your function indicator is combined with vehicle has been equipped with a tire the low tire pressure telltale. When pressure monitoring system (TPMS) the system detects a malfunction, that illuminates a low tire pressure the telltale will flash for approximate- telltale when one or more of your ly one minute and then remain con- tires is significantly under-inflated. tinuously illuminated. This sequence Accordingly, when the low tire pres- will continue upon subsequent vehi- sure telltale illuminates, you should cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- stop and check your tires as soon as tion exists. When the malfunction possible, and inflate them to the indicator is illuminated, the system proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- may not be able to detect or signal cantly under-inflated tire causes the low tire pressure as intended. TPMS tire to overheat and can lead to tire malfunctions may occur for a variety failure. Under inflation also reduces of reasons, including the installation fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and of replacement or alternate tires or may affect the vehicle’s handling and wheels on the vehicle that prevent stopping ability. the TPMS from functioning properly.

6 10 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 11

What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure Inflate the tires to the proper pres- If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure telltale sure as indicated on the vehicle’s indicator does not illuminate for 3 placard or tire inflation pressure label seconds when the ignition switch is located on the driver’s side center pil- turned to the ON position or engine Low tire pressure position tell- lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a is running, or if they remain illumi- tale service station or if the tire cannot nated after coming on for approxi- hold the newly added air, replace the mately 3 seconds, take your vehicle low pressure tire with the spare tire. to your nearest authorized Kia deal- Then the TPMS malfunction indicator er and have the system checked. and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if OUM068038L the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean system warning indicators are illumi- your TPMS is malfunctioning nated, one or more of your tires is because the decreased temperature significantly under-inflated. leads to a proportional lowering of If the telltale illuminates, immediately tire pressure. reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible.

611 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 12

What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a TPMS (Tire Pressure • The TPMS malfunction indicator warm area to a cold area or from a Monitoring System) may be illuminated if the vehicle is cold area to a warm area, or the out- malfunction indicator moving around electric power sup- side temperature is greatly higher or ply cables or radios transmitters lower, you should check the tire infla- The low tire pressure telltale will illu- such as at police stations, govern- tion pressure and adjust the tires to minate after it blinks for approximate- ment and public offices, broadcast- the recommended tire inflation pres- ly one minute when there is a prob- ing stations, military installations, sure. lem with the Tire Pressure airports, or transmitting towers, Monitoring System. If the system is etc. This can interfere with normal When filling tires with more air, con- able to correctly detect an underinfla- ditions to turn off the low tire pres- operation of the Tire Pressure tion warning at the same time as sys- Monitoring System (TPMS). sure telltale may not be met. This is tem failure then it will illuminate both because a tire inflator has a margin the TPMS malfunction and low tire • The TPMS malfunction indicator of error in performance. The low tire pressure position telltales e.g. if may be illuminated if snow chains pressure telltale will be turned off if Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS are used or some separate elec- the tire pressure is above the recom- malfunction indicator illuminates, but tronic devices such as notebook mended tire inflation pressure. if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear computer, mobile charger, remote Right tire is under-inflated, the low starter or navigation etc., are used tire pressure position telltales may in the vehicle. This can interfere WARNING - Low pressure with normal operation of the Tire damage illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator. Pressure Monitoring System Do not drive on low pressure (TPMS). tires. Significantly low tire pres- Have the system checked by an sure can cause the tires to over- authorized Kia dealer as soon as heat and fail making the vehicle possible to determine the cause of unstable resulting in increased the problem. braking distances and a loss of vehicle control.

6 12 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 13

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If an original mounted tire is replaced If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until on the replaced spare wheel should the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and be initiated and the TPMS sensor on Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. the original mounted wheel should replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor tire. tire with the spare tire, the TPMS on the original mounted wheel locat- malfunction indicator may illuminate ed in the spare tire carrier still acti- after a few minutes because the vates, the tire pressure monitoring CAUTION - Repair Agents TPMS sensor mounted on the spare system may not operate properly. Never use a puncture-repairing wheel is not initiated. Have the tire with TPMS serviced or agent not approved by Kia to replaced by an authorized Kia deal- Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- er. repair and/or inflate a low pres- ed to the recommended pressure sure tire. The tire sealant not and installed on the vehicle or the approved by Kia may damage TPMS sensor mounted on the the tire pressure sensor. replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS Each wheel is equipped with a tire malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure sensor mounted inside the pressure telltale will turn off within a tire behind the valve stem. You must few minutes of driving. use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- If the indicator does not turn off after ommended that you always have a few minutes of driving, please visit your tires serviced by an authorized an authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer.

613 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 14

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low • The TPMS cannot alert you to ✽ NOTICE - Protecting TPMS tire by simply looking at it. Always severe and sudden tire damage Tampering with, modifying, or dis- use a good quality tire pressure caused by external factors such as abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring gauge to measure the tire's inflation nails or road debris. System (TPMS) components may pressure. Please note that a tire that • If you feel any vehicle instability, interfere with the system's ability to is hot (from being driven) will have a immediately take your foot off the warn the driver of low tire pressure higher pressure measurement than a accelerator, apply the brakes grad- conditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tire that is cold (from sitting station- ually and with light force, and slow- tions. Tampering with, modifying, ary for at least 3 hours and driven ly move to a safe position off the or disabling the Tire Pressure less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that road. Monitoring System (TPMS) compo- 3 hour period). nents may void the warranty for Allow the tire to cool before measur- that portion of the vehicle. ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors.

6 14 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 15

What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

615 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 16

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools Jacking instructions • Always move the vehicle complete- The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoul- tire changing only. der before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm To prevent the jack from “rattling” level ground. If you cannot find a while the vehicle is in motion, store it firm, level place off the road, call a in the luggage compartment insert towing service company for assis- provided. tance. Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Be sure to use the correct front and the possibility of personal injury. rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any WARNING - Tire Jack other part of the vehicle for jack support. OUM064003 Do not place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is • Do not allow anyone to remain in The jack and wheel lug nut wrench only supported by a jack since the vehicle while it is on the jack. are stored in the luggage compart- the vehicle can easily roll off the • Make sure any children present ment. jack. Use vehicle support are in a secure place away from Open the panel indicated in the illus- stands. the road and from the vehicle to be tration and locate the following tools: raised with the jack. (1) Jack handle (2) Jack WARNING - Changing (3) Wheel lug nut wrench tires (4) Socket Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.

6 16 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 1/11/2018 3:11 PM Page 17

What to do in an emergency

Removing and storing the WARNING spare tire - Running vehicle on jack Do not start or run the engine of the vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as this may cause the vehicle to fall off the jack.

OUM064005 3. Connect the socket and wheel lug nut wrench. OUM064004 4. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to Your spare tire is stored underneath loosen the bolt enough to lower your vehicle, directly below the cargo the spare tire. area. Turn the wrench counterclockwise To remove the spare tire: until the spare tire is resting on the 1. Open the liftgate. ground. 2. Find the spare tire fixing bolt cover and remove the cover (1). If necessary, separate the tool case only after removing the clamp (2).

617 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 18

What to do in an emergency

WARNING Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from “rattling”. Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.

OUM064006 OUM064007 5. After the spare tire is resting on To store the spare tire: the ground, continue to turn the 1. Lay the tire on the ground with the wrench counterclockwise to cre- valve stem facing up. ate more slack in the line, and pull the tire out from underneath the 2. Place the wheel under the vehicle vehicle. Do not continue rotating and install the retainer (1) through the wrench after feeling increased the wheel center. resistance from completely lower- 3. Turn the wrench clockwise until ing the cable, otherwise the spare you feel or hear a click from the tire carrier may be damaged. spare tire being fully seated in the 6. Remove the retainer (1) from the stowed position. center of the spare tire.

6 18 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 19

What to do in an emergency

Changing tires • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.

OUMA068035

OUMA064034 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack and spare tire from the vehi- 1. Park on a level surface and apply cle. the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of the 2. Place the transmission shift lever wheel that is diagonally opposite in P (Park) with automatic trans- from the jack position. mission. 3. Activate the hazard warning flashers.

619 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 20

What to do in an emergency

OUM064021

OUM064008 OUM064010 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench terclockwise one turn each, but do into the jack and turn it clockwise, not remove any nut until the tire raising the vehicle until the tire just has been raised off the ground. clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1 in. (30 mm). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- OUM064009 ble and that there is no chance for 7. Place the jack at the front (1) or movement or slippage. rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack.

6 20 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 21

What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the wheel nuts and Wheels may have sharp edges. 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the remove them with your fingers. Handle them carefully to avoid possi- studs, put the wheel nuts on the Slide the wheel off the studs and ble severe injury. Before putting the studs and tighten them finger lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To wheel into place, be sure that there tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is put the wheel on the hub, pick up is nothing on the hub or wheel (such completely seated, then tighten the spare tire, line up the holes as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre- the nuts as much as possible with the studs and slide the wheel vents the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again. onto them. If this is difficult, tip the against the hub. 11. Insert the wrench into the jack wheel slightly and get the top hole and lower the vehicle to the in the wheel lined up with the top ground by turning the wheel nut stud. Then jiggle the wheel back WARNING - Installing a wrench counterclockwise. and forth until the wheel can slide wheel over the other studs. Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle.

621 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 1/2/2018 6:23 PM Page 22

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION - Reusing lug If the pressure is lower than recom- nuts mended, drive slowly to the nearest Make certain during wheel service station and inflate to the cor- removal that the same nuts that rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust were removed are reinstalled - it until it is correct. Always reinstall or, if replaced, that nuts with the valve cap after checking or metric threads and the same adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap chamfer configuration are used. is not replaced, dust and dirt may get Your vehicle has metric threads into the tire valve and air may leak on the wheel studs and nuts. OUMA068011 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, Installation of a non-metric buy another and install it as soon as thread nut on a metric stud will Then position the wrench as shown possible. not secure the wheel to the hub in the drawing and tighten the wheel properly and will damage the nuts. Be sure the socket is seated After you have changed the wheels, stud so that it must be replaced. completely over the nut. Do not stand always secure the flat tire in its place on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. extension pipe over the wrench han- Note that most lug nuts do not have dle. Go around the wheel tightening metric threads. Be sure to use every nut following the numerical extreme care in checking for thread sequence shown in the image until style before installing aftermarket lug they are all tight. Then double-check nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an each nut for tightness. After changing authorized Kia dealer. wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)

6 22 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 23

What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire WARNING If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 50 mph (80 km/h). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or • You should drive carefully when replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut avoid failure of the spare possi- wrench and spare tire from rattling the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced bly leading to personal injury or while the vehicle is in motion, store death. them in the luggage compartment by the proper conventional tire and insert provided. rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as • The operation of this vehicle is not The compact spare should be inflat- soon as possible after installing the recommended with more than one ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). spare tire. Adjust it to the specified compact spare tire in use at the same time. pressure, if necessary. Refer to ✽ “Tires and wheels” in section 8. NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, as necessary.

623 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 24

What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor • Under no circumstances should smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used higher speed could damage the ground clearance approximately 1 with the compact spare wheel. If tire. inch (25 mm), which could result in such use is attempted, damage to damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com- • Ensure that you drive slow enough ponents may occur. for the road conditions to avoid all • Do not take this vehicle through an hazards. Any road hazard, such as automatic carwash while the com- • Do not use more than one compact a pothole or debris, could serious- pact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time. ly damage the compact spare. • Do not use tire chains on the com- • Do not tow a trailer while the com- • Any continuous road use of this tire pact spare tire. Because of the pact spare tire is installed. could result in tire failure, loss of smaller size, a tire chain will not fit vehicle control, and possible per- properly. This could damage the sonal injury. vehicle and result in loss of the chain. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carry- • Do not use the compact spare tire ing capacity shown on the sidewall on any other vehicle because this of the compact spare tire. tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.

6 24 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 25

What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load • Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under OHYK064001 the frame • Type B 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm OHYK064005 level ground. • Type C 10. Jack manufacturer 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address

OHYK064002 ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

625 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 26

What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service For trailer towing guidelines informa- When being towed by a commercial tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec- tow truck and wheel dollies are not tion 5. used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies WARNING - Side and or flatbed equipment with all the curtain Air bag wheels off the ground. If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the CAUTION ignition switch to LOCK or ACC position when the vehicle is dolly The AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the being towed. ground. This can cause serious The side and curtain air bag damage to the transmission or may deploy when the ignition is the AWD system. ON, and the rollover sensor dolly detects the situation as a OUM064022 On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to rollover. If emergency towing is necessary, tow the vehicle with the rear wheels we recommend having it done by an on the ground (without dollies) and authorized Kia dealer or a commer- the front wheels off the ground. cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting If any of the loaded wheels or sus- and towing procedures are neces- pension components are damaged sary to prevent damage to the vehi- or the vehicle is being towed with the cle. The use of wheel dollies or front wheels on the ground, use a flatbed is recommended. towing dolly under the front wheels.

6 26 UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 27

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

OUM064013 CAUTION - Towing gear position Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission.

OUM064012

CAUTION - Towing • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

627 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 1

Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Wiper blades ...... 7-33 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 • Blade inspection...... 7-33 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 • Blade replacement ...... 7-33 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 Battery...... 7-36 Owner maintenance ...... 7-8 • For best battery service ...... 7-36 • Owner maintenance schedule ...... 7-8 • Battery recharging ...... 7-37 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-10 • Recharging battery ...... 7-38 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-16 • Reset items ...... 7-38 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-20 Tires and wheels ...... 7-39 • Tire care ...... 7-39 Engine oil...... 7-21 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-39 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-21 • Tire pressure ...... 7-40 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-22 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-40 Engine coolant ...... 7-23 • Tire rotation ...... 7-41 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-23 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-42 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-25 • Tire replacement ...... 7-43 Brake fluid ...... 7-26 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-44 • Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-26 • Tire traction ...... 7-44 Washer fluid ...... 7-27 • Tire maintenance...... 7-44 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-27 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-44 7 Parking brake...... 7-28 • All season tires ...... 7-51 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-28 • Summer tires ...... 7-51 Air cleaner...... 7-29 • Snow tires ...... 7-51 • Filter replacement ...... 7-29 • Tire chains ...... 7-51 Climate control air filter ...... 7-31 • Radial-ply tires ...... 7-52 • Filter inspection ...... 7-31 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-52 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 2

Fuses ...... 7-53 • Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-85 • Inner panel fuse replacement...... 7-55 • Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . 7-85 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 7-57 • Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-86 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-60 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-87 Light bulbs ...... 7-71 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb • Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-71 replacement ...... 7-87 • Light bulb position (Front)...... 7-73 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-88 • Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 7-74 • Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-88 • Light bulb position (Side)...... 7-75 • Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-89 • Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement • Room lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-89 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-75 • Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-90 • Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement • Glove box lamp replacement ...... 7-90 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-76 • Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-91 • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement • Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-91 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 • Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-92 • Position lamp (LED type) replacement • Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-92 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 Appearance care...... 7-93 • Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-79 • Exterior care ...... 7-93 • Headlamp (LED type) replacement • Interior care ...... 7-98 7 (Headlamp Type B) ...... 7-79 Emission control system ...... 7-102 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-80 • Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-102 • Front fog lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-80 • Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: • Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-81 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-102 • Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-82 • Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-103 • Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84 California perchlorate notic ...... 7-105 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Positive battery terminal 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Radiator cap 9. Engine oil dipstick 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUM074100L

73 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 4

Maintenance

■ Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.3L) – GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Positive battery terminal 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 10. Radiator cap

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUMA078255

47 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi- to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro- cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. vide you with a high level of service your vehicle, we strongly recom- satisfaction. mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor- trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte- parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor- ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- requirements of your vehicle war- cient servicing may result in opera- ranties. tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an Detailed warranty information is pro- accident, or personal injury. vided in your Warranty & Consumer Information manual. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

75 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 6

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety (Continued) Owner maintenance precau- Corrosion Alert • Immediately seek an inspection of tions The National Highway Traffic your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or Improper or incomplete service may Safety Administration (NHTSA) has result in problems. This section gives issued a general warning to all vehi- scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, instructions only for the maintenance cle owners of all brands regarding items that are easy to perform. the risks associated with vehicle such as soft or spongey brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of As explained earlier in this section, underbody corrosion. From your several procedures can be done only initial purchase, take the following directional control, suspension noises or rattling metal straps. by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- steps to prevent unsafe corrosion cial tools. damage to your vehicle: NHTSA further advises that after • Wash the undercarriage of your a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen- vehicle regularly during the win- tial that you take these indicated ✽ NOTICE maintenance steps to ensure that ter and whenever your vehicle has Improper owner maintenance dur- been exposed to such salts or you protect yourself from unsafe corrosion conditions. ing the warranty period may affect chemicals. warranty coverage. For details, read • Do a thorough washing of the the separate Warranty & Consumer undercarriage at the end of the Information manual provided with winter. the vehicle. If you're unsure about • Use professional service techni- any servicing or maintenance proce- cians or governmental inspection dure, have it done by an authorized stations to annually inspect for Kia dealer. corrosion. (Continued)

67 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 7

Maintenance

WARNING - Maintenance work Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing while working under the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can become entangled in moving parts, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and neck- laces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.

77 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 8

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- coolant reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks WARNING - Hot coolant turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check coolant and steam may blow for unusual sounds, pulling to one out under pressure. side, increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

87 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 9

Maintenance

At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. holes. • Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. and latches. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- tires including the spare. strips. • Check the air conditioning system. At least twice a year • Inspect and lubricate the automat- (i.e., every Spring and Fall): ic transmission linkage and con- • Check the radiator, heater and air trols. conditioning hoses for leaks or • Clean the battery and terminals. damage. • Check the brake fluid level. • Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts.

79 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 10

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance • Towing a trailer or using a camper, Schedule if the vehicle is usually or roof rack operated where none of the following • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other conditions apply. If any of the follow- commercial use of vehicle towing ing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving over 106 mile/h(170 km/h) Conditions. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go • Repeated driving short distance of condition less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles If your vehicle is operated in any of (16 km)in freezing temperature the prior listed conditions, you should • Extensive engine idling or low inspect, replace or refill more fre- speed driving for long distances quently, using the severe usage • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, maintenance schedule instead of the unpaved, graveled or salt-spread normal usage maintenance sched- roads ule. • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust condition • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

7 10 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 11

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Theta II 2.4L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Lambda II 3.3L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Fuel additives *2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km) Spark plugs Lambda II 3.3L GDI Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km) Theta II 2.4L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months Valve clearance *3 Lambda II 3.3L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation. 711 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 12

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Rotate tires Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

7 12 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 13

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I - Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required Rear axle oil (AWD) *5 - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Transfer case oil (AWD) *5 - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Parking brake (Foot Type) - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. *5 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

713 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 14

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 A, B, C, D, E, Theta II 2.4L GDI R Engine oil and months F, G, H, I, J, K engine oil filter Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 A, B, C, D, E, Lambda II 3.3L GDI R months F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K A, C, D, E, Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) F, G, H, I, J Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

7 14 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 15

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION C, D, E, F, Drive shafts and boots I More frequently G, H, I, J

Rear axle oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G C, D, E, F, Propeller shaft I More frequently G, H, I, J Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) E-Driving in heavy dust condition in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic area ing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

715 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 16

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be This gasoline powered vehicle is nections changed at the intervals specified in equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the is integrated with the fuel tank. connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- Regular maintenance or replace- age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter ment is not needed but depends on replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. fuel quality. If there are any fuel relat- parts immediately. ed problems like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting Drive belts problem etc, fuel filter inspection or Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of replacement may be needed. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil The fuel filter be Inspected or should be inspected at the intervals saturation and replace if necessary. replaced by an authorized Kia deal- specified in the maintenance sched- Drive belts should be checked peri- er. ule. Make sure that a new vapor hose odically for proper tension and or fuel filler cap is installed correctly. adjusted as necessary.

7 16 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 17

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Coolant hoses (if equipped) A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is The coolant should be changed at Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is the intervals specified in the mainte- dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. nance schedule. damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and Automatic transmission fluid excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs Automatic transmission fluid should pay particular attention to the hose of the correct heat range. not be checked under normal usage surfaces nearest to high heat conditions. sources, such as the exhaust mani- But in severe conditions, the fluid fold. Valve clearance (if equipped) should be changed at an authorized Inspect the hose routing to assure Inspect for excessive valve noise Kia dealer in accordance to the that the hoses do not come in con- and/or engine vibration and adjust if scheduled maintenance at the begin- tact with any heat source, sharp necessary. An authorized Kia dealer ning of this chapter. edges or moving components which should perform this procedure. might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose Cooling system connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are Check the cooling system compo- secure, and that no leaks are pres- nents, such as the radiator, coolant ent. Hoses should be replaced reservoir, hoses and connections for immediately if there is any evidence leakage and damage. Replace any of deterioration or damage. damaged parts.

717 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 18

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Brake hoses and lines (Continued) Automatic transmission fluid color Visually check for proper installation, 1. Wash the undercarriage of your is usually red. chafing, cracks, deterioration and vehicle regularly throughout the As the vehicle is driven, the auto- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- winter and do a thorough washing matic transmission fluid will begin ed or damaged parts immediately. in the spring to remove road salt to look darker. and other de-icing chemicals. 2. Monitor the brake system for This is normal, and you should not ✽ judge the need to replace the fluid NOTICE - NHTSA Safety signs of corrosion by having regu- based upon the changed color. Corrosion Alert lar professional inspections and NHTSA has warned all vehicle own- watching for signs of problems, ers of all brands that they must including loss of brake fluid, CAUTION maintain their vehicles in a manner unusual leaks and soft or spongy Use only specified automatic which will prevent brake hose and feel in the brake pedal. transmission fluid. The use of a brake line failures due to corrosion 3. Replace the entire brake pipe non-specified fluid could result when such vehicles are exposed to assembly if you find severe corro- in a transmission malfunction winter road salt and related chemi- sion that causes scaling or flaking and failure. (Refer to cals. While serious corrosion condi- of brake components. "Recommended lubricants and tions typically only manifest them- capacities" in chapter 8.) selves as safety issues after 7 years of vehicle use, the corrosion process starts immediately and thus underbody cleaning maintenance must commence from your vehicle's first exposure to road salts and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to take the following steps to prevent corrosion: (Continued)

7 18 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 19

Maintenance

Brake fluid Exhaust pipe and muffler Steering gear box, linkage & Check the brake fluid level in the Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, boots/lower arm ball joint brake fluid reservoir. The level should muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- With the vehicle stopped and engine be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks rioration, or damage. Start the engine off, check for excessive free-play in on the side of the reservoir. Use only and listen carefully for any exhaust the steering wheel. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to gas leakage. Tighten connections or Check the linkage for bends or dam- DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. replace parts as necessary. age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or dam- Parking brake Suspension mounting bolts age. Replace any damaged parts. Inspect the parking brake system Check the suspension connections including the parking brake lever (or for looseness or damage. Retighten Drive shafts and boots pedal) and cables. to the specified torque. Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or Brake discs, pads, calipers damage. Replace any damaged parts and rotors and, if necessary, repack the grease. Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and Air conditioning refrigerant calipers for fluid leakage. Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

719 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 20

Maintenance

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS When checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

7 20 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 21

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. OUMA078257

OUMA078256 If it is near or at L, add enough oil to CAUTION - Replacing bring the level to F. Do not overfill. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level engine oil ground. Do not overfill the engine oil. It Use a funnel to help prevent oil 2. Start the engine and allow it to may damage the engine. from being spilled on engine com- reach normal operating tempera- ponents. ture. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a Use only the specified engine oil. few minutes (about 5 minutes) for (Refer to “Recommended lubricants the oil to return to the oil pan. and capacities” in chapter 8.) 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

721 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 22

Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

CALIFORNIA PROPO- SITION 65 WARNING Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

7 22 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 23

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until it has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap. filled at the factory. WARNING Wrap a thick towel around it, and Check the antifreeze protection and Removing radiator turn it counterclockwise slowly to coolant level at least once a year: at cap the first stop. Step back while the the beginning of the winter season, pressure is released from the cool- and before traveling to a colder cli- ing system. mate. When you are sure all the pressure Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and CAUTION - Radiator cap operating or hot. Doing so continue turning counterclockwise Never attempt to remove the could result in serious personal to remove it. radiator cap while the engine is injury from escaping hot • Even if the engine is not operating, operating or hot. Doing so coolant or steam. do not remove the radiator cap or might lead to cooling system the drain plug while the engine and and engine damage. radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

723 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 24

Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING - Cooling fan • When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. Use caution when working near • The engine in your vehicle has alu- the blade of the cooling fan. The minum engine parts and must be electric motor (cooling fan) is protected by an ethylene-glycol- controlled by engine coolant based coolant to prevent corrosion temperature, refrigerant pres- OUMA074221 and freezing. sure and vehicle speed. it may Check the condition and connections • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol sometimes operate even when of all cooling system hoses and coolant or mix them with the spec- the engine is not running. heater hoses. Replace any swollen ified coolant. or deteriorated hoses. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less The coolant level should be filled than 35% antifreeze. This would between F and L marks on the side reduce the effectiveness of the of the coolant reservoir when the solution. engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

7 24 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 25

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this chapter. Antifreeze Water 5°F (-15°C) 35 65 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 order to prevent the coolant from -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 overflowing into engine parts such as -49°F (-45°C) 60 40 the alternator.

OUM074048L

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

725 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 26

Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine When changing and adding brake oil) can cause damage to the fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it brake system. come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush If the level is low, add fluid to the them with a large quantity of fresh MAX (Maximum) level. The level will tap water. Have your eyes examined fall with accumulated mileage. This is by a doctor as soon as possible. a normal condition associated with OUMA078258 the wear of brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the CAUTION - Brake fluid Check the fluid level in the reservoir brake system checked by an author- Do not allow brake fluid to con- periodically. The fluid level should be ized Kia dealer. between MAX (Maximum) and MIN tact the vehicle's body paint, as (Minimum) marks on the side of the paint damage will result. reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid. Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants Brake fluid, which has been exposed and adding brake fluid, clean the or capacities” in chapter 8.) to open air for an extended time area around the reservoir cap thor- should never be used as its quality oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. cannot be guaranteed. It should be ination. disposed of properly.

7 26 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 27

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid Check the fluid level in the washer level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- WARNING - Coolant sary. Plain water may be used if • Do not use radiator coolant or washer fluid is not available. antifreeze in the washer fluid However, use washer solvent with reservoir. antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- • Radiator coolant can severely mates to prevent freezing. obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield WARNING - Flammable and may cause loss of vehicle Fluid control. Do not allow the washer fluid to come in contact with open flames or sparks.The windshield WARNING - Windshield ODMNMC2019 washer fluid reservoir is flamma- fluid ble under certain circumstances. Do not drink the windshield The reservoir is translucent so that This can result in a fire. you can check the level with a quick washer fluid. The windshield visual inspection. washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.

727 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 28

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OCM050015 Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N (30 kg) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer. Stroke : 8~9 notch

7 28 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 29

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OUM074008 OUMA074009

OUM074007 1. Pull out the air cleaner cover. 2. Unlock by turning the locking lever upward. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. 3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace. You can clean the filter when inspect- 4. Lock the cover with the reverse ing the air cleaner element. order. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

729 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 30

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter main- If the vehicle is operated in extreme- tenance ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the • Do not drive with the air clean- element more often than the usual er removed; this will result in recommended intervals. (Refer to excessive engine wear. “Maintenance under severe usage • When removing the air cleaner conditions” in this chapter.) filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

7 30 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 31

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OUM074011 OUM074012 1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, remove the support strap (1). the stoppers on both sides.

731 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 32

Maintenance

OUM074013 OYP074008K 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter. ter case by pulling out right side of 5. Reassemble in the reverse order the cover. of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

7 32 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 33

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial vehicle washes. If the blades are to move the wipers manually. not wiping properly, clean both the Using any aftermarket wiper blades window and the blades with a good could result in wiper malfunction and cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic vehicle washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

733 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 34

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade Rear window wiper blade

1JBA7037

1LDA5023 OHM078062 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out wiper blade assembly to expose the wiper blade assembly. the plastic locking clip.

CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, 1JBA7038 since it may chip or crack the 2. Compress the clip and slide the windshield. blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

7 34 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 35

Maintenance

OHM078063 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

735 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 36

Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service Always read the following WARNING - Risk of instructions carefully when explosion handling a battery. Keep lit cigarettes and If any electrolyte gets into all other flames or your eyes, flush your eyes sparks away from the with clean water for at least battery. 15 minutes and get immedi- The battery contains ate medical attention. hydrogen -- a highly If electrolyte gets on your combustible gas which skin, thoroughly wash the will explode if it comes contacted area. If you feel in contact with a flame pain or burning sensation, get medical attention imme- OUMA078259 or spark. Keep batteries out of the diately. • Keep the battery securely mount- reach of children An inappropriately disposed ed. because batteries con- battery can be harmful to the • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tain highly corrosive environment and human • Keep the terminals and connec- SULFURIC ACID and health. Dispose the battery tions clean, tight, and coated with electrolytes. Do not according to your local law(s) petroleum jelly or terminal grease. allow battery acid to or regulation. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from contact your skin, eyes, Never attempt to recharge the bat- the battery immediately with a clothing or paint finish. tery when the battery cables are con- solution of water and baking soda. Wear eye protection nected. • If the vehicle is not going to be when charging or work- used for an extended time, discon- ing near a battery. nect the battery cables. Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space.

7 36 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 37

Maintenance

Battery recharging - Risk of elec- WARNING CALIFORNIA PROPO- Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, trocution SITION 65 WARNING calcium-based battery. Never touch the electrical igni- Battery posts, terminals, and • If the battery becomes discharged tion system while the vehicle is related accessories contain in a short time (because, for exam- running. This system works lead and lead compounds, ple, the headlamps or interior with high voltage which can chemicals known to the State of lamps lamps were left on while the "shock" you. California to cause cancer, birth vehicle was not in use), recharge it defects and reproductive harm. by slow charging (trickle) for 10 Batteries also contain other hours. chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. • If the battery gradually discharges Wash hands after handling. because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours. ✽ NOTICE If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.

737 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 38

Maintenance

Recharging battery • Before performing maintenance or Reset items recharging the battery, turn off all When recharging the battery, Items should be reset after the bat- accessories and stop the engine. observe the following precautions: tery has been discharged or the bat- • The negative battery cable must be • The battery must be removed from tery has been disconnected. removed first and installed last the vehicle and placed in an area • Auto up/down window when the battery is disconnected. with good ventilation. (See chapter 4) • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or • Sunroof (See chapter 4) flame near the battery. • Trip computer (See chapter 4) • Watch the battery during charging, • Climate control system and stop or reduce the charging (See chapter 4) rate if the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently or if the • Integrated Memory System temperature of the electrolyte of (See chapter 3) any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C). • Audio (See chapter 4) • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

7 38 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 39

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire under For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must inflation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tire consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe under inflation recommended for your vehicle. can lead to severe heat buildup, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire fail- Recommended cold tire infla- ures that can result in the loss tion pressures of vehicle control. This risk is All tire pressures (including the OUM074049L much higher on hot days and spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- when driving for long periods at tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. one mile (1.6 km). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

739 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 40

Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres- excessive wear, poor handling and Always observe the following: sure reduced fuel economy. Wheel Check your tires once a month or deformation also is possible. Keep • Check tire pressure when the tires more. your tire pressures at the proper are cold. (After vehicle has been levels. If a tire frequently needs parked for at least three hours or Also, check the tire pressure of the refilling, have it checked by an hasn't been driven more than one spare tire. authorized Kia dealer. mile (1.6 km) since startup.) • Overinflation produces a harsh • Check the pressure of your spare How to check ride, excessive wear at the center tire each time you check the pressure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check of the tire tread, and a greater pos- tire pressure. You cannot tell if your sibility of damage from road haz- • Never overload your vehicle. Be tires are properly inflated simply by ards. careful not to overload a vehicle looking at them. Radial tires may • Warm tires normally exceed rec- luggage rack if your vehicle is look properly inflated even when ommended cold tire pressures by 4 equipped with one. they're underinflated. to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not Check the tire's inflation pressure release air from warm tires to when the tires are cold. - "Cold" adjust the pressure or the tires will means your vehicle has been sitting be underinflated. for at least three hours or driven no • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation more than 1 mile (1.6 km). valve caps. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

7 40 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 41

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

741 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 42

Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance Rotate radial tires that have an The wheels on your vehicle were asymmetric tread pattern only from aligned and balanced carefully at the front to rear and not from right to left. factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. WARNING - Mixing tires In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. • Do not use the compact spare However, if you notice unusual tire tire (if equipped) for tire rota- wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A tion. Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need • Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset. ply tires under any circum- If you notice your vehicle vibrating stances. This may cause when driving on a smooth road, your unusual handling characteris- wheels may need to be rebalanced. tics. CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

7 42 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 43

Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Compact spare tire replacement speed of the wheels. The tire size A compact spare tire has a shorter Tread wear indicator affects wheel speed. When replacing tread life than a regular size tire. tires, all 4 tires must use the same Replace it when you can see the size originally supplied with the vehi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire. cle. Using tires of a different size can The replacement compact spare tire cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake should be the same size and design System) and ESC (Electronic tire as the one provided with your Stability Control) to work irregularly. new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire ✽ NOTICE wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular • We recommend that when replac- size wheel, and the compact spare OEN076053 ing tires, use the same which were tire wheel is not designed for mount- originally supplied with the vehi- ing a regular size tire. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear cle. If not, driving performance indicator will appear as a solid band could be altered. across the tread. This shows there is • When replacing tires (or wheels), CAUTION - Wheels less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread it is recommended to replace the Wheels that do not meet Kia left on the tire. Replace the tire when two front or two rear tires (or this happens. specifications may fit poorly wheels) as a pair. and result in damage to the Do not wait for the band to appear Replacing just one tire can serious- vehicle or unusual handling and across the entire tread before replac- ly affect your vehicle's handling. poor vehicle control. ing the tire.

743 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 44

Maintenance

Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling

When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you 1 any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery 5,6 factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be 7 and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there 4 may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road to bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle. 2 abilities, handling characteristics, 3 ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, Tire maintenance speedometer and odometer calibra- 1 I030B04JM tion, headlamp aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides wheel alignment. the Tire Identification Number (TIN) When you have new tires installed, for safety standard certification. The make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in will increase vehicle ride comfort and case of a recall. tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

7 44 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 45

Maintenance

2. Tire size designation P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Wheel size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire marked with the prefix “P’’ are Wheels are also marked with impor- size designation. You will need this intended for use on passenger tant information that you need if you information when selecting replace- vehicles or light trucks; however, ever have to replace one. The follow- ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- not all tires have this marking). ing explains what the letters and lowing explains what the letters and 235 - Tire width in millimeters. numbers in the wheel size designa- numbers in the tire size designation 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter tion mean. mean. height as a percentage of its Example tire size designation: width. Example wheel size designation: (These numbers are provided as an R - Tire construction code (Radial). 7.0JX17 example only; your tire size designa- 17 - Rim diameter in inches. tor could vary depending on your vehicle.) 108 - Load Index, a numerical code 7.0 - Rim width in inches. associated with the maximum J - Rim contour designation. P235/65R17 108T load the tire can carry. 17 - Rim diameter in inches. T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this chapter for additional information.

745 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 46

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of num- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- Symbol ing date is designated by the last four S 112 mph (180 km/h) digits (characters) of the DOT code. T 118 mph (190 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO V 149 mph (240 km/h) The front part of the DOT means a Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2018.

7 46 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 47

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100. nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- depends upon the actual conditions struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, 5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width. pressure service practices and differences in For example: road characteristics and climate. This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle Tires degrade over time, even when may vary with respect to grade. label for recommended inflation they are not being used. Regardless pressure. of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after approximately six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process.

747 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 48

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- pascal (kPa). ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. combined weight of optional acces- C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional ance. cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic transmis- The traction grade assigned to this degenerate and reduce tire life, and sion, power seats, and air condition- tire is based on straight-ahead brak- excessive temperature can lead to ing. ing traction tests, and does not sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a include acceleration, cornering, responds to a level of performance tire's height to its width. hydroplaning, or peak traction char- which all passenger vehicle tires acteristics. must meet under the Federal Motor Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. that is located between the plies and Grades B and A represent higher the tread. Cords may be made from levels of performance on the labora- steel or other reinforcing materials. tory test wheel than the minimum Bead: The tire bead contains steel required by law. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

7 48 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 49

Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that The sum of curb weight; accessory pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when weight; vehicle capacity weight; and pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for Normal Occupant Weight: The Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle is of a motor vehicle with standard and Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat- designed to seat multiplied by 150 optional equipment including the ed by its manufacturer as primarily pounds (68 kg). maximum capacity of fuel, oil and intended for use on lightweight trucks Occupant Distribution: Designated coolant, but without passengers and or multipurpose passenger vehicles. seating positions. cargo. Load ratings: The maximum load Outward Facing Sidewall: The side DOT Markings: A code molded into that a tire is rated to carry for a given of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- the sidewall of a tire signifying that inflation pressure ticular side that faces outward when the tire is in compliance with the U.S. mounted on a vehicle. The outward Department of Transportation motor Load Index: An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- facing sidewall bears white lettering vehicle safety standards. The DOT or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or code includes the Tire Identification sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire. model name molding that is higher or Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- deeper than the same moldings on ignator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure: The the inner facing sidewall. tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a brand and date of production. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on passenger cars and some GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. light duty trucks and multipurpose GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight vehicles. Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Load Rating: The load rating for a tire at the maximum per- GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight missible inflation pressure for that tire. Rating for the Rear axle.

749 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 50

Maintenance

Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality cords which the ply cords that extend to the Grading Standards, a tire information Pneumatic tire: A mechanical beads are laid at 90 degrees to the system that provides consumers with device made of rubber, chemicals, centerline of the tread. ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- fabric and steel or other materials, Rim: A metal support for a tire and ture and treadwear. Ratings are that, when mounted on an automo- upon which the tire beads are seat- determined by tire manufacturers tive wheel, provides the traction and ed. using government testing proce- contains the gas or fluid that sustains dures. The ratings are molded into Sidewall: The portion of a tire the sidewall of the tire. the load. between the tread and the bead. Production options weight: The Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- Speed Rating: An alphanumeric ber of designated seating positions combined weight of installed regular code assigned to a tire indicating the production options weighing over 5 multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the maximum speed at which a tire can rated cargo and luggage load. lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard operate. items which they replace, not previ- Vehicle Maximum Load on the ously considered in curb weight or Traction: The friction between the Tire: Load on an individual tire due accessory weight, including heavy tire and the road surface. The to curb and accessory weight plus duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, amount of grip provided. maximum occupant and cargo heavy duty battery, and special trim. Tread: The portion of a tire that weight. Recommended Inflation Pressure: comes into contact with the road. Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Load on an individual tire that is ed tire inflation pressure and shown bands, sometimes called "wear determined by distributing to each on the tire placard. bars," that show across the tread of a axle its share of the curb weight, tire when only 1/16 inch of tread accessory weight, and normal occu- remains. pant weight and driving by 2. Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

7 50 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 51

Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Tire chains Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow Tire chains, if necessary, should be some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size installed on the front wheels. formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as Be sure that the chains are installed including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should in accordance with the manufactur- tions. All season tires are identified be installed on all four wheels; other- er's instructions. by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. To minimize tire and chain wear, do and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 tires have better snow traction than not continue to use tire chains when kPa) more air pressure than the they are no longer needed. all season tires and may be more pressure recommended for the stan- appropriate in some areas. dard tires on the tire label on the dri- • When driving on roads covered ver's side of the center pillar, or up to with snow or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h). Summer tires the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. • Use the SAE “S” class or wire chains. Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 • If you hear noise caused by chains models to provide superior perform- km/h) when your vehicle is equipped contacting the body, retighten the ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires. chain to avoid contact with the formance is substantially reduced in vehicle body. snow and ice. Summer tires do not • To prevent body damage, retighten have the tire traction rating M+S the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. miles (0.5~1.0 km). if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- • Do not use tire chains on vehicles mends the use of snow tires or all equipped with aluminum wheels. season tires on all four wheels. In unavoidable circumstance, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 0.59 inches (15 mm) to prevent damage to the chain’s connection.

751 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 52

Maintenance

Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more CAUTION Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It tread life, road hazard resistance and is very important to follow the tire • It is not easy to recognize tire smoother high speed ride. The radi- rotation interval shown in this chap- damage with your own eyes. al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of ter to achieve the tread life potential But if there is the slightest belted construction, and are selected of these tires. Cuts and punctures in hint of tire damage, even to complement the ride and handling radial-ply tires are repairable only in though you cannot see the tire characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall damage with your own eyes, Radial-ply tires have the same load flexing. Consult your tire dealer for have the tire checked or carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias radial-ply tire repairs. replaced because the tire belted tires of the same size, and use damage may cause air leak- the same recommended inflation age from the tire. pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires • If the tire is damaged by driv- with bias-ply or bias belted tires is ing on a rough road, off road, not recommended. Any combina- pothole, manhole, or curb tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias stone, it will not be covered by belted tires when used on the same the warranty. vehicle will seriously deteriorate • You can find out the tire infor- vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- mation on the tire sidewall. low is: Identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four.

7 52 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 53

Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace- age by fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Never replace a fuse with any- located in the driver’s side panel bol- thing but another fuse of the Normal Blown ster, the other in the engine compart- same rating. ■ Cartridge type ment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the Blown Normall Blown fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tempo- ■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not rary repair. It may cause work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with • Do not arbitrarily modify or one of the same rating. add-on electric wiring to the Normall Bllown If the replacement fuse blows, this vehicle. ■ BFT indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia CAUTION dealer. Do not use a screwdriver or any Three kinds of fuses are used: blade other metal object to remove type for lower amperage rating, car- fuses because it may cause a Normal Blown tridge type, and multi fuse for higher short circuit and damage the amperage ratings. system. OUM074043L

753 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 54

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE CAUTION CAUTION • When replacing a fuse, turn the ignition “OFF” and turn off • When replacing a blown fuse • Do not input any other objects switches of all electrical devices or relay, make sure the new except fuses or relays into then remove battery (-) terminal. fuse or relay fits tightly into fuse/relay terminals such as a • The actual fuse/relay panel label the clips. Failure to tightly screwdriver or wiring. It may may differ from equipped items. install the fuse or relay may cause contact failure and sys- cause damage to the wiring tem malfunction. and electric systems. • Do not plug in screwdrivers or WARNING - Electrical Fire • Do not remove fuses, relays aftermarket wiring into the ter- Always ensure replacements and terminals fastened with minal originally designed for fuses and relays are securely bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays fuse and relays only. The elec- fastened when installed. Failure and terminals may not be fas- trical system and wiring of the to do so can result in a vehicle tened correctly which may vehicle interior may be dam- fire. cause vehicle damage. aged or burned due to contact failure. • If you directly connect the wire on the taillight or replace the bulb which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner junction block can get burned.

7 54 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 55

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE - Remodeling Inner panel fuse replacement CAUTION Prohibited Visually inspect the battery cap Do not rewire your vehicle in any to ensure it is securely closed. way as doing so may affect the per- If the battery cap is not securely formance of several safety features closed, moisture may enter the in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi- system and damage the electri- cle may also void your warranty and cal components. cause you to be responsible for any subsequent vehicle damage which may result. WARNING - Electrical wiring repairs ✽ NOTICE - Window tinting pre- All electrical repairs should be caution OUMA074015 performed by authorized Kia Window tint (especially metallic 1. Turn the ignition switch and all dealerships using approved Kia film) might cause communication parts. Using other wiring com- other switches off. errors or poor radio reception, and 2. Open the fuse panel cover. ponents, especially when retro- malfunctioning automatic lighting fitting AVN or theft alarm sys- system due to reflections from the If the switch is located in the “OFF” tem, remote engine control, car mirror tint inside the vehicle. The position, a caution indicator will be phone or radio may cause vehi- solution used might also leak into displayed in the cluster. cle damage and increase the the electronic components, causing risk of a vehicle fire. malfunctions or damage.

755 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 56

Maintenance

If you do not have a spare, use a Fuse switch fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail lamp, HMSL do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced. OUM074016 ✽ 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight NOTICE OUMA074017 out. Use the removal tool provided If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig- on the engine compartment fuse Always, put the fuse switch at the ON nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction position. panel cover. even without any problem to the 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it lamps, have the vehicle checked by If you move the switch to the OFF if it is blown. an authorized Kia dealer for assis- position, some items such as audio tance. and digital clock must be reset and Spare fuses are provided in the transmitter (or smart key) may not engine compartment fuse panel. work properly. When the switch is 5. Push in a new fuse of the same Off, the caution indicator will be dis- rating, and make sure it fits tightly played on the instrument cluster. in the clips. Always place the fuse switch in the If it fits loosely, consult an authorized ON position while driving the vehicle. Kia dealer.

7 56 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 57

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it CAUTION - Fuse Panel replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert Covers the fuse, use the fuse puller in the The contact points of the engine compartment fuse panel. switches may wear out with 4. Push in a new fuse of the same excessive use. Please refrain rating, and make sure it fits tightly from excessive use of the in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult switches (except for long-term an authorized Kia dealer. parking for over 1 month). CAUTION ✽ NOTICE Always securely install the fuse panel cover in the engine com- • Set all switches to ON before driv- partment to protect against ing. OUM074018 electrical failure which may • If the vehicle is going to be unused occur from water contact. for over 1 month, set all switches 1. Turn the ignition switch and all Listen for the audible clicking to OFF to prevent the batteries other switches off. sound to ensure fuse panel from draining. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by cover is securely fastened. pressing the tab and pulling the cover up. When the blade type fuse is disconnected, remove it by using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine compartment fuse box. Upon removal, securely insert reserve fuse of the same rating.

757 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 58

Maintenance

Multi fuse ✽ NOTICE Main fuse Do not disassemble nor assemble the ■ Type A multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OUMA074044 ■ Type B OUM074020 If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one OUMA078260 of the same rating. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of If the main fuse is blown, it must be removal. removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

7 58 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 59

Maintenance

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ✽ NOTICE CAUTION ture above. The electronic system may not func- 4. Replace the fuse with a new one tion correctly even when the engine Visually inspect the battery cap of the same rating. room and internal fuse box’s indi- to ensure it is securely closed. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of vidual fuses are not disconnected. In If the battery cap is not securely removal. such case the cause of the problem closed, moisture may enter the may be disconnection of the main system and damage the electri- fuse (BFT type), which is located cal components. inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

759 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 60

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

OUMA074021 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in OUMA078261 this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

7 60 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 61

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

AIR BAG IND. 10A Cluster, A/C Control Module

A/CON 3 30A Blower Motor

A/CON 2 7.5A A/C Control Module (Auto)

START 7.5A E/R Junction Block (Start Relay), Transmission Range Switch

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

Crash Pad Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, 4WD ECM, Lane Departure Warning Module, Console Switch, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH MODULE 2 10A (Center), Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, Electronic Parking Brake Module, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH Power Outlet Relay, BCM, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Surround View Monitoring Unit, Smart Key ACC 10A Control Module, AMP, USB Charger, Phone Wireless Charger

MODULE 4 10A Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, MUT

BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch

A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, Driver IMS Control Module, ATM MODULE 3 10A Shift Lever Indicator, Rear Seat Warmer LH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Dynamic Bending Light Unit

MODULE 1 10A BCM, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Doormodule, Sport Mode Switch

MODULE 8 15A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

761 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 62

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

A/CON (RR) 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Blower Motor Relay)

SUNROOF 2 20A Sunroof Control Module (Roller)

SUNROOF 1 20A Sunroof Control Module (Glass)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

GATEWAY 10A Gateway (MCU IG1)

IMMO. 10A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

IG1 15A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS 3, MODULE, TCU 1), PCB Block (Fuse - ABS 3, SENSOR 6, ECU 1)

MULTIMEDIA 15A USB Charger, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, MEMORY 2 10A Driver/Passenger Door Module, Passenger Power Window Switch, Driver IMS Control Module

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, DRIVER/PASSENGER/RL/RR DOOR MODULE

MODULE 9 10A Start/Stop Button Switch, Smart Key Control Module

WASHER 15A BCM, Multifunction Switch

AEB 10A FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist) Unit

MDPS 7.5A MDPS UNIT (COLUMN TYPE), Steering Angle Sensor

7 62 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 63

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component HEATED 15A BCM STEERING

WIPER (RR) 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

A/CON 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay), ICM Relay Box (Rear Blower Motor Relay)

HEATED MIRROR 10A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

MODULE 5 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module

Surround View Monitoring Unit, Rear A/C Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer LH, Front Air Ventilation MODULE 6 7.5A Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter Module, Crash Pad Switch

S/HEATER (RR) 15A Rear Seat Warmer LH

S/HEATER (FRT) 20A Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module

Rear Safety Power Window RH, Rear Power Window Switch RH, Passenger Safety Power Window Module, P/WINDOW (RH) 25A Passenger Door Module, Passenger Power Window Switch

AMP 1 25A AMP

MODULE 7 7.5A Gateway (MCU B+), Key Solenoid, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, MUT

Glove Box Lamp, Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Driver Foot Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH Switch, INTERIOR LAMP 10A Cargo Lamp, Center Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH

FUEL LID 10A Fuel Filler & Tail Gate Switch

763 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 64

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch

P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

AMP 2 25A AMP

Rear Safety Power Window LH, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety Power Window Module, P/WINDOW (LH) 25A Driver Door Module

MODULE 10 10A BCM, RAIN SENSOR

7 64 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 65

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OUM074023

OUMA078262

765 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 66

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

MDPS 1 100A MDPS Unit (Rack Type)

MDPS 2 80A MDPS Unit (Column Type)

COOLING 80A Cooling Fan 1 Relay FAN 1

MULTI B+1 60A IGPM (Fuse - S/HEATER (RR), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), P/WINDOW (LH)) FUSE IGPM (Fuse - S/HEATER (FRT), P/WINDOW (RH), FULE LID, AMP 1, AMP 2, MUDULE 7, MODULE B+2 60A 10) IGPM (IPS 1, Fuse - Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse - MULTIMEDIA, MEMORY 2), INTERIOR B+3 60A LAMP

B+5 50A IGPM (IPS 0/IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 4/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7/IPS 8, Fuse - S/ROOF 1)

B+4 40A IGPM (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, MUDULE 8, MODULE 9, BRAKE SWITCH, A/CON (RR), S/ROOF 2)

ABS 2 20A ESC Module

ABS 1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

FUSE INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module POWER TAIL 30A Power Tail Gate Module GATE

TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

7 66 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 67

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

TCU 2 15A TCU

EPB 1 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module

EPB 2 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module

4WD 20A 4WD ECM FUSE ECU 2 15A PCM

TCU 3 15A TCU

MDPS 3 7.5A MDPS Unit (Rack Type)

TCU 1 10A Transmission Range Switch

B/UP LAMP 7.5A IGPM(B/UP LAMP SIGNAL INPUT)

767 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 68

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

ABS 3 7.5A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ECU 1 10A PCM

IG 2 40A RLY. 4 (Start Relay), PDM (IG2) Relay, Ignition Switch

POWER 20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter OUTLET 1

SENSOR 6 7.5A GCU

POWER 20A Front Power Outlet OUTLET 2

MODULE 7.5A Smart Cruise Control Radar

ECU 4 20A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM (E-CVVT Relay)

WIPER 1 25A Wiper Low Relay

DEICER 15A Front Deicer Relay

ECU 5 20A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM (E-CVVT Relay)

IG 1 40A PDM (IG1) Relay, PDM (ACC) Relay, Ignition Switch

[Theta II 2.4L Engine] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down) SENSOR 4 10A [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4

SENSOR 5 15A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM

7 68 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 69

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

WIPER 2 7.5A Wiper Parking Signal

POWER 20A Rear Power Outlet OUTLET 3 [Theta II 2.4L Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4 [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, SENSOR 1 20A Condecser #1/#2

SENSOR 3 10A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] Fuel Pump Relay [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] Fuel Pump Relay, PCM

POWER 20A Luggage Power Outlet OUTLET 4 REAR 40A Rear Defogger Relay HEATED [Theta II 2.4L Engine] E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), Oil Control Valve (Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve SENSOR 2 10A [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), PCM, Canister close valve, A/CON Compressor Relay

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

HORN 15A Horn Relay

B/ALARM 15A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay HORN

A/C 10A A/CON Compressor

SPARE 1 15A DUMMY

SENSOR 7 20A NOx SENSOR

769 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 70

Maintenance

Relay NO. Relay Name Type E31 Blower Relay MICRO E32 START #2 Relay MICRO E33 Cooling Fan #1 Relay MINI

7 70 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 71

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified • Lamp part malfunction due to Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. net-work failure with appropriate wattage ratings in The headlamp, taillight, and fog light case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- may light up when the head lamp Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8. ment switch is turned ON, and not light up when the taillight or for light switch is When changing lamps, first turn off Be sure to replace the burned- turned ON. This may be cause by the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same network failure or vehicle electrical apply the parking brake and detach wattage rating. Otherwise, it control system malfunction. If there is the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse a problem, we recommend the sys- or electric wiring system. tem be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Working on the lights Headlamp CAUTION - • Lamp part malfunction due to elec- Prior to working on the light, Lens firmly apply the parking brake, trical control system stabilization ensure that the ignition switch To prevent damage, do not A normally functioning lamp may is turned to the LOCK position clean the headlamp lens with flicker momentarily. This momentary and turn off the lights to avoid chemical solvents or strong occurrence is due to stabilization sudden movement of the vehi- detergents. function of the vehicle's electrical on cle and burning your fingers or control system. If the lamp soon receiving an electric shock. returns to normal, the vehicle does not require service. However, if the lamp goes out after the momentary flickering, or the flickering continues, we recommend the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

771 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 72

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE If you don’t have the necessary tools, • If the light bulb or lamp connector We recommend that the headlight the correct bulbs and the expertise, is removed while the lamp is still aiming be adjusted after an accident consult an authorized Kia dealer. In on, the fuse box's electronic sys- or after the headlight assembly is rein- many cases, it is difficult to replace tem may log it as a malfunction. stalled at an authorized Kia dealer. vehicle light bulbs because other Therefore, a lamp malfunction parts of the vehicle must be removed incident may be recorded as a ✽ NOTICE before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true if you have to remove Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in After driving in heavy rain or wash- the fuse box. the headlamp assembly to get to the ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses bulb(s). • It is normal for an operating lamp could appear frosty. This condition is to flicker momentarily. This is due caused by the temperature differ- Removing/installing the headlamp to a stabilization function of the ence between the lamp inside and assembly can result in damage to vehicle’s electronic control device. outside. This is similar to the conden- the vehicle. If the lamp lights up normally sation on your windows inside your If non-genuine parts or substandard after momentarily blinking, then vehicle during the rain and doesn’t bulbs are used, it may lead to blow- it is functioning as normal. indicate a problem with your vehicle. ing a fuse or other wiring damages. However, if the lamp continues to If the water leaks into the lamp bulb Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to flicker several times or turns off circuitry, we recommend that you the vehicle. If additional lights are completely, there may be an error have the vehicle checked by an installed, it may lead to lamp mal- in the vehicle’s electronic control authorized Kia dealer. functions and flickering. Additionally, device. Please have the vehicle the fuse box and other writing may checked by an authorized Kia be damaged. dealer immediately.

7 72 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 73

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Front) ■ Fog lamp - Type A (1) Headlamp (Low) (Bulb type)

■ Head lamp – Type A (2) Headlamp (High) (Bulb type) (3) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) (4) Position lamp (LED type) (5) Side marker (LED type) (6) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type) (7) Headlamp (Low Assist) (LED type) OUMA078219 (8) Front turn signal lamp (LED type) ■ Fog lamp - Type B (9) Position lamp / Day time running OUMA078217 lamp (LED type) ■ Head lamp – Type B (10) Front fog lamp (Bulb type) (11) Front fog lamp (LED type)

OUMA078263 ■ Fog lamp - Type C

OUMA078218

OUMA078264

773 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 74

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear) ■ License plate lamp (1) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)

■ Rear combination lamp - Type A (2) Tail lamp (Bulb type) (3) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) (4) Back Up lamp (Bulb type) (5) Side marker (Bulb type) (6) Tail lamp (LED type) (7) Stop and tail lamp (LED type) (8) Side marker (LED type) OUMA078265 (9) License plate lamp (Bulb type) ■ High mounted stop lamp OUMA078221 (10) High mounted stop lamp (LED ■ Rear combination lamp - Type B type)

OUMA078225

OUMA078222

7 74 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 75

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (Low beam) bulb 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it replacement into the bulb-socket. (Headlamp Type A) 6. Install the bulb-socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. 7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

OUM078250L

(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type) OUMA078226 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb-socket from the headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out.

775 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 76

Maintenance

Headlamp bulb • Never touch the glass with bare Headlamp (High beam) bulb hands. Residual oil may cause the replacement bulb to overheat and burst when lit. (Headlamp Type A) A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen OUMA078227 bulbs 1. Open the hood. • Halogen bulbs contain pres- 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover surized gas that will produce by turning it counterclockwise. flying pieces of glass if broken. 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb • Always handle them carefully, socket-connector. and avoid scratches and abra- 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid headlamp assembly by turning the contact with liquids. bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly.

7 76 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 77

Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb-socket assem- Headlamp bulb • Never touch the glass with bare bly in the headlamp assembly by hands. Residual oil may cause the aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock- bulb to overheat and burst when lit. et with the slots in the headlamp A bulb should be operated only assembly. Push the bulb-socket when installed in a headlight. into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately 6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by and carefully dispose of it. turning it clockwise. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

OQL075058

WARNING - Halogen bulbs • Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.

777 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 78

Maintenance

Front turn signal lamp bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Position lamp (LED type) replacement into the bulb-socket and rotating it replacement (Headlamp Type A) (Headlamp Type A) until it locks into place. 5. Install the socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OUM078229L OUMA078228 If the position lamp (LED) (1) does 1. Open the hood. not operate, have the vehicle 2. Remove the bulb-socket from the checked by an authorized Kia dealer. headlamp assembly by turning the The LED lamps cannot be replaced bulb-socket counterclockwise until as a single unit because it is an inte- the tabs on the bulb-socket align grated unit. The LED lamps has to be with the slots on the headlamp replaced with the unit. assembly. A skilled technician should check or 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- repair the position lamp (LED), for it socket by pressing it in and rotat- may damage related parts of the ing it counterclockwise until the vehicle. tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket.

7 78 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 79

Maintenance

Side marker (front) (LED type) The LED lamps cannot be replaced Headlamp (LED type) replace- bulb replacement as a single unit because it is an inte- ment (Headlamp Type B) grated unit. The LED lamps has to be ■ Head lamp – Type A replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the side marker (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OUMA078266 ■ Head lamp – Type B OUM078230L If the Low/High beam lamp(1,2), Front turn signal lamp(3), Day time running lamp/Position lamp(4) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be OUMA078267 replaced with the unit. If the side marker (LED) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

779 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 80

Maintenance

A skilled technician should check or Side repeater lamp (LED type) Front fog lamp bulb replace- repair the head lamp (LED), for it bulb replacement ment may damage related parts of the vehicle. ■ Fog lamp - Type A

OUM078231L ■ Fog lamp - Type B

OUM078250L If the side repeater lamp (LED) (1), does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be OUMA078268 replaced with the unit. ■ Fog lamp - Type C A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OUMA078269 7 80 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 81

Maintenance

If the front fog lamp (1) does not Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) 1. Open the liftgate. operate, have the vehicle checked by bulb replacement 2. Open the service cover. an authorized Kia dealer. 3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle. 4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. 5. Disconnect the rear combination lamp connector.

OUM074031

OUM074032

OUM078033L 781 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 82

Maintenance

9. Install the socket in the assembly Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb by aligning the tabs on the socket type) bulb replacement with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 10. Install the rear combination lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. 11. Install the service cover.

OUMA078270 OUM074031 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the OUM074032 socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

OUM078033L 7 82 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 83

Maintenance

1. Open the liftgate. 9. Install the socket in the assembly 2. Open the service cover. by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle. Push the socket into the assembly 4. Remove the rear combination and turn the socket clockwise. lamp assembly from the body of 10. Install the rear combination lamp the vehicle. assembly to the body of the vehi- 5. Disconnect the rear combination cle. lamp connector. 11. Install the service cover.

OUMA078271 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

783 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 84

Maintenance

Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) 1. Open the liftgate. bulb replacement 2. Open the service cover. 3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle. 4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. 5. Disconnect the rear combination lamp connector.

OUM074031 OUMA078272 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it OUM074032 into the bulb-socket. 9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OUM078033L 7 84 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 85

Maintenance

10. Install the rear combination lamp Side marker (rear) (LED type) Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) assembly to the body of the vehi- bulb replacement bulb replacement cle. 11. Install the service cover.

OUMA078273 OUM074035 If the side marker (LED) (1) does not 1. Open the liftgate. operate, have the vehicle checked by 2. Remove the service cover. an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the side marker (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

785 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 86

Maintenance

6. Install the socket in the assembly Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb by aligning the tabs on the socket replacement with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover.

OUMA078274 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OUM074035 counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on 1. Open the liftgate. the assembly. 2. Remove the service cover. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

7 86 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 87

Maintenance

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) High mounted stop lamp (LED bulb replacement type) bulb replacement

OUMA078275 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OUM078237L OUM078239L counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2), If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) the assembly. does not operate, have the vehicle (1) does not operate, have the vehi- 4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket checked by an authorized Kia dealer. cle checked by an authorized Kia by pulling it out. The LED lamps cannot be replaced dealer. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it as a single unit because it is an inte- The LED lamps cannot be replaced into the bulb-socket. grated unit. The LED lamps has to be as a single unit because it is an inte- replaced with the unit. grated unit. The LED lamps has to be 6. Install the socket in the assembly replaced with the unit. by aligning the tabs on the socket A skilled technician should check or with the slots in the assembly. repair the stop and tail lamp (LED), A skilled technician should check or Push the socket into the assembly for it may damage related parts of repair the high mounted stop lamp and turn the socket clockwise. the vehicle. (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. 7. Install the service cover.

787 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 88

Maintenance

License plate lamp bulb Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, replacement replacement gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or dam- OUMA078276 OUM078039L age the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. 1. Remove the lamp cover by using a screwdriver. WARNING 2. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket Prior to working on the Interior by pulling it out. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it button is depressed to avoid into the bulb-socket. burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. 4. Install the lamp cover to the lamp housing.

7 88 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 89

Maintenance

Map lamp (LED type) bulb Room lamp bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, replacement gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

CAUTION

OUM074040 Be careful not to dirty or dam- OUM078241L age the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. If the map lamp (LED) (1), does not WARNING operate, have the vehicle checked by Prior to working on the Interior an authorized Kia dealer. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” The LED lamps cannot be replaced button is depressed to avoid as a single unit because it is an inte- burning your fingers or receiv- grated unit. The LED lamps has to be ing an electric shock. replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the map lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

789 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 90

Maintenance

Personal lamp (LED type) bulb Glove box lamp replacement replacement CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OUM078243L OUM078242L 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, If the personal lamp (LED) (1), does gently pry the lamp assembly from not operate, have the vehicle interior. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 2. Remove the cover from the lamp The LED lamps cannot be replaced assembly. as a single unit because it is an inte- 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it grated unit. The LED lamps has to be straight out. replaced with the unit. 4. Install a new bulb in the socket. A skilled technician should check or 5. Install the cover to the lamp repair the personal lamp (LED), for it assembly. may damage related parts of the vehicle. 6. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

7 90 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 91

Maintenance

Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement gently pry the lens cover from replacement lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or dam- OUM078244L age the lens, lens tab, and plas- OUMA078277 tic housings. If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does WARNING not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” The LED lamps cannot be replaced button is depressed to avoid as a single unit because it is an inte- burning your fingers or receiv- grated unit. The LED lamps has to be ing an electric shock. replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the luggage lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

791 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 92

Maintenance

Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement gently pry the lamp assembly from bulb replacement interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OXM079041 OUMA078278 If the vanity mirror lamp (LED) (1) WARNING does not operate, have the vehicle Prior to working on the Interior checked by an authorized Kia dealer. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” The LED lamps cannot be replaced button is depressed to avoid as a single unit because it is an inte- burning your fingers or receiv- grated unit. The LED lamps has to be ing an electric shock. replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the vanity mirror lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

7 92 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 93

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if Exterior general caution Washing they have been affected by water. If It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish braking performance is impaired, dry directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it the brakes by applying them lightly cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least while maintaining a slow forward and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold speed. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each Headlight Lens CAUTION - off-road trip. Pay special attention to To prevent damage, do not the removal of any accumulation of clean headlight lens with chem- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- ical solvents or strong deter- rials. Make sure the drain holes in the gents. lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

793 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 94

Maintenance

High-pressure washing Waxing • When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint. cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all • Do not spray the camera, sensors metal trim to protect it and to main- or its surrounding area directly with tain its luster. a high pressure washer. Shock Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- applied from high pressure water als with a spot remover will usually may cause the device to not oper- OUM078249L strip the wax from the finish. Be sure ate normally. to re-wax these areas even if the rest • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wet engine of the vehicle does not yet need wax- boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine ing. connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high Do not apply wax on embossed aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical unit. circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

7 94 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 95

Maintenance

Finish damage repair Underbody maintenance CAUTION - Drying vehicle Deep scratches or stone chips in the Road salt and other corrosive chem- • Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired icals are used in cold weather states body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly to melt snow and prevent ice accu- scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major mulation. If these chemicals are not • Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense. regularly removed, they will corrode the vehicle underbody and over time sive cleaners, acid detergents If your vehicle is damaged and or strong detergents contain- damage fuel lines, the fuel tank requires any metal repair or replace- retention system, the vehicle sus- ing high alkaline or caustic ment, be sure the body shop applies pension, the exhaust system, and agents on chrome-plated or anti-corrosion materials to the parts even the body frame. The National anodized aluminum parts. repaired or replaced. Highway Traffic Safety Administration This may result in damage to has warned all vehicle owners of all the protective coating and brands of the need to take the follow- cause discoloration or paint Bright-metal maintenance ing steps: deterioration. • To remove road tar and insects, • Wash the undercarriage of your use a tar remover, not a scraper or vehicle regularly during the winter other sharp object. and whenever your vehicle has • To protect the surfaces of bright- been exposed to such salts or metal parts from corrosion, apply a chemicals. coating of wax or chrome preser- • Do a thorough washing of the vative and rub to a high luster. undercarriage at the end of the • During winter weather or in coastal winter. areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

795 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 96

Maintenance

• Use professional service techni- Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection cians or governmental inspection The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corro- stations to annually inspect for cor- with a clear protective finish. sion rosion. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, By using the most advanced design • Immediately seek an inspection of polishing compound, solvent, or and construction practices to combat your vehicle if you become visually wire brushes on aluminum wheels. corrosion, we produce vehicles of aware of corrosion flaking or scal- They may scratch the finish. the highest quality. However, this is ing or if you become aware of a only part of the job. To achieve the change in vehicle performance, • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. long-term corrosion resistance your such as soft or spongey brakes, vehicle can deliver, the owner's fluids leaking, impairment of direc- • Use only a mild soap or neutral cooperation and assistance is also tional control, suspension noises detergent, and rinse thoroughly required. or rattling metal straps. with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corro- Common causes of corrosion sion. The most common causes of corro- • Avoid washing the wheels with sion on your vehicle are: highspeed vehicle wash brushes. • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is • Do not use any alkaline or acid allowed to accumulate underneath detergents It may damage and cor- the vehicle. rode the aluminum wheels coated • Removal of paint or protective with a clear protective finish. coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

7 96 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 97

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in should take extra care to prevent which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

797 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 98

Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good condi- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, tion Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. Electrical drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as CAUTION - wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. components mud. Even a heated garage can con- Never allow water or other liq- tribute to corrosion unless it is well uids to come in contact with ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior electrical/electronic compo- Moisture can collect under the floor nents inside the vehicle as this mats and carpeting and cause corro- may damage them. sion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

7 98 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 99

Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats CAUTION - Leather • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminates instantly. When cleaning leather products remove dust and sand on the seat. Refer to instructions below for (steering wheel, seats etc.), use It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. neutral detergents or low alco- the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, hol content solutions. If you use • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) high alcohol content solutions often with dry or soft cloth. or acid/alkaline detergents, the - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth color of the leather may fade or • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point. the surface may get stripped off. tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry Be sure to read the instructions cloth. and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) using leather coating or protective - Apply a small amount of neutral agents. detergent and wipe until contami- • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear. cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil ed and clear in appearance. Clean the seats frequently. - Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather cause the surface to crack. only. • Chewing gum - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

799 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 100

Maintenance

Fabric seat cover using precau- Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt tions (If equipped) rior trim webbing Please clean the fabric seats regu- Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for sideration of fabric material charac- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow teristics. If they are heavily soiled cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- webbing because this may weaken it. age to seat covers, wipe off the seat covers down to the seams with a Fabric large wiping motion and moderate Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- pressure using a soft sponge or ric with a whisk broom or vacuum microfiber cloth. cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- Velcro closures on clothing or sharp tion recommended for upholstery or objects may cause snagging or carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- scratches on the surface of the diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If seats. Make sure not to rub such fresh spots do not receive immediate objects against the surface. attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

7 100 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 101

Maintenance

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION - Rear window Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid.

7101 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 102

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel In order to assure the proper function vapors from escaping into the atmos- of the emission control systems, it is phere. recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu- ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 102 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 103

Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your (PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or immediately. controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov- Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- coolant temperature is low during ulations. WARNING - Exhaust idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain orated fuel is not taken into the problems resulting from any modifi- carbon monoxide (CO). Though engine. After the engine warms up cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is during ordinary driving, the PCSV warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if opens to introduce evaporated fuel to inhaled. Follow the instructions the engine. • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

7103 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 104

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire garages) any more than what is • Do not park, idle or drive the necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Catalytic vehicle over or near flamma- out of the area. ble objects, such as grass, converter • When the vehicle is stopped in an vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic A hot exhaust system can time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system ignite flammable items under adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or your vehicle. immediately thereafter. The needed) to draw outside air into the • Also, do not remove the heat exhaust and catalytic systems vehicle. sink around the exhaust sys- are very hot and may burn you. • Never sit in a parked or stopped tem, do not seal the bottom of vehicle for any extended time with the vehicle or do not coat the the engine running. vehicle for corrosion control. • When the engine stalls or fails to It may present a fire risk under start, excessive attempts to restart certain conditions. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

7 104 UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 105

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions PERCHLORATE NOTICE alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- Perchlorate Material-special handling device. ic converter and to your vehicle. may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz- Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void ardouswaste/ perchlorate. must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: gasoline engines. Perchlorate containing materials, • Do not operate the vehicle when such as air bag inflators, seatbelt there are signs of engine malfunc- pretensioners and keyless remote tion, such as misfire or a noticeable entry batteries, must be disposed of loss of performance. according to Title 22 California Code • Do not misuse or abuse the of Regulations Chapter 67384.10 engine. Examples of misuse are (a). coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

7105 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 1

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions ...... 8-2 Reporting safety defects (U.S. Only) ...... 8-16 Engine ...... 8-2 Online factory authorized manuals Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 (U.S. Only) ...... 8-16 Tires and wheels ...... 8-5 • Service manual...... 8-16 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-6 • Electrical troubleshooting manual...... 8-16 • Owner's manual ...... 8-16 Luggage volume ...... 8-6 Air conditioning system ...... 8-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 8-7 • Recommended sae viscosity number...... 8-9 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-10 Vehicle certification label...... 8-10 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-11 Engine number ...... 8-11 Refrigerant label...... 8-11 Consumer assistance (U.S. Only) ...... 8-12 • Toll free consumer assistance ...... 8-12 • Emergency roadside assistance ...... 8-12 • Trip interruption ...... 8-13 • Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-14 Electrical equipment (U.S. Only) ...... 8-15 • Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 8-15 8 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 2

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS ITEM 5 Seats 7 Seats Overall length [in. (mm)] 189.0 (4,800) ← Overall width [in. (mm)] 74.4 (1,890) ←

Overall height Without Roof rack 66.3 (1,685) ← [in. (mm)] With Roof rack 66.5 (1,690) ← 235/65 R17 64.3 (1,633) ← Front 235/60 R18 64.1 (1,628) ← Tread 235/55 R19 64.1 (1,628) ← [in. (mm)] 235/65 R17 64.7 (1,644) ← Rear 235/60 R18 64.5 (1,639) ← 235/55 R19 64.5 (1,639) ← Wheelbase [in. (mm)] 109.4 (2,780) ←

ENGINE Gasoline Gasoline ITEM Theta II 2.4 Lambda II 3.3 Displacement 143.95 (2,359) 203.94 (3,342) [cu. in (cc)] Bore x Stroke 3.46X3.81 (88x97) 3.62X3.29 (92x83.8) [in. (mm)] Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders 4. In-line V - type

28 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 3

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Headlamps (Low) 55 H7LL Headlamps (High) 60 9005 Headlamps (Low/High ) LED LED LED LED Front turn signal lamps 28 2357NA Front Front position lamps LED type LED LED Daytime running light* LED LED Type A 55 9006 Front fog lamps Type B 55 9006 Type C LED LED Side Repeater lamps LED type LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 21/5 P21/5 Bulb type Rear tail lamps (Inside) 5 P21/5 Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED LED type Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED Rear Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamps 10W C5W x 2

(Continued) * If equipped

83 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 4

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

(Continued)

Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Map lamps 20 (LED*) FESTOON (LED*) Room lamps 10 FESTOON Rear Personal Lamps LED* LED* Bulb type 5 FESTOON Interior Vanity mirror lamps LED type LED FESTOON Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON Bulb type 8 FESTOON Luggage room lamp LED type LED FESTOON

* If equipped

48 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 5

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)] Wheel lug Wheel nut torque Item Tire size Supplier Capacity capacity Normal load *3 Maximum load size [Kgf·m LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)] Kumho 104 900 H 210 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 235/65 R17 7.0JX17 Hankook 104 900 H 210 (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) Full size Kumho 103 875 H 210 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 235/60 R18 7.5JX18 11~13 tire Nexen 103 875 H 210 (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) (79 ~ 94, Kumho 101 825 H 210 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 235/55 R19 7.5JX19 107 ~ 127) Michelin 101 825 H 210 (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) (34, 235) Compact 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 T165/90 R17 4.0TX17 Kumho 116 1250 M 130 spare tire (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420)

*1: Load Index *2: Speed Symbol *3: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽ NOTICE • It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km 85 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 6

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT FOR USA ITEM 5 Seats 7 Seats Theta II 2.4 2WD 5,026 (2,280) 5,335 (2,420) AT [lbs. (kg)] 4WD 5,159 (2,340) 5,490 (2,490) Lambda II 3.3 2WD - 5,489 (2,490) AT [lbs. (kg)] 4WD - 5,622 (2,550)

LUGGAGE VOLUME ITEM 5 Seats 7 Seats MIN. 38.8 cu ft (1,099L) 38.0 cu ft (1,077L) SAE MAX. 73.5 cu ft (2,082L) 72.9 cu ft (2,066L)

MIN : Behind rear seat (2nd row) MAX : Behind front seat (1st row)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Item Weight of volume Classification FRONT A/CON 650 ± 25g Refrigerant R-1234yf FRONT + REAR A/CON 850 ± 25g FRONT A/CON 120 ± 10g Compressor lubricant PAG(FD46XG) FRONT + REAR A/CON 210 ± 10g We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

68 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 7

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification

1 2 Engine oil * * (drain and refill) API SM or above*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above*4, Theta II 2.4 GDI 5.07 US qt. (4.8 l) ACEA-A5 or above Recommends (or equivalent) Gasoline Engine Lambda II 3.3 API SM or above*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above*4, 6.87 US qt. (6.5 l) GDI ACEA-A5 or above

Theta II 2.4 GDI 7.50 US qt. (7.1 l) Gasoline Automatic transmission fluid ATF SP-IV or equivalent Engine Lambda II 3.3 8.24 US qt. (7.8 l) GDI *1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the API SM engine oil is not available, you can use API SN or above. *4 : If the ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available, you can use ILSAC GF-5 or above.

87 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Lubricant Volume Classification

Theta II 2.4 GDI 8.35 US qt. (7.9 l) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Gasoline Coolant (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum Engine Lambda II 3.3 9.83 US qt. (9.3 l) radiator) GDI 0.445~0.485 US qt. Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.41~0.45 l) 0.56 ~ 0.67 US qt. HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 Rear differential oil (AWD) (0.53 ~ 0.63 l) (SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent) 0.36 ~ 0.38 US qt. Theta II 2.4 GDI Gasoline (0.34 ~ 0.36 l) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 Transfer case oil (AWD) Engine Lambda II 3.3 0.66 ~ 0.72 US qt. (SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent) GDI (0.62 ~ 0.68 l) Fuel 75 US qt. (71 l) Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1

88 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 9

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and Gasoline Engine Oil 10W-30 engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- (Theta II 2.4 GDI) 5W-20, 5W-30 ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform- Gasoline Engine Oil 10W-30 ance, however, higher viscosity (Lambda II 3.3 GDI) 5W-30 engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms oils of any viscosity other than those to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory recommended could result in engine Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils damage. When choosing an oil, con- that uphold this API Certification Mark. sider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

89 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 10

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION ■ Frame number ■ VIN label LABEL

OUM084001 OUM084005 The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OUM084004 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched on the floor outside. number (VIN). under the front passenger seat.

8 10 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 11

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ Gasoline engine (THETA 2.4L GDI)

OUM084007 ■ Gasoline engine (Lambda 3.3L GDI) OUMA088006 OUM084002 The refrigerant label is located on The tires supplied on your new vehi- the underside of the hood. cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

OUMA088007 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

811 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 12

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY) Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current Emergency roadside assistance model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv- Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in- hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time to your model year vehicle. of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri- KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur- benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, ance card. the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence. Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia Toll free consumer assistance Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some- Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access For more information regarding assistance available, to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer you become locked out of your Kia. Information Manual. In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized Kia alternative service location.

8 12 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 13

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport Trip interruption vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv- Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the ice. event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require ✽ NOTICE more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse- Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal- expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to a financial institution or insurance company. obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles, expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

813 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 14

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country 3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country for any number of reasons. in a foreign country, you may experience the following Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob- problems and should therefore consider the possibility of lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of having to deal with them: service outside of the United States. 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty. 2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable. Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.

8 14 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 15

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY) The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per- Installation of a mobile two-way radio system form under all reasonably expected operating conditions. If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, However, before any additional electrical equipment is or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war- damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer ranty. concerning the proper equipment and installation. Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi- meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. cle, including such systems as the engine control system, the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read We assume no responsibility for any expense you may and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu- incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its larly the information under the headings "NOTICE", components or systems that may result from the installa- "CAUTION" and "WARNING". tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied, or recommended for installation by, Kia. If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America, Inc. P.O. Box 52410 Irvine, CA 92619-2410 1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

815 UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 16

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY) (U.S. ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could The following publications are available on cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should www.KiaTechinfo.com immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. Service manual: This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro- If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam- enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under- paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi- stand. vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors America, Inc. Electrical troubleshooting manual: This manual complements the Service Manual by provid- To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- circuit in your vehicle. 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC Owner's manual: 20590. You can also obtain other information about This manual describes the overall features and operating motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. procedures for the vehicle.

8 16 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 1

Index

I UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 2

Index

A All Wheel Drive (AWD)...... 5-21 All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . 5-22 AC inverter ...... 4-178 For safe all wheel drive operation ...... 5-23 Accumulated driving information mode ...... 4-84 Antenna...... 4-188 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 5-39 vehicle ...... 3-71 Appearance care ...... 7-93 Air bag inflation conditions ...... 3-66 Exterior care...... 7-93 Air bag non-inflation conditions ...... 3-68 Interior care ...... 7-98 Air bag warning label ...... 3-71 Assist mode...... 4-86 Air bag warning light ...... 3-49 Audio system ...... 4-188 Air bags...... 3-46 Antenna ...... 4-188 Operation ...... 3-47 Steering wheel remote controller ...... 4-189 Air bag warning light ...... 3-49 AUX, USB port ...... 4-190 SRS components and functions ...... 3-50 Auto defogging system...... 4-170 Occupant detection system...... 3-53 Auto hold ...... 5-36 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-59 Auto light ...... 4-124 Side air bag...... 3-61 Automatic car wash entry support guidelines ...... 4-122 Curtain air bag ...... 3-63 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-153 Air bag inflation conditions ...... 3-66 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-154 Air bag non-inflation conditions ...... 3-68 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-155 SRS Care ...... 3-70 To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation . . . . . 4-160 Adding equipment to or modifying your Climate control air filter...... 4-163 air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-71 Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-165 Air bag warning label...... 3-71 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and Air cleaner ...... 7-29 compressor lubricant ...... 4-164 Filter replacement...... 7-29 Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-154 Air conditioning system lubricants...... 8-6

I 2 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 3

Index

Automatic transmission ...... 5-14 Brake system...... 5-27 Automatic transmission operation ...... 5-14 Power brakes ...... 5-27 Good driving practices ...... 5-20 Parking brake ...... 5-29 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-136 Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...... 5-30 AUX, USB port ...... 4-190 Auto hold ...... 5-36 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 5-39 B Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-41 Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-45 Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-86 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-47 Battery...... 7-36 Bulb replacement ...... 7-71 For best battery service ...... 7-36 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-71 Battery recharging ...... 7-37 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Recharging the battery ...... 7-38 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 Reset items ...... 7-38 Battery replacement (Folding key)...... 4-8 C Battery replacement (Smart key) ...... 4-16 Battery saver function...... 4-123 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-105 Before driving...... 5-5 Camera (Rear view) ...... 4-120 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...... 5-101 Capacities (Lubricants)...... 8-7 BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)...... 5-102 Care RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . 5-104 Care of seat belts ...... 3-37 Driver's attention ...... 5-108 Tire care ...... 7-39 Bonnet see the hood ...... 4-44 Exterior care...... 7-93 Bottle holder ...... 4-175 Interior care ...... 7-98 Brake fluid ...... 7-26 Center console storage ...... 4-171 Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-26 Central door lock switch...... 4-23 Chains - Tire ...... 5-124 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-20

I 3 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 4

Index

Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-40 Cup holder ...... 4-174 Child restraint system ...... 3-38 Curtain air bag ...... 3-63 Using a child restraint system ...... 3-39 Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock D mode...... 3-40 Securing a child restraint seat with tether Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel anchor system...... 3-43 illumination ...... 4-75 Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower Dashboard, see instrument cluster ...... 4-74 anchor system...... 3-44 Day/Night rearview mirror ...... 4-60 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-24 Daytime running light...... 4-123 Climate control air filter ...... 7-31 Defogging (Windshield) ...... 4-166 Filter inspection ...... 7-31 Defroster (Rear window) ...... 4-140 Closing the sunroof...... 4-54 Defrosting (Windshield) ...... 4-166 Coat hook ...... 4-184 Digital speedometer ...... 4-85 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ...... 4-74 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Consumer assistance...... 8-12 Display illumination, see instrument panel Coolant ...... 7-23 illumination ...... 4-75 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...... 7-23 Displays, see instrument cluster ...... 4-74 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-102 Distance to empty ...... 4-88 Cruise control system ...... 5-63 Do not use methanol...... 1-4 To set cruise control speed...... 5-63 Door lock button...... 4-22 To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-64 Door locks...... 4-21 To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-65 From outside the vehicle ...... 4-21 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on5-65 From inside the vehicle ...... 4-22 To cancel cruise control ...... 5-65 Door lock button ...... 4-22 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately Central door lock switch ...... 4-23 20mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-66 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-24 To turn cruise control off ...... 5-66 Drinks holders, see cup holders ...... 4-174

I 4 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 5

Index

Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-86 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)...... 5-41 SMART mode ...... 5-86 Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-37 SPORT mode ...... 5-89 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 ECO mode ...... 5-89 Jump starting ...... 6-5 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ...... 5-110 Emergency while driving ...... 6-3 System setting and activation...... 5-110 Emission control system...... 7-102 Resetting the system...... 5-112 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-102 System disabled ...... 5-112 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: System malfunction ...... 5-113 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . 7-102 Driver position memory system ...... 3-10 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-103 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-59 Engine ...... 8-2 Driving at night...... 5-120 Engine compartment...... 2-6 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-121 Engine compartment...... 7-3 Driving in the rain ...... 5-120 Engine coolant ...... 7-23 Driving off-road ...... 5-121 Checking the coolant level...... 7-23 Driving with a trailer ...... 5-128 Changing the coolant ...... 7-25 Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) ...... 4-130 Engine coolant temperature gauge ...... 4-77 Engine number ...... 8-11 E Engine oil ...... 7-21 Checking the engine oil level...... 7-21 ECO mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . 5-89 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-22 Economical operation ...... 5-115 Engine overheats...... 6-8 Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) with compass . . . . . 4-62 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-10 Electric power steering ...... 4-56 Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 5-10 Electrical equipment ...... 8-15 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-10 Electrochromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-61 Starting the engine ...... 5-12 Electrochromic mirror with HomeLink system ...... 4-65 Engine start/stop button illumination ...... 5-10 Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...... 5-30 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-10

I 5 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 6

Index

Engine will not start ...... 6-4 Exterior features ...... 4-187 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Roof rack ...... 4-187 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-102 Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-103 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-16 F Engine oil and filter ...... 7-16 Drive belts ...... 7-16 Flat tire ...... 6-16 Fuel filter (for gasoline) ...... 7-16 Jack and tools...... 6-16 Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections...... 7-16 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-17 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ...... 7-16 Changing tires ...... 6-19 Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ...... 7-17 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-184 Air cleaner filter ...... 7-17 Fluid Spark plugs...... 7-17 Brake fluid ...... 7-26 Valve clearance...... 7-17 Washer fluid ...... 7-27 Cooling system...... 7-17 Folding key ...... 4-5 Coolant ...... 7-17 Record your key number ...... 4-5 Automatic transmission fluid...... 7-17 Key operations ...... 4-5 Brake hoses and lines...... 7-18 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 Brake fluid ...... 7-19 Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Parking brake ...... 7-19 Immobilizer system ...... 4-9 Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors ...... 7-19 Folding the outside rearview mirror...... 4-72 Exhaust pipe and muffler ...... 7-19 Forward Collision-Avoidance assist (FCA) ...... 5-49 Suspension mounting bolts ...... 7-19 System setting and activation...... 5-49 Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-52 ball joint ...... 7-19 Brake operation ...... 5-53 Drive shafts and boots ...... 7-19 FCA front radar/camera sensor ...... 5-53 Air conditioning refrigerant ...... 7-19 System malfunction ...... 5-55 Exterior care ...... 7-94

I 6 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 7

Index

Limitation of the system ...... 5-57 Main fuse ...... 7-58 Recognizing pedestrians...... 5-61 Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-60 Front fog lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 Front fog light...... 4-129 G Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-7 Front seat adjustment-manual...... 3-5 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement Gasoline containing MMT ...... 1-4 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 Gauges ...... 4-76 Fuel additives ...... 1-4 Glove box ...... 4-171 Fuel economy ...... 4-82 Glove box lamp ...... 4-138 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 Glove box lamp replacement ...... 7-90 Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-46 Gross vehicle weight ...... 8-6 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-46 Emergency fuel filler lid release ...... 4-49 H Fuel gauge...... 4-77 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 Hazard warning flasher...... 6-2 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-117 Other fuels ...... 1-4 Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement Gasoline containing MMT...... 1-4 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-76 Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 Headlamp (LED type) replacement Fuel additives ...... 1-4 (Headlamp Type B) ...... 7-79 Operation in foreign countries ...... 1-5 Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement Fuses ...... 7-53 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-75 Inner panel fuse replacement ...... 7-55 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-139 Fuse switch...... 7-56 Headlight leveling device ...... 4-129 Engine compartment fuse replacement ...... 7-57 Headlight position...... 4-124 Multi fuse ...... 7-58 Headrest (Front) ...... 3-11 Headrest (Rear)...... 3-22

I 7 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 8

Index

Heated steering wheel...... 4-58 Warning lights ...... 4-98 High - beam operation ...... 4-125 Indicator lights ...... 4-106 High beam assist...... 4-126 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb Interior care...... 7-98 replacement ...... 7-87 Interior features...... 4-174 Highway driving ...... 5-121 Cup holder ...... 4-174 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-47 Seat warmer ...... 4-175 Hitches ...... 5-128 Seat cooler ...... 4-176 Hood ...... 4-44 Sunvisor ...... 4-177 Opening the hood...... 4-44 Power outlet ...... 4-177 Closing the hood ...... 4-45 Coat hook ...... 4-184 Hood open warning ...... 4-44 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-184 Horn ...... 4-59 USB charger ...... 4-180 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 Luggage net (Holder) ...... 4-185 Side curtain...... 4-185 I Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-181 AC inverter...... 4-178 Icy road warning...... 4-80 Interior light ...... 4-136 If you do decide to pull a trailer...... 5-133 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-136 Immobilizer system (Folding key) ...... 4-9 Map lamp ...... 4-137 Immobilizer system (Smart key) ...... 4-16 Room lamp...... 4-136 Indicator lights ...... 4-106 Luggage lamp...... 4-138 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-60 Glove box lamp ...... 4-138 Instrument cluster ...... 4-74 Vanity mirror lamp...... 4-138 Instrument cluster control ...... 4-75 Interior overview ...... 2-4 LCD display control...... 4-75 Gauges ...... 4-76

I 8 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 9

Index

J Fuel economy...... 4-82 Accumulated driving information mode ...... 4-84 Jump starting...... 6-5 One time driving information mode ...... 4-84 Digital speedometer ...... 4-85 K Smart shift ...... 4-85 Turn by turn mode ...... 4-85 Key operations (Folding key)...... 4-5 Assist mode ...... 4-86 Key positions ...... 5-7 Distance to empty...... 4-88 Illuminated ignition switch ...... 5-7 User settings mode...... 4-88 Ignition switch position ...... 5-7 LCD modes...... 4-81 Starting the engine ...... 5-8 License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-88 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) ...... 4-25 L Opening the liftgate ...... 4-25 Closing the liftgate...... 4-25 Label Emergency liftgate safety release ...... 4-26 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-44 Light bulb position (Front) ...... 7-73 Vehicle certification label...... 8-10 Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 7-74 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-11 Light bulb position (Side)...... 7-75 Refrigerant label...... 8-11 Light bulbs ...... 7-71 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system...... 5-91 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-71 LKA system operation ...... 5-93 Light bulb position (Front)...... 7-73 Driver's attention ...... 5-97 Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 7-74 LKA system malfunction ...... 5-98 Light bulb position (Side) ...... 7-75 LKA system function change...... 5-99 Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement LCD display ...... 4-81 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-75 LCD modes ...... 4-81 Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement Trip information ...... 4-82 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-76 Trip modes ...... 4-82

I 9 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 10

Index

Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement Lighting...... 4-123 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 Battery saver function ...... 4-123 Position lamp (LED type) replacement Daytime running light ...... 4-123 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 Parking & Tail light ...... 4-124 Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement . 7-79 Auto light ...... 4-124 Headlamp (LED type) replacement | Headlight position ...... 4-124 (Headlamp Type B) ...... 7-79 High - beam operation ...... 4-125 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-80 High beam assist ...... 4-126 Front fog lamp bulb replacement...... 7-80 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-128 Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-81 Check headlight ...... 4-129 Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. 7-82 Headlight leveling device...... 4-129 Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84 Front fog light ...... 4-129 Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-85 Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) ...... 4-130 Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . 7-85 Loss of the smart key (Smart key) ...... 4-15 Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-86 Lubricants and capacities ...... 8-7 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-87 Luggage box ...... 4-173 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb Luggage lamp ...... 4-138 replacement ...... 7-87 Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 7-92 License plate lamp bulb replacement...... 7-88 Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-92 Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-88 Luggage net (Holder) ...... 4-185 Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-89 Luggage volume ...... 8-6 Room lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-89 Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-90 M Glove box lamp replacement ...... 7-90 Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-91 Maintenance Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-91 Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-92 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-92 Owner maintenance ...... 7-8

I 10 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 11

Index

Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-10 Remote control...... 4-71 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-16 Reverse parking aid function ...... 4-72 Tire maintenance ...... 7-44 Folding the outside rearview mirror ...... 4-72 Maintenance schedule...... 7-10 Normal maintenance schedule ...... 7-11 O Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...... 7-14 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Occupant detection system ...... 3-53 Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 Odometer ...... 4-78 Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 Oil (Engine) ...... 7-21 Maintenance when trailer towing ...... 5-132 One time driving information mode...... 4-84 Manual climate control system...... 4-141 Online factory authorized manuals...... 8-16 Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-142 Operation in foreign countries ...... 1-5 3rd row air conditioning...... 4-147 Operation (Air bags)...... 3-47 System operation ...... 4-148 Other fuels ...... 1-4 Climate control air filter...... 4-150 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-70 Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-151 Outside temperature gauge ...... 4-79 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and Overheats ...... 6-8 compressor lubricant ...... 4-151 Owner maintenance ...... 7-8 Map lamp ...... 4-137 Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-8 Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-88 Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-89 P Mirrors ...... 4-60 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-60 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-50 Day/Night rearview mirror...... 4-60 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-51 Electro Chromic Mirror (ECM) ...... 4-61 Sunshade...... 4-52 Electric Chromatic Mirror (ECM) with compass . . 4-62 Sliding the sunroof...... 4-52 Electro chromic mirror with HomeLink system . . . 4-65 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-54 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-70

I 11 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 12

Index

Closing the sunroof ...... 4-54 R Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-55 Parking & Tail light ...... 4-124 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-111 Parking assist system ...... 4-115 Operation of the rear parking assist system ...... 4-111 Type of warning indicator and sound...... 4-116 Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist Parking brake ...... 5-29,7-28 system...... 4-112 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-28 Rear parking assist system precautions ...... 4-113 Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-90 Rear seat adjustment...... 3-16 Placing a passenger seat beltinto the Headrest(rear)...... 3-22 auto lock mode...... 3-40 Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-82 Position lamp (LED type) replacement Rear view camera ...... 4-120 (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-78 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-134 Power brakes...... 5-27 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-7 Power liftgate ...... 4-27 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-9 Opening the liftgate ...... 4-28 Record your key number (Folding key) ...... 4-5 Closing the liftgate...... 4-29 Record your key number (Smart key) ...... 4-11 How to reset the power liftgate ...... 4-32 Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 5-117 Power liftgate opening height user setting...... 4-33 Refrigerant label ...... 8-11 Power outlet ...... 4-177 Remote control (Outside rear view mirror) ...... 4-71 Power window lock button...... 4-42 Reporting safety defects ...... 8-16 Precautions ...... 3-35 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-55 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-33 Reverse parking aid function ...... 4-72 Road warning ...... 6-2 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-119 Roof rack ...... 4-187 Room lamp ...... 4-136

I 12 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 13

Index

Room lamp bulb replacement...... 7-89 Side curtain ...... 4-185 Rotation (Tire) ...... 7-41 Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . 7-79 Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-84 S Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-85 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-80 Safety chains...... 5-128 Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-52 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-10 Smart cruise control with stop & go system ...... 5-67 Normal maintenance schedule ...... 7-11 Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-69 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...... 7-14 Speed setting ...... 5-69 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-26 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting ...... 5-74 Seat belt warning ...... 3-27 To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise Seat belts...... 3-26 control system ...... 5-79 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-26 To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-79 Seat belt warning ...... 3-27 Limitations of the system...... 5-80 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-33 Smart key ...... 4-11 Precautions ...... 3-35 Record your key number ...... 4-11 Care of seat belts ...... 3-37 Smart key function ...... 4-11 Seat cooler ...... 4-176 Loss of the smart key ...... 4-15 Seat warmer ...... 4-175 Smart key precautions ...... 4-15 Seats ...... 3-2 Battery replacement ...... 4-16 Front seat ...... 3-2 Immobilizer system ...... 4-16 2nd row seat ...... 3-2 Smart key function (Smart key) ...... 4-11 3rd row seat ...... 3-2 Smart key precautions (Smart key) ...... 4-15 Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower Smart liftgate ...... 4-33 anchor system...... 3-44 How to use the Smart Liftgate ...... 4-33 Securing a child restraint seatwith tether How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function anchor system...... 3-43 using the smart key ...... 4-36 Side air bag ...... 3-61 Detecting area...... 4-36

I 13 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 14

Index

Smart mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . . 5-86 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-58 Smart shift...... 4-85 Horn ...... 4-59 Smooth cornering ...... 5-119 Steering wheel remote controller ...... 4-189 Snow tires ...... 5-123 Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-81 Spare tire Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-87 Jack and tools...... 6-16 Storage compartment ...... 4-171 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-17 Center console storage ...... 4-171 Changing tires ...... 6-19 Glove box...... 4-171 Special driving conditions ...... 5-117 Sunglass holder ...... 4-172 Hazardous driving conditions...... 5-117 Luggage box...... 4-173 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-117 Sunglass holder...... 4-172 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-119 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-51 Smooth cornering ...... 5-119 Sunshade ...... 4-52 Driving at night ...... 5-120 Sunvisor ...... 4-177 Driving in the rain ...... 5-120 Surround view monitoring system ...... 4-121 Driving in flooded areas...... 5-121 Automatic car wash entry support guidelines . . . . 4-122 Driving off-road ...... 5-121 Highway driving...... 5-121 T Speedometer ...... 4-76 Sport mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . . 5-89 Tachometer ...... 4-76 SRS Care...... 3-70 Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-85 SRS components and functions ...... 3-50 Trailer brakes ...... 5-128 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start...... 6-4 Theft alarm system ...... 4-18 Starting the engine - With a smart key ...... 5-12 Armed stage ...... 4-18 Steering wheel...... 4-56 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-19 Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-56 Disarmed stage...... 4-19 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-57 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-57 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-54

I 14 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 15

Index

Tire chains...... 5-124 Towing ...... 6-26 Tire pressure monitoring system ...... 6-9 Towing service ...... 6-26 Check tire pressure...... 6-9 Trailer towing ...... 5-127 Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-11 Hitches ...... 5-128 Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-13 Safety chains ...... 5-128 Tire replacement ...... 7-43 Trailer brakes ...... 5-128 Tire rotation ...... 7-41 Driving with a trailer ...... 5-128 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-11 Maintenance when trailer towing...... 5-132 Tires and wheels...... 7-39,8-5 If you do decide to pull a trailer ...... 5-133 Tire care ...... 7-39 Transmission - Automatic transmission ...... 5-14 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-39 Transmission shift indicator ...... 4-79 Tire pressure...... 7-40 Transmitter precautions (Folding key) ...... 4-7 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-40 Trip information ...... 4-82 Tire rotation ...... 7-41 Trip modes ...... 4-82 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-42 Turn by turn mode ...... 4-85 Tire replacement...... 7-43 Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-128 Wheel replacement...... 7-44 Tire traction ...... 7-44 U Tire maintenance ...... 7-44 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-44 USB charger ...... 4-180 Tire terminology and definitions ...... 7-48 User settings mode ...... 4-88 All season tires...... 7-51 Using a child restraint system ...... 3-39 Summer tires ...... 7-51 Snow tires...... 7-51 V Tire chains ...... 7-51 Radial-ply tires...... 7-52 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-138 Low aspect ratio tire...... 7-52 Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . 7-92 Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . 7-92

I 15 UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 16

Index

Vehicle break-in process...... 1-5 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-166 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-10 Manual climate control system ...... 4-166 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-6 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-167 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-5 Defogging logic ...... 4-168 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-10 Windshield washers ...... 4-133 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-135 Windshield wipers ...... 4-131 Tire and loading information label...... 5-135 Winter driving...... 5-123 Certification label...... 5-139 Snow tires...... 5-123 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...... 5-45 Tire chains ...... 5-124 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 5-141 Wiper blades ...... 7-33 Blade inspection...... 7-33 W Blade replacement ...... 7-33 Wipers and washers ...... 4-131 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-98 Windshield wipers ...... 4-131 Warning lights...... 4-98 Windshield washers ...... 4-133 Warning messages...... 4-93 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-134 Washer fluid ...... 7-27 Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-181 Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-27 Welcome system Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 4-139 Welcome system ...... 4-139 Interior light ...... 4-139 Pocket lamp ...... 4-139 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-42 Wheel replacement ...... 7-44 Windows ...... 4-39 Power window lock button ...... 4-42

I 16